National Adaptation Plan of Bangladesh

(2023‐2050)
© CEGIS

Published by
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People's Republic of
Bangladesh

© 2022. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People's Republic of
Bangladesh. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means without the permission of the copyright holder.

Photo
CEGIS, Web
© CEGIS
© CEGIS
 Executive Summary

Bangladesh is high on the list of countries most vulnerable to climate change, ranking seventh on the 2021
World Climate Risk Index. Among the countries most affected by extreme climate conditions, it only
contributes a small share of global emissions. Climate change-induced natural disasters plague Bangladesh
due to its geographic location and flat, low-lying topography. High population density, poverty and reliance
on climate-sensitive sectors for water and food security, particularly water resources, agriculture, fisheries
and livestock, increase its vulnerability to climate change. Climate-induced disasters such as tropical
cyclones and storm surges, monsoon floods, flash floods, droughts, sea-level rise, salinity intrusion, ocean
acidification, etc. are exacerbating stresses on the country’s otherwise tremendous development trajectory,
impeding socioeconomic progress and human well-being.
Bangladesh has been proactive and adept in climate change adaptation, mandated by the Constitution in
its 15th amendment, Article 18A 1 on the protection and improvement of the environment and
biodiversity. Over the decades, Bangladesh has advanced substantially in building adaptive capacity and
resilience through formulation and subsequent implementation of required policies and regulatory
frameworks for enabling climate resilient sustainable development. Landmark achievements such as
formulation of National Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA, 2005), Bangladesh Climate Change
Strategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP, 2009), Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100, Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan,
climate inclusive updated National Environment Policy (2018), updated Standing Order on Disaster (2019)
etc. have paved the way for effective climate change adaptation and has propelled Bangladesh as a pioneer
in the global arena. Parliamentary Standing Committee on Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate
Change (MoEFCC) has separate resolution for active involvement for climate actions. It joined the global
declaration on ‘Planetary Emergency’ to counter climate adversities.
Bangladesh has also demonstrated success in disaster preparedness through functioning of initiatives such
as the Cyclone Preparedness Programme (CPP) established by Father of the Nation Bangabandhu Sheikh
Mujibur Rahman with world’s largest gender balanced volunteers (76,000+) group. Cyclone and flood
shelters inclusive of gender and persons with disabilities, boat ambulance, relief warehouses & digital
information center, Mujib Killa etc. have been built, substantially reducing disaster death tolls and damages.
Evacuating a total 2.4 million people within 5 days after super cyclone ‘Amphan’ demonstrated strong

1 The Constitution of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh’ (Act No. of 1972), Article 18A: The State shall endeavor to protect and improve
the environment and to preserve and safeguard the natural resources, bio‐diversity, wetlands, forests and wild life for the present and
future citizens [accessible at: http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act‐367/section‐41505.html]

i
 capacity for emergency responses and disaster risk reduction. “Khurushkul Special Ashrayan Project”, one
of the biggest housing projects in the world for climate refugees has been functioning tirelessly to
rehabilitate affected vulnerable landless and homeless families out of harm’s way. Advances in agricultural
research has made possible the development of stress tolerant crop varieties, widely practices of floating
agriculture and effective irrigation methods thus contributing to year-round vegetable farming, multiple
crops cultivation to ensure food & nutrition security. Innovations for climate smart fisheries, aquaculture
& livestock development and improved post-harvest facilities, silos for food storage etc. are all contributing
to making the resilient food production system, thus reinforcing food security. Integrated and participatory
water management with strengthened early warning system, irrigation, flood and erosion protection
schemes have enabled an intricate blending of both structural and nature-based interventions to bolster
disaster preparedness in increasing climate resilience. Coastal afforestation programmes have been
undertaken to stabilize the coastline and create green belt through engaging community people.
Transformation in developing climate resilient infrastructures, improved public health and enhanced
urban resilience is underway. The BCCT has undertaken more than 800 projects with sole focus on effective
climate adaptation and mitigation. Bangladesh is also advancing in global climate change forums and has
established a strong legacy of climate change adaptation. The Government of Bangladesh presently spends
approximately 6-7 percent of its annual budget on enhancing climate resilience through adaptation
initiatives, among which seventy-five percent cost comes from domestic resources.
However, the changing climate regime and the unique geographical setting is exerting considerable stress
on Bangladesh's economy and the advancement towards sustainable development. The future will be more
uncertain and extreme. Tackling such unprecedented repercussions would bring unimaginable hardship
for the country and serious threats to its development aspirations. Redemption can only be ensured
through swift and effective climate adaptation practices, backed by enhanced climate finance from
promised development support & cooperation.
In 2010, the Sixteenth Conference of the Parties (COP16) of the United Nations Framework Convention on
Climate Change (UNFCCC) emphasized enhanced action through the Cancun Framework to reinforce the
global drive towards climate adaptation. It established the National Adaptation Plan (NAP) process to
identify and address countries’ medium- and long-term adaptation needs, facilitate effective adaptation
planning and integrate climate change adaptation within national development processes. The Paris
Agreement, adopted at the Twenty-first Conference of the Parties (COP21), reinforces adaptation planning
as vital to socioeconomic development and integral to the global response to climate change. It calls on all
countries to initiate the preparation and implementation of NAPs to further reinforce climate adaptation
actions.
Acknowledging that effective medium- and long-term adaptation strategies are crucial to reducing the
negative impacts of climate change and promoting sustainable planning for future development routes, the
Government of Bangladesh initiated the formulation of its NAP under the Ministry of Environment, Forest
and Climate Change (MoEFCC), aiming for a viable path to climate-resilient development and reduced
climate risks and vulnerabilities. The NAP formulation follows the NAPA and the BCCSAP, aiming to further
streamline and reinforce adaptation efforts. Developing the plan has been a continuous, iterative and
progressive process that is country-driven; responsive to gender, older age groups and disability;
participatory; and based on both the latest science and indigenous knowledge. The process has been fully
transparent.
The NAP has relied heavily on extensive stakeholder consultations for feedback and shared views on
climate change effects. The opinions of local people, women, people with diverse gender identities, persons
with disabilities, youth, ethnic communities, children, elderly people, vulnerable communities, the private
sector and disadvantaged groups were given high priority to develop the NAP in a participatory and

ii
inclusive manner. More than 35 stakeholder consultations and over 100 key informant interviews and
focus group discussions took place, involving approximately 5,000 people across the country at the local,
district and national levels from January 2021 to June 2022. The formulation process considered and
followed the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the panel’s
reports from Working Groups I and II, scientific and indigenous knowledge, locally led adaptation practices
and standardized international guidelines by expert groups on the least developed countries as well as
experts from the UNFCCC, the Global Programme of Research on Climate Change Vulnerability, Impacts and
Adaptation, the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030, the United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP), the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), the International Union
for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) and the World Health Organization (WHO). The new Shared
Socioeconomic Pathway (SSP) scenarios of SSP1-2.6 (2030) and SSP5-8.5 (2030, 2050) were considered
following the Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (Phase 6) models for scientific assessments.
The NAP primarily encompasses eight distinct sectors: water resources; disaster, social safety and security;
agriculture; fisheries, aquaculture and livestock; urban areas; ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity;
policies and institutions; and capacity development, research and innovation. Infrastructure, water and
sanitation (WASH), health, gender, youth, the elderly, persons with disabilities, ethnic communities and
other socially disadvantaged groups, and the private sector are cross-cutting issues and part of identifying
appropriate strategies aligned with national aspirations.
The key risks and vulnerabilities of climate change in the eight sectors will pose disproportionate and
severe impacts on Bangladesh’s resources, water and food security, infrastructure, livelihoods, ecosystem
health and biodiversity. The number of internal climate migrants may reach 19.9 million by 2050,
comprising half of those in the entire South Asian region. The current rate of annual loss to gross domestic
product (GDP) of approximately 1.3 percent due to climate-induced disasters may rise to 2 percent by 2050
and over 9 percent by 2100 under extreme scenarios.
With an underlying objective of reducing risks and vulnerabilities to climate change impacts, the NAP
envisions building a climate-resilient nation through effective adaptation strategies that foster a robust
society and ecosystems and stimulate sustainable economic growth. Six national adaptation goals have
been set to achieve this vision: Goal 1: Ensure protection against climate change variability and induced
natural disasters; Goal 2: Develop climate-resilient agriculture for food, nutrition, and livelihood security;
Goal 3: Develop climate-smart cities for improved urban environment and well-being; Goal 4: Promote
nature-based solutions for conservation of forestry, biodiversity, and well-being of communities; Goal 5:
Impart good governance through integration of adaptation into the planning process; and Goal 6: Ensure
transformative capacity building and innovation for CCA.
The NAP implementation will seek to realize these six goals through 23 broad-scale strategies and 28
outcomes encompassing diverse aspects of safeguarding against climate-induced disasters. It will develop
climate-resilient agriculture, infrastructure and other socioeconomic sectors through implementing
inclusive and ecosystem-based adaptation, improved governance, enhanced climate finance and
transformative capacity-building, and innovation.
The NAP considered 11 climate stress areas in devising 113 interventions based on developed adaptation
pathways and sectoral adaptation requirements. These interventions are aligned with the global
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and 52 climate adaptation projects of the Bangladesh Delta Plan
2100 (BDP2100). They ensure the inclusion of women and people with diverse gender identities, the
elderly, persons with disabilities, youth, ethnic communities and other socially disadvantaged groups
throughout the NAP process. Recommended interventions are envisaged as being implemented in an
integrated and coordinated manner through programmatic approaches instead of ad-hoc, project-based,
short-term initiatives. This will increase the effectiveness of adaptation in advancing systems transitions

iii
 while avoiding overlaps and/or misuse of investment and reducing maladaptation. Programme-based
implementation will allow stakeholders the flexibility to select locally led adaptation actions from the 113
interventions and implement them based on local priorities.
An appraisal of the cost of the 113 interventions, including 90 high-priority and 23 moderate-priority ones,
defined a total investment of BDT 20,037 billion (equivalent to US $230 billion) for 27 years (2023-2050),
an implementation period that runs until the 13th Five Year Planning cycle of Bangladesh. The NAP
proposes to mobilize around 72.5 percent of the total investment cost by 2040. Developing climate
resilience will require seven times the current spending to transform adaptation, at a rate of $8.5 billion
per year, with $6.0 billion per year from external sources or international climate funds and development
partners. Private sector investment potential is estimated to be 5.1 percent of the total investment at an
annual rate of $0.42 billion. Prioritization of finance to facilitate extensive research, capacity development
and innovation is recommended. Successful implementation of the NAP will complement the national
development vision of becoming a high-income country by 2041 and achieving the SDGs by 2030.
The NAP implementation will require a hefty investment that must be harnessed at an accelerated pace
from global climate funds, and from accessing readiness support and seeking development assistance from
bilateral and multilateral partners, in addition to domestic sources. Bangladesh will need to ensure
investment from the private sector to support the Annual Development Programme, the Bangladesh
Climate Change Trust Fund (BCCTF) and other domestic funds. Capacity-building for institutions and
exploration of innovative financing windows will be immediate steps towards resource mobilization. Other
requirements looking forward will be to revisit and relax the fiduciary standards of international climate
funds like the Green Climate Fund (GCF) for highly vulnerable countries like Bangladesh. A simplified
approval process and increased budget quota under the Private Sector Facility need to be introduced and
popularized as part of supporting national readiness and fulfilling the pledge of the Paris Agreement and
COPs to support climate change adaptation in vulnerable countries.
Implementation of the NAP will protect 1.1 million hectares of croplands from storm surges/flood
inundation, sea-level rise and salinity. Annually, this will result in the production of 10.3 million additional
tons of rice. Nutrition uptake will increase from livestock and fisheries. Critical infrastructure will be better
protected from frequent climate-induced disasters; 30 million people in urban areas will benefit from
improved drainage and fewer problems with heat islands, with expected cost reductions of 10 percent for
transport and 15 percent for preventing water-borne diseases. There would be a projected 30 percent
increase in income for marginal urban communities; the vulnerabilities of 15 million climate migrants will
decline significantly. Tree coverage will grow by 5 percent, boosting ecosystem health and human well-
being, alongside enriched biodiversity. Blue economy will be flourished for protecting marine ecosystem
and resources under ocean. Carbon sequestration will increase, reducing emissions.
The NAP offers a multilevel, inclusive institutional structure based on the existing institutional framework.
It defines horizontal and vertical linkages to scale up locally led adaptation to the national level and vice
versa. The National Council on Environment and Climate Change will be responsible for overseeing the
strategy, policy-level progress and the outcome of implementation. The Interministerial Steering
Committee on Climate Change will guide implementation and regularly conduct inter-ministerial
coordination meetings. A separate National Technical Advisory Committee has been proposed for
coordinating the NAP implementation and addressing gaps and challenges to ensure smooth
implementation; it will be supported by the Technical Working Group on NAP Implementation. The existing
district development coordination committees will have scope to stocktake, guide, supervise and
administer climate change adaptation-related initiatives in coordination with upazilla or union level
committees, district disaster management committees, and representatives of marginal communities,
women and people with diverse gender identities, people with disabilities, youth, non-governmental

iv
organizations (NGOs) and civil society organizations (CSOs). The proposed institutional arrangement will
ensure the mainstreaming of the NAP into the development planning cycle of Bangladesh in alignment with
the BCCSAP, BDP2100, draft Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan 2030, Perspective Plan, SDGs and other
development agendas. Obligatory climate impact assessments as part of feasibility studies have been
proposed to complement the Development Project Proforma approval process and climate-resilient
development. Required policy and institutional reforms to support the functionality of the proposed
institutional arrangement are given a high priority.
Private sector engagement in financing adaptation will accelerate through developing an enabling
environment and the necessary skills, awareness and capacity among larger companies; cottage, medium,
small and microenterprises (CMSMEs) and entities in the informal sector. The Bangladesh Bank will
undertake appropriate policy and regulatory reforms, and the National Board of Revenue and other
relevant authorities will introduce attractive incentives and innovative financing instruments for the
private sectors in consultation with large industries, the Bangladesh Securities and Exchange Commission
(BSEC), the Ministry of Finance (MoF), the Ministry of Industries (MoI), the Ministry of Commerce (MoC),
the Bangladesh Economic Zones Authority (BEZA), the Bangladesh Export Processing Zones Authority
(BEPZA), the Federation of Bangladesh Chambers of Commerce & Industries (FBCCI), the Bangladesh
Investment Development Authority (BIDA), Public-Private Partnership Authority (PPPA), the Bangladesh
Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association (BGMEA), the Bangladesh Knitwear Manufacturers and
Exporters Association (BKMEA) and others. The private sector is envisaged as investing in extensive
research and advanced technologies, developing bankable products and exploring new markets for goods
and services with co-benefits in terms of adaptation and mitigation, and that may generate higher returns
and build climate resiliency.
Climate financing will be mobilized through blending climate finance, private sector investment, innovative
financing such as green or blue bonds, risk transfer mechanisms or insurance, green transformation and a
boost in harnessing global climate finance such as through the GCF and bilateral and multilateral funds.
Efforts to build capacity and strengthen national implementing entities to gain direct access to international
climate funds will involve both the public and private sectors. Necessary capacity-building initiatives will
be socially inclusive and responsive to gender dimensions and persons with disabilities.
The NAP implementation process will adopt a monitoring and evaluation (M&E) framework based on a
combination of both simple and comprehensive monitoring approaches to identify and assess outcomes.
The framework involves a threefold system at the strategy and policy, planning, and programme/project
levels, based on a theory of change. The system will build on existing and SMART (specific, measurable,
achievable, relevant and time bound) indicators to support results-based monitoring, evaluation and
learning, and synchronization with similar initiatives such as the Integrated Budget and Accounting System
(iBAS++), the SDG tracker, the M&E framework of the BDP2100 and the National Priority Indicator. The
NAP M&E framework will include a web-based, innovative tool and offline apps for easy operation.
Standardized data collection, processing, uploading and sharing protocols will be developed.
Comprehensive capacity development will assist relevant stakeholders to operate and routinely generate
a threefold M&E report. Strategic data and knowledge management in collaboration with existing data-
generating agencies will be emphasized to support M&E, data collection by implementing entities and
overall NAP communication to wider audiences and the UNFCCC.
An annual national climate status report will share information on changed risks and vulnerabilities,
adaptation progress and challenges, M&E findings, financing status and so on with global audiences and
stakeholders. The NAP will be considered a living document with a planning horizon until the 2050s, with
at least a five-year updating/revision cycle aligned with Bangladesh’s five-year development planning
process.

v
vi
 Contents

1.1 Context ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 Portrait of Landmark Achievements towards Climate Resilience ................................................................... 2
1.3 NAP Foundation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7
1.4 Vision and Goals ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7
1.5 Devising Sectoral Boundaries ....................................................................................................................................... 10
1.6 Principles and Approach ................................................................................................................................................. 13

2.1 Historical Climate Trends ............................................................................................................................................... 17

2.1.1 Temperature rise ....................................................................................................................................................... 17
2.1.2 Rainfall variability ..................................................................................................................................................... 18
2.1.3 Sea-level rise and ocean warming ...................................................................................................................... 18
2.2 Future Climate Scenarios ................................................................................................................................................ 19
2.2.1 Temperature ................................................................................................................................................................ 19
2.2.2 Rainfall............................................................................................................................................................................ 20
2.2.3 Sea-level rise ................................................................................................................................................................ 20
2.3 Increased Extremities of Hazards ............................................................................................................................... 21
2.3.1 River flood..................................................................................................................................................................... 21
2.3.2 Drought .......................................................................................................................................................................... 23
2.3.3 Riverbank erosion ..................................................................................................................................................... 23
2.3.4 Flash floods................................................................................................................................................................... 25
2.3.5 Urban floods ................................................................................................................................................................. 25
2.3.6 Sea-level rise ................................................................................................................................................................ 26

vii
 2.3.7 Cyclone, tornado and storm surges ................................................................................................................... 26
2.3.8 Salinity ............................................................................................................................................................................ 28
2.3.9 Extreme heat waves.................................................................................................................................................. 28
2.3.10 Extreme cold ................................................................................................................................................................ 29
2.3.11 Lightning ........................................................................................................................................................................ 29
2.3.12 Landslides ..................................................................................................................................................................... 29
2.3.13 Sea surface temperature (SST) and ocean acidification ........................................................................... 30
2.4 Future Climate Risks and Vulnerabilities ................................................................................................................ 31
2.4.1 Climate stress areas .................................................................................................................................................. 31
2.4.2 Risks and vulnerabilities of different sectors................................................................................................ 35
2.4.3 Risks and vulnerabilities in stress areas ......................................................................................................... 42
2.4.4 Risks and vulnerabilities for communities and livelihoods .................................................................... 47
2.4.5 Risks and vulnerabilities among women, the elderly, children and youth ...................................... 48
2.4.6 Risks and vulnerabilities among persons with disabilities..................................................................... 48
2.4.7 Risks and vulnerabilities for national economy........................................................................................... 48

3.1 Lessons Learned from Past Initiatives ...................................................................................................................... 51

3.2 Entry Points for Adaptation ........................................................................................................................................... 54
3.3 Adaptation Preferences ................................................................................................................................................... 57
3.3.1 Water resources ......................................................................................................................................................... 57
3.3.2 Disaster, social safety and security .................................................................................................................... 58
3.3.3 Crops................................................................................................................................................................................ 59
3.3.4 Fisheries and aquaculture...................................................................................................................................... 62
3.3.5 Livestock ........................................................................................................................................................................ 64
3.3.6 Urban areas .................................................................................................................................................................. 64
3.3.7 Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity ........................................................................................................... 65
3.3.8 Private sector............................................................................................................................................................... 66
3.3.9 Policies and institutions.......................................................................................................................................... 67
3.3.10 Capacity development, research, and innovations ..................................................................................... 68
3.4 Adaptation Strategy ........................................................................................................................................................... 69
3.5 Adaptation Pathways ........................................................................................................................................................ 79
3.6 Alignment with Development Agenda ...................................................................................................................... 90

vii
3.7 Appraisal, Prioritization and Investment Plan ...................................................................................................... 90

4.1 Regulations, Institutions, and Coordination ......................................................................................................... 103

4.1.1 Policies and regulations ........................................................................................................................................ 103
4.1.2 Institutional arrangements and coordination ............................................................................................ 105
4.2 Private Sector Engagement .......................................................................................................................................... 108
4.3 NAP Financing Strategies .............................................................................................................................................. 110
4.4 Mainstreaming Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................ 112
4.5 Enhancing Transformative Capacity and Technology Transfer .................................................................. 113
4.6 Strategic Data and Knowledge Management........................................................................................................ 114
4.7 Communicating the NAP ............................................................................................................................................... 115
4.8 Gender, Disability, Youth and Social Inclusion .................................................................................................... 118

5.1 Purpose of M&E ................................................................................................................................................................. 121

5.2 M&E Framework ............................................................................................................................................................... 121
5.2.1 Tier 1: Strategy- and policy-level M&E .......................................................................................................... 122
5.2.2 Tier 2: Planning-level M&E.................................................................................................................................. 125
5.2.3 Tier 3: Programme- or project-level M&E .................................................................................................... 126
5.2.4 Reporting and verification ................................................................................................................................... 127
5.2.5 Web-based monitoring tool ................................................................................................................................ 128
5.2.6 Capacity development ........................................................................................................................................... 129
5.2.7 Revising and updating the NAP ......................................................................................................................... 129

ix
© CEGIS

Introduction
 Introduction

presently spends approximately 6-7 percent of its

1.1 Context annual budget on enhancing climate resilience
Bangladesh is considered one of the most climate- through adaptation initiatives (MoF, 2021), among
vulnerable countries due to ensuing natural which seventy-five percent cost comes from
calamities and slow onset adversities. Despite domestic resources; despite the fact that
seemingly insurmountable afflictions, Bangladesh Bangladesh contributes very little to rising global
has steadily progressed in making a mark on the emissions. The Second Perspective Plan (2021-
global economy and pioneering efforts to address 2041) envisaged Bangladesh as becoming a
climate fallout through effective adaptation developed country by 2041, with a per capita
strategies. A rapidly escalating development income of over $12,500 at today's prices. It also
trajectory in the last one and a half decades has projected that the extreme poverty rate would
seen economic growth of more than 7 percent per drop to less than 1 percent and the economic
annum. Per capita income increased to $2,824 in growth rate would climb to 9.9 percent by 2041.
2021-2022 from $300 in 1973. Rice production Already a pioneer in the global arena, climate
grew from 12 million tons in 1973 to 37 million change adaptation got its first break in Bangladesh
tons in 2021, fisheries has ranked third in open through formulation of the NAPA in 2005. The
water capture production, and additional livestock updated NAPA in 2009 and the subsequent
production generated nearly 30 percent of formulation of the BCCSAP (also in 2009) further
employment. Consequently, food security has been streamlined and reinforced climate adaptation
ensured & livelihood security enhanced. efforts in the succeeding decade. The National
Such remarkable advances have been possible Environment Policy was updated in 2018 with
through prudentially management of climate specific directives on climate change
change impacts and subsequent losses and preparedness in its Section 3.19. Towards
damages under a strong legacy of adaptation. addressing long-term climate change uncertainties
Bangladesh has been striving towards achieving for water resources management and developing a
climate resilience, mandated by the Constitution more prosperous nation, Bangladesh recently
in its 15th amendment, Article 18A 2 on the formulated a strategic Delta Plan 2100. The Mujib
protection and improvement of the environment Climate Prosperity Plan 2030 (MCPP, 2021) has
and biodiversity. The Government of Bangladesh been drafted with Bangladesh as chair, for Climate

2 The Constitution of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh’ (Act the present and future citizens [accessible at:
No. of 1972), Article 18A: The State shall endeavor to protect and http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act‐367/section‐41505.html]
improve the environment and to preserve and safeguard the
natural resources, bio‐diversity, wetlands, forests and wild life for

1
 Vulnerable Forum (CVF) countries. Also, policy long-term climate adversities and their
initiatives such as the Climate Fiscal Framework simultaneous mainstreaming into national
(2014); National Disaster Management Plan planning. The current drive towards planning and
(2021-2025); updated Standing Order on Disaster implementation is thus more focused on medium-
(2019) etc. highlights the strength of Bangladesh and long-term climate change adaptation along
currently possesses in dealing with climate with concrete strategies for governance and
adversities. climate financing.
However, the changing climate regime and the Addressing medium- and long-term climate
unique geographical setting is exerting change impacts further requires a coordinated
considerable stress on Bangladesh's economy and strategy document for implementing climate
the advancement towards sustainable change adaptation. This would ensure
development. Bangladesh suffered approximately collaborative efforts to reduce climate risks and
$11.3 billion in losses in 2021 due to climate- vulnerabilities, increase resilience and minimize
related natural disasters (WMO, 2021a) which is maladaptation, while paying heed to both soft and
roughly 2.47 percent of total GDP of FY2021-2022. hard adaptation limits. This would increase
According to the 2021 global Climate Risk Index, capacity and resilience, bring about
Bangladesh ranks 7 in the top 10 most affected transformation and system transitions, take
countries (2000-2019). Constantly aggravating measures to uphold sustainable human and
climate-induced disasters, coastal tropical ecosystem health and gender-inclusive socio-
cyclones, monsoon flooding, flash floods, droughts, economic well-being, and reduce losses and
sea level rise, salinity intrusion, urban floods, etc., damages.
are causing catastrophic losses to many socio-
economic sectors. 1.2 Portrait of Landmark
Despite the relentless efforts for climate Achievements towards Climate
adaptation, future is projected to be far more Resilience
extreme and uncertain by the IPCC in its Sixth
Assessment Report. The Bangladesh Delta Plan As a global pioneer in climate adaptation,
(GED, 2018a) projects that the combined effects of Bangladesh has advanced substantially in building
climate change could range from a loss of 1.1 adaptive capacity and resilience for coping with
percent of GDP per year in a moderate climate various climate change impacts across sectors and
change to 2 percent per year in extreme climate levels. Ministry of Environment, Forest and
conditions. The BDP2100 also indicates the Climate Change (MoEFCC), Ministry of Disaster
possible impact on overall rice production, Management and Relief (MoDMR), Ministry of
predicting a declining rate of 17 percent by 2050, Agriculture (MoA), Ministry of Fisheries and
which would impede food and nutrition security. Livestock (MoFL), Ministry of Water Resources
Tackling such unprecedented repercussions would (MoWR), Ministry of Local Government, Rural
bring unimaginable hardship for the country and Development and Cooperatives (MoLGRDC),
serious threats to its development aspirations. Ministry of Food (MoF) along with other relevant
Redemption can only be ensured through swift and ministries/divisions and respective agencies, are
effective climate adaptation practises, backed by working hard to make the country climate-
promised enhanced climate finance mobilization resilient. Over the last seven years, the climate-
from developed countries. relevant budgetary allocation has doubled,
increasing from $1.44 billion in FY2015-2016 to
Effective medium- and long-term adaptation $2.96 billion in FY2021-2022, which is 0.73
strategies are crucial to reducing negative climate percent of GDP for FY2021-2022 (MoF, 2021).
impacts and providing a viable path towards Some landmark initiatives and success stories are
resiliency. Planning for a future development as follows:
trajectory necessitates addressing medium- and

2
 Policy Response at National Level Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100
Bangladesh has made commendable efforts in The Government has recently adopted the
creating required policies and regulatory Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100, aimed at gradual,
frameworks for enabling climate resilient sustainable development through adaptive delta
sustainable development. The Parliamentary management approach. The plan identifies climate
Standing Committee on MoEFCC is actively change as a significant future challenge and
involved in accelerating adaptation and mitigation reaffirms Bangladesh’s commitment to both
processes’, mandated by separate resolution; reducing GHG emissions as well as lays the
joining the global declaration on ‘Planetary foundation for climate adaptation initiatives for
Emergency’ to counter climate adversities. Over the following decades. It specifically identified 52
the years, the Government has formulated policies,
climate change adaptation projects for enhancing
plans and programme including the National
climate resilience of the delta.
Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA, in 2005
and later updated in 2009), Bangladesh Climate Food Security and Climate Smart Agriculture
Change Strategy Action Plan (BCCSAP) in 2009,
A well-coordinated effort of MoA, MoFL, MoWR,
Bangladesh Climate Change Trust Act in 2010,
MoFood, MoDMR, MoEFCC and others is
Bangladesh Climate Change Gender Action Pan in
facilitating to maintain the food system climate
2013, Climate Fiscal Framework in 2014 &
updated in 2020, Roadmap for formulating resilient for ensuring food & nutrition security.
National Adaptation Plan in 2015, Nationally Agriculture researches have advanced
Determined Contribution (NDC) in 2015 and later impressively since independence and contributed
enhanced & updated in 2021, Bangladesh Delta a lot to the food and nutrition security of
Plan 2100 in 2018, Climate inclusive National Bangladesh. In the early 1970s, Bangladesh was a
Environment Policy updated in 2018, updated food-deficient country with a population of about
Standing Order on Disaster in 2019, Mujib Climate 75 million. Today, the population is more than 160
Prosperity Plan 2030 (Draft) etc., which have million, and Bangladesh is self-sufficient in rice
paved the way for effective climate change production, which has tripled over the past three
adaptation and has propelled Bangladesh as a decades. Government is providing research grants
pioneer in the global arena. that enabled creation of more than hundreds of
Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan high yielding modern rice varieties that are saline
tolerant, submergence tolerant, less water
As Chair of the CVF, Honorable Prime Minister H.E. intensive, cold tolerant and heat tolerant high
Sheikh Hasina launched a program to develop yielding varieties. Multiple crops and year-round
“Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan” for Bangladesh for vegetable farming is now possible instead of
mobilizing financing, primarily through cultivation in single season. Floating cultivation is
international cooperation, for implementing being widely practiced specially in the
renewable energy and climate resilience southwestern, northwestern and northeastern
initiatives, thus contributing to both climate regions of the country tackling recurrent floods but
change adaptation and mitigation. The draft plan allowing integrated farming. Initiatives are
identifies several key initiatives, which focus on undertaken by Ministry of Agriculture for
renewable energy, energy storage infrastructure, extension of water saving technologies in drought
power grid modernization, establishing carbon prone areas, harvesting rainwater in canals or
market regime etc. for future-proofing locally-led reservoirs for enhanced irrigation, increasing
adaptation outcomes, and enhancing MSMEs. overall irrigation efficiency through improved
distribution network, integrated farming of rice
and vegetables in waterlogged coastal areas,
extended use of solar powered portable irrigation

3
 pump, improved water management in haor areas, Plan, Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100 etc. is given high
improvement of surface water & sprinkler priority by the ministry. Building 5,816 km of
irrigation, integrated organic and inorganic coastal embankment in 139 polders, 2,728 km
fertilizer management for increasing soil carbon, submersible embankment in haor areas and 7,984
use of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) km flood protection embankment in the country,
technologies for drought monitoring and irrigation maintenance of total 16,528 km embankment,
management etc. Furthermore, promotion of protection of 1,457 km river bank and 31 districts
Climate Smart Agriculture such as Alternating from erosion, increasing navigability and water
Wetting & Drying (AWD) & Nature based Solutions storage through 4,375 km river dredging and
such as floating cultivation agriculture practices excavation, restoration of wetlands ecosystem and
are highly emphasized in development agenda to biodiversity, basin wide management and
ensure food & nutrition security, environmental freshwater flow increase, irrigation of 16.49 lac
sustainability and societal development. hectares of land & additional 1.15 crore MT
additional food production through construction
Ministry of Water Resources is playing pivotal role of 5,355 irrigation canal, 3,613 km canal dike and
in improving the surface water irrigation system. 4,502 km drainage canal, construction of 5 rubber
Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MoFL) is dams, implementing 5 days’ monsoon flood
striving towards making the fisheries and livestock forecast in the country and 3 days’ flash floods
production system resilient to climate change forecast in haor areas through community, SMS
through extended climate research for stress and smartphone apps, annual erosion prediction
tolerant fish species, conservation of Hilsa fishes, among stakeholders and communities, collection
developing more resilient open water fisheries, and monitoring of surface water and groundwater
extension of aquaculture, strengthening early hydrology, river bank stabilization and 1,086.2 sq
warning and climate information system and km of land reclamation, shadow water pricing etc.
advisory services, improvement of value chain & are noteworthy achievements made by the MoWR
post-harvest facilities and capacity building of in last few decades. Engagement of community for
fishing communities with special emphasis on integrated water resources management is being
women. Ministry of Food (MoF) has undertaken ensured through formulation of Integrated Water
initiatives for establishing 8 steel silos with Resources Management Guideline (2020) and
modern facilities, renovating old food silos and establishment of Water Management
ancillaries, capacity building and research on food Organizations (WMO) at local levels. As a cross
safety, distribution of 55 kgs rice storage capacity cutting issue, managing the water resources in
0.3 million household level silos for poor, ethnic integrated manner is not only contributing
community and vulnerable families of disaster- towards achieving the sectoral development goals
prone areas, improvement of distribution system but also water & food security, enhanced DRR &
etc. livelihoods security, sustainable development
goals and climate resilience.
Integrated Water Resources Management
Disaster Risk Reduction
Ministry of Water Resources is contributing to
improve lives, livelihoods and environment for Bangladesh has time and time again, demonstrated
secured investment of the country through its success in disaster preparedness and climate
adaptation initiatives. Implementation of resilience. Cyclone Preparedness Programme
integrated water resources management for (CPP) established by Father of the Nation
climate resilient delta with conducive regulatory Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman currently
and planning tools like Bangladesh Water Act has 76,020 volunteers (of which around 50% are
2013, Bangladesh Water Rule 2018, Haor Master women) dedicated to Disaster Risk Reduction.

4
Additionally, 46,000 urban volunteers are also COVID19 pandemic, saved thousands of lives.
working for urban safety and resilience. A total of Similarly, evacuating around 2.4 million people
4,530 cyclone shelters have been constructed and half a million livestock in less than 5 days
across the coast. during super cyclone ‘Amphan’ in May 2020 and
The Ministry of Disaster Management (MoDMR) later managing flash floods in northern and haor
have constructed 340 flood shelters across the region in the same year also reflects the long
country with additional 393 shelters under experiences of emergency disaster management,
construction. A total of 550 Mujib Killas, specially saving of lives of millions of peoples. Overall
designed on raised land, have been constructed to mortality rate has been reduced due to disaster,
provide shelter for the people and livestock in particularly from cyclone which is now single digit
coastal regions during the cyclone/tidal surge, 60 from 6 digits compared to 1970, 1991.
multipurpose rescue boats have been built for
Ashrayan: Climate Resilient Shelter for Displaced
persons with disabilities. Consideration for gender
People
and persons with disabilities have been
mainstreamed into new design guidelines of Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina had undertaken the
cyclone shelters. A total of 65 Disaster Relief Ashrayan project in 1997. Under the scheme, a
Warehouse-cum-Disaster Information Center have total of 538,139 families have been rehabilitated
been established along with 18 community radio since 1997, totaling 3,700,160 inhabitants.
(FM) networks for the coastal people and Specially designed Machang & houses for hilly and
fishermen. The government has planted 5.4 million char areas are considered in this scheme along
Palm trees to reduce the risk of death due to with housing for other vulnerable areas. The
lightning. ICT based early warning and government is implementing “Khurushkul Special
dissemination system has been strengthened
Ashrayan Project” launched in 2014-15, which is
through operating dedicated Interactive Voice
one of the world’s biggest housing projects for
Response (IVR), increasing flood forecast lead time
climate refugees. Under this project, 139 five-
from 3 days to 9 days, developing and piloting
storied buildings with modern facilities have been
Dynamic Flood Risk Model (DFRM) etc. Coverage
set to be constructed in Cox’s Bazar, with a capacity
of social safety net has been increased for securing
lives and livelihoods through blending traditional to rehabilitate 4,409 climate refugee families. Till
initiatives such as Employment Generation date, 20 buildings have been constructed and a
Programme for the Poorest (EGPP), Kabita (Cash total of 640 climate victim families have been
for Works), KABIKHA (Food for Work), Test Relief allotted a 406 sq. ft. flat each in its first phase.
(TR). Standing Order on Disaster is updated in Training programmes and loan disbursements are
2019 and National Plan for Disaster Management going on to make the rehabilitated families
(2021-2025) is formulated to reinforce these financially self-reliant. The project also focuses on
efforts. Gender gaps have been minimized in mitigation through plantation of 1.5 million trees,
disaster risk management through implementing rainwater harvesting, the solar panel based
DRR activities focusing on person with disability, alternate power sources, improved cook stoves etc.
senior citizens, women, and children, gender Besides this, 50,104 families have been
responsive and inclusive budgeting. rehabilitated under the “Guchchhogram” project,
Decreasing human deaths during cyclone is one of where 455,000 trees have been planted.
the proven indicators for enhanced disaster Climate Resilient Infrastructures, Improved Public
preparedness. For instances, preparation of 6,816 Health and Urban Resilience
cyclone shelters and keeping standby 1,343
emergency medical teams in 14 coastal districts for Transformation for climate resilient
emergency evacuation and managing the “double- infrastructures, improved public health and urban
resilience is going on with remarkable initiatives
trouble” severe cyclone ‘YAAS’, during the

5
 by the Ministry of Local Government, Rural green belt through engaging community people.
Development and Cooperatives, Ministry of Road, Coastal afforestation with suitable mangrove and
Transport and Bridges, and Ministry of Housing non-mangrove species provides variety of useful
and Public Works. In last 13 years, 4,407 km urban ecological and bio-physical functions, protects
drainage construction, 11 urban cyclone shelters inland habitats as a natural storm surge barrier,
construction, 47 slum development and alleviates environmental degradation, acts as
rehabilitation, 378.51 km water supply pipe highly efficient carbon sink, offers habitat and
construction, 92 women sections establishment in breeding ground for wildlife and fisheries, and
markets, 719 water resources related sub-projects improves recreational value of coastal area. It also
implementation, 166 cyclone shelters construction offers socio-economic benefits to the coastal
or rehabilitation, 6569 km length of tree community through widening the opportunities of
plantation. 16845 km bridges/culverts harvesting non-timber forest products.
construction, highway side tree plantation, Community people are getting chance to improve
research for climate resilient houses and shelter their livelihoods. For greenbelt development and
development, research for innovating climate afforestation around 11.5 million trees have been
resilient WASH technologies and expansion of planted. This community-based adaptation
WASH infrastructures, rehabilitation of climate technique is unique and can contribute in
rural water & disaster management enhancing climate and disaster resilience of
infrastructures etc. have been implemented to coastal islands.
facilitate disaster risk reduction, improvement of National Climate Finance Mechanism‐BCCTF
public health and climate resilience.
Government of Bangladesh established BCCTF
Afforestation and Greenbelt Development under MoEFCC in FY 2009-10 from its own
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate resources, establishing itself as a pioneer among
Change (MoEFCC) has developed capacity of its the developing countries. The BCCT has
forestry sector to engage in adaptation and undertaken more than 800 projects so far with the
mitigation co-benefit via developing monitoring investment of around $480 million to implement
system and adopting National REDD+ Strategy for strategic actions of the BCCSAP which mainly focus
adaptation, reducing emission and enhance forest on adaptation, mitigation and climate change
carbon stocks. Tree coverage once was only 7%, research. Noteworthy adaptation projects
which has been increased to 22%. The National undertaken through BCCTF include construction of
REDD+ Strategy further targets to restore all 231.40 kilometers of embankments,
degraded forest and bring all newly accreted excavation/re-excavation of 590.60 km of canals,
coastal lands under afforestation and thereby construction of 1,43,463 cubic meter water
increase tree cover of Bangladesh from current combined capacity reservoirs, construction of 14
22% to 25% by 2030. Bangladesh completed its schools cum cyclone shelters, construction of 483
first National Forest & Tree Inventory in 2019 and rainwater reservoirs, establishment of 17 pure
assessed a carbon sequestration capacity of water supply systems, installment of 12 pond sand
1275.54 million tons (all five carbon pools, soil up filters, training of 14,205 Volunteers and Coastal
to 30 cm). To commemorate the birth centenary of fisherman for Cyclone preparedness programme,
the Father of the Nation Bangabandhu Sheikh production and distribution of 19,428 metric ton of
Mujibur Rahman, the Government planted 10 stress tolerant seeds, construction of 8,529 climate
million trees in 2020. resilient houses, establishment of 12,900 floating
vegetables bed in 210 villages, building 3 rubber
Coastal afforestation programme has been dams and reconstruction of 2 spars. Through
undertaken to stabilize the coastline and create research projects 12 heat and stress tolerant crop

6
varieties were introduced. Approximately 71.15 In 2015, the then Ministry of Environment and
million trees were planted and 6,921.7 hector of Forest published a roadmap for developing a NAP
forest land was brought under afforestation, 2,451 in Bangladesh (MoEF 2015). The Paris Agreement,
water purification solar plants were established, adopted at COP21, reinforced adaptation planning
20 solar irrigation pumps were mounted and 7,901 processes as vital to social and economic
biogas plants were installed at Household level development and central to the global response to
along with 13 community biogas plants, 2 eco- climate change. Article 7 of the Paris Agreement
parks reconstructed and developed contributing to calls on all Parties to engage in adaptation
both mitigation and adaptation. planning, including to formulate and implement
NAPs and improve the “effectiveness and
GCA Regional Center for South Asia durability” of adaptation actions. Subsequently,
the Government of Bangladesh conducted the
In recognition of the country’s progressive role to
Stocktaking for National Adaptation Planning
address climate change, the Global Commission on
(SNAP) process in 2017 and identified priority
Adaptation established a GCA Regional Center for
areas for adaptation in its Third National
South Asia in Bangladesh. Hon’ble Prime Minister
Communication (MoEFCC, 2018b) submitted to
of Bangladesh, H.E. Sheikh Hasina, and the 8th UN
UNFCCC. This paved the way for initiating the
Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon jointly formulation and advancement of the NAP process
inaugurated GCA regional office at the Department in Bangladesh. This NAP will accelerate the present
of Environment in Dhaka on 8 September 2020. adaptation strides and support the
The center will exchange knowledge, experience, implementation of planned medium- and long-
and best practices on adaptation among 8 (eight) term adaptation with adequate financial resources
South Asian Countries and support their efforts to mobilization to tackle uncertain and stressful
accelerate climate adaptation. future due to climate change.
This NAP comprises structured and persistent
1.3 NAP Foundation pathways for transformation in climate change
COP16 in 2010 emphasized enhanced action on adaptation and climate resilient development
adaptation through the Cancun framework by towards fulfilling the dream of ‘Sonar Bangla’. It
establishing the National Adaptation Plan (NAP) will act as the important tool for climate
process, which will facilitate effective adaptation negotiation to manage climate finance as per
planning, resources mobilization and integration Article 7 and Article 9 of the Paris Agreement
of CCA in the national development process. The (2015). It will elaborate strategies to communicate
framework prioritizes medium- to long-term adaptation status and best practices globally,
adaptation through strategic and programmatic recognizing stress in COP26 (2021) on all
approaches over ad hoc, short-term initiatives, countries to produce an 'Adaptation
towards making people, places, ecosystems and Communication'. It will monitor and evaluate
economies more resilient to the impacts of climate progress towards set adaptation goals.
change. COP16 also established the Green Climate
Fund (GCF) as an operating entity of the financial 1.4 Vision and Goals
mechanism of the UNFCCC. The GCF was launched
The NAP vision has been conceptualized based on
at COP18, which requested its board to balance
the plan’s underlying aim, which is to reduce risk
allocations of resources between adaptation and
and vulnerability due to the adverse impacts of
mitigation activities. COP18 in Doha in 2012
climate change, and to help fulfil Bangladesh’s
highlighted the need for developing NAPs in LDCs
aspiration to become a climate-resilient nation.
and developing countries. The Least Developed
Ecosystem resilience in the face of climate change
Countries Expert Group (LEG) prepared a technical
is core to achieving this aspiration, recognizing
guideline for NAPs in 2012 (LEG, 2012a).
that ecosystems may be adversely impacted both

7
 by Anthropogenic impacts and by climate change. lightning, droughts, storm surges and salinity
Promoting sustainable nature-based solutions that intrusions, etc. Diurnal variations in temperature,
balance economic growth and environmental extreme heat waves, the disappearance of the
sustainability has been sought as a means of prominence of autumn and late autumn, erratic
ecosystem-based adaptation (EbA). and uneven rainfall, gradual fading of perennial
wetlands, increased sea surface temperature and
ocean acidification, etc. are becoming prominent
concerns. The risks and vulnerabilities of poor,
Building a climate‐resilient nation through effective marginal and disadvantaged communities are
adaptation strategies to foster a robust society and increasing with subsequent losses and damages.
ecosystems and stimulate sustainable economic
growth. The first goal of the NAP aims at enhancing overall
climate resilience through effective adaptation
The NAP sets goals to achieve its vision while measures that minimize losses and damages and
considering diverse issues in different thematic support natural resources management, strong
sectors to address climate change adaptation. The economic growth, resilient ecosystems and
goals were validated through rigorous stakeholder sustainable livelihoods. This must be achieved by
consultation processes. CCA in water resources management, and by

The following six goals have been set to achieve the strengthening disaster risk preparedness through
vision. innovative technology, response efforts and
recovery across sectors, notably at the local and
community levels, to reduce the loss of life and
Goal 1: Ensure protection against climate change
damages to infrastructure and properties.
variability and induced natural disasters
Bangladesh is highly susceptible to climate Goal 2: Develop climate‐resilient agriculture for
anomalies and extreme and slow onset events,
food, nutrition and livelihood security
including temperature rise, rainfall variability, sea-
level rise, frequent cyclones, river floods, flash Agriculture’s contribution to GDP is 14 percent. It
floods, urban floods, heat stress, cold snaps, employs over 40 percent of the workforce (GED,

8
2020a). Changing climate and its adverse effects Through this goal, the NAP aims to develop
pose significant challenges to agriculture, food climate-smart cities reinforced with robust urban
security and livelihoods. Agriculture is one of the drainage networks and water management
most vulnerable sectors to climate variability, such infrastructure; expand green infrastructure,
as changes in temperature, rainfall patterns, and effective solid waste and renewable energy
increases in floods and droughts. Changes in crop mechanisms; improve human health and WASH,
calendar, crop phenology and pollination; crop and so on. A combination of management and eco-
damage during floods; pest infestation and engineering structural measures would build
diseases; abnormal growth and breeding for climate resilience. Additionally, mainstreaming
fisheries; deoxygenation and pH imbalances; and eco-engineering and nature-based infrastructure
deaths of livestock and poultry under extreme heat may provide viable alternatives or complement
occur recurrently. This creates a crisis for food and more conventional structural approaches to
nutrition security and agriculture-dependent reduce risks and enhance climate resilience while
livelihoods. As projected by IPCC in its Sixth conserving the urban environment.
Assessment Report, future scenarios will likely be
worse.
Goal 4: Promote nature‐based solutions for
This goal aims to reduce the risks and conservation of forestry, biodiversity, and well‐being
vulnerabilities of climate change in agriculture by of communities
incorporating climate-resilient and smart
The NAP implementation will apply nature-based
agriculture (CRSA) in efforts to protect food,
solutions (NbS) as a means of ecosystems-based
nutrition and livelihood security. This will be
adaptation (EbA) to protect, sustainably manage
achieved through developing climate-smart
and restore natural or modified ecosystems. This
agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and livestock,
process will address climate challenges effectively
and managing a sustainable value chain for agro-
and adaptively, simultaneously providing human
inputs in climate-vulnerable regions. Research and
well-being and biodiversity benefits.
innovation for climate-resilient crops and smart
agricultural practices can be strengthened. The application of EbA via nature-based solutions
will reduce the vulnerability of human
communities and improve the resilience of
Goal 3: Develop climate‐smart cities for improved
ecosystems to climate impacts through ecosystem
urban environment and well‐being
conservation or restoration. Developing climate-
Cities are the economic hub of the country. The per resilient forestry, wetland, biodiversity and
capita GDP, at $1,500, is almost four times as high ecosystem services, community-based
as in rural areas (GED, 2020a). If extreme climate afforestation and reforestation measures; and
risks hit this large economy, the pace of national pursuing research and capacity development for
economic growth will slow, necessitating promoting EbA at the community level will
measures to develop urban resilience against facilitate this process.
climate change. Climate-resilient infrastructure
and smart city development can significantly
Goal 5: Impart good governance through
increase adaptation capabilities, especially in
integration of adaptation into the planning process
vulnerable communities, by preventing and
managing the aftermaths of climate-induced The NAP aims to integrate inclusive climate change
disasters, such as urban waterlogging, tidal adaptation into planning through appropriate
inundation and severe storm surge impacts. institutional arrangements to ensure robust
Adaptation can also improve the reliability of governance, and to create an enabling
service provision, increase asset life and protect environment for implementing adaptation actions.
asset returns. Achieving this goal will enhance the governance
and institutional capacity of ministries,

9
 departments, financial institutes, private sector further streamlined, cross-matched and blended to
firms and NGOs to mobilize and use climate finance arrive at eight (8) distinct sectors and thematic
with greater accountability, responsiveness and issues. These 8 sectors are: 1) Water resources; 2)
transparency, towards safeguarding vulnerable Disaster, social safety and security; 3) Agriculture;
communities, sectors and ecosystems. 4) Fisheries, aquaculture and livestock; 5) Urban
Constraining factors for adaptation, including areas; 6) Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity;
institutional weaknesses, a lack of coordination, 7) Policies and institutions; and 8) Capacity
conflicting objectives, etc. must be effectively development, research and innovation.
overcome through robust governance.
First six sectors involve the physical
implementation of CCA, whereas remaining two
Goal 6: Ensure transformative capacity‐building sectors i.e., Policies and institutions; Capacity
and innovation for climate change adaptation development, research and innovations can
catalyze an enabling environment to advance the
The NAP implementation process will instigate
NAP’s smooth implementation. Infrastructure
transformative capacity development at the
related to water and disaster management,
individual, institutional and system levels to equip
agriculture, aquaculture, livestock, ecosystem
relevant stakeholders with better abilities, skills
restoration, urban WASH, health, drainage and
and understanding to address climate issues in a
heat management is considered part of the first six
holistic, inclusive, feasible and sustainable way.
development sectors. The protection of transport,
This will include awareness-raising, training and
communications, rural WASH and health
individual skill development; collaborative
infrastructure are considered as cross-cutting
research; knowledge management and
issues. Women and people with diverse gender
communication of CCA.
identities, youth, elderly people, persons with
This goal also addresses capacity gaps and needs in disabilities, ethnic communities, socially
applying innovation in climate change-related disadvantaged groups and the private sector are
research and knowledge generation by building integral considerations in all eight sectors to
the necessary capability and human resources to ensure inclusive and participatory NAP
carry out research, data and knowledge implementation.
management, and to share information to support
Thematic issues covered under the eight sectors
the NAP implementation. Research and innovation
are elaborated below.
to advance planned adaptation in all sectors will
help achieve this goal. Water resources
Water resources sector covers ensuring surface
1.5 Devising Sectoral Boundaries and groundwater availability; management of
The initial conceptualization of the NAP hydro-met slow-onset and sudden disasters;
emphasized water resources; agriculture, food and freshwater management for salinity reduction;
livelihood security; coastal & drought zones; and river and estuaries management through dredging,
urban areas as the priority sectors for adaptation. maintaining connectivity, improvement of
The NAP thus focuses on these four sectors and drainage and flood regulation, management of
their subsectors, along with other critical cross- sediment, etc.; adaptation of water-related
cutting issues, such as women and gender equality, infrastructure; an early warning system for hydro-
youth, persons with disabilities, the private sector, met disasters; protection of critical infrastructure
infrastructure, WASH and health—to identify and livelihoods; protection of water-related
appropriate strategies considering the IPPC SSP1- infrastructure; transboundary cooperation; and
2.6 and SSP5-8.5 in alignment with national basin wide, integrated and participatory water
aspirations. These sectors & subsectors have been resources management for climate adaptation.

10
 Sectors of NAP
establishing risk and recovery mechanisms for
Disaster, social safety and security
climate vulnerable people and migrants.
This sector address reducing losses and damages
Agriculture
and managing climate migration. Landslides,
thunderstorms and lightning risk management are The agriculture sector focuses on rice and non-rice
considered in addition to hydro-met and other crop production; irrigation management; stress-
disasters covered under the water resources tolerant seed and varietal development;
sector. Disaster management focuses on creating development and extension of agricultural
an enabling environment and strengthening infrastructure (major and minor irrigation
disaster preparedness and infrastructure, such as infrastructure, mechanization, crop management
cyclone shelters, flood shelters and early warning infrastructure like harvesters, etc.); urban farming
systems for lightning and landslides. Other areas of and its irrigation; overall technological
emphasis include building climate-resilient advancement and its extension; agriculture value
housing facilities; managing disruptions of chains; livelihood improvements for farmers; and
livelihoods due to disasters, such as occupational food and nutrition security amid the adverse
changes and shifts in work hours; expanding social impacts of climate change.
safety nets and security; reducing early marriage,
Fisheries, aquaculture and livestock
domestic violence and abuse; improving the
disaster resilience of child education facilities; This sector prioritizes the production of fisheries,
improving rural WASH infrastructure; ensuring aquaculture and livestock; breeding of stress-
social inclusion in disaster management; and tolerant species and fodder; management

11
 infrastructure such as Mujib Killa3, resilient farms, and wetlands; reinstating the connectivity of
etc.; technological advancement and its extension; wetlands and waterbodies; improvement of the
resilient market systems for fisheries, aquaculture Chattogram Hill Tracts ecosystem; the
and livestock; exploring the blue economy; management of marine and ocean ecosystems for
livelihoods improvement; and the achievement of unlocking the of blue economy; improving forest-
food and nutrition security. dependent livelihoods; and promoting ecosystem-
based adaptation.
Urban areas
Policies and institutions
This sector covers the management of urban
drainage and heat islands; the management of the This sector supports the development of enabling
urban environment; the development and policies, governance and regulatory frameworks
expansion of urban green and blue infrastructure; for NAP advancement and the reduction of losses
and the improvement of health and WASH facilities and damages. It supports improved citizenship;
and services for city dwellers. This spatially bound integration of climate change into the development
sector covers 43 major cities (each having over planning process; harnessing climate finance;
100,000 people) and their peri-urban areas, monitoring, evaluation and learning based on the
including 12 city corporations identified in theory of change; and the empowerment of local
Bangladesh’s Perspective Plan 2041. governments for supporting locally led action.
Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity Capacity development, research and innovation
Giving importance to ecosystem resilience amid Transformative capacity development at the
climate change, this sector emphasizes the planning, institutional and individual levels is a
sustainable management of forestry, land, haor 4 prime consideration for this sector, drawing on
and wetlands, and biodiversity; the maintenance of action research, innovation, field-level
e-flow, soil and ecosystem health; the conservation demonstrations, piloting and technology transfers.
of agroecosystems; the invention of stress-tolerant Climate change knowledge management and
plant species; the conservation and restoration of dissemination up to the local level are other key
ecosystems; the co-management of watersheds elements.

3 Built up higher grounds (popularly known as 'Mujib Killa') in 4 A marshy wetland ecosystem in the northeastern part of
flood plains to protect people and their livestock at that time Bangladesh, physically a bowl‐ or saucer‐shaped depression that
looks like inland seas during the monsoon floods

12
1.6 Principles and Approach responsive and sensitive to disability; being
transparent and inclusive, and following bottom-
Formulation and advancement of the NAP adhere up and top-down approaches; promoting
to eight principles that ensure both distributive horizontal and vertical integration; maintaining
and procedural climate justice and recognition of synergies with national and international
diverse cultures and perspectives (IPCC AR6 WGII, development agendas and commitments; building
2022). These guiding principles align on local evidence, indigenous practices, nature-
synergistically with the national development based solutions and the latest scientific

Principles of NAP
vision, the Bangladesh Delta Plan, the SDGs, the knowledge; promoting nature based solutions,
Cancun Adaptation Framework (Article II.1) and private sector engagement; and financial integrity
international commitments. through effective monitoring, evaluation and
learning.
The principles include: priority sectors are cross-
cutting, with a multidisciplinary and The NAP has been developed based on national
complementary nature; ensuring that the NAP and international guidelines.5 These helped frame
process is country driven, participatory, gender the overall structure and define adaptation

5 Roadmap of Bangladesh NAP (MoEFCC, 2015), Technical Guidelines of EbA for NAP by UNFCCC, Guidelines for Nature‐
Guidelines of NAP by Least Developed Countries Expert Group of based Solutions by IUCN, Guidelines for Integrating Agriculture
UNFCCC, PROVIA (The Program of Research on Climate Change and Fisheries into NAP by FAO, MRV toolkit for climate change
Vulnerability, Impacts, and Adaptation) Guidelines, Gender adaptation, Guidelines for Climate Resilient Health Care Facilities
Mainstreaming Guidelines, Private Sector Engagement Toolkit, by WHO and several others.

13
 programmes and actions. They shaped a district and national levels from January 2021 to
comprehensive approach to participatory June 2022. The selection of locations for
stocktaking, development of science-based future stakeholder consultations was based on spatially
scenarios, sector-wise impact analysis, adaptation variable climate change risks and vulnerabilities,
needs assessments, cost-benefit assessments and emphasizing the inclusion of women and people
prioritization. Assessing vulnerability, impacts and with diverse gender identities, ethnic and marginal
subsequent conceptualizations of adaptation drew groups, elderly people, persons with disabilities,
on standardized concepts of the IPCC; these will youth and students, CSOs, community-based
facilitate further risk and vulnerability assessment. organizations, NGOs and private sector firms.
Incorporating ecosystems functions and services
Thorough consultations with relevant ministries,
entailed successfully integrating EbA and NbS
departments and agencies from the public sector,
concepts.
private sector firms, civil society groups and other
Six steps for compiling and communicating the sectoral value chain actors identified and validated
NAP ranged from initiating its formulation to adaptation needs as part of devising short-,
setting priority sector boundaries to devising a medium- and long-term adaptation strategies for
system of interests and other activities. the 2030s, 2040s, and 2050s respectively. In

Steps of NAP Formulation

The NAP aims to identify potential adaptation devising planning horizons, NAP formulation built
needs and prioritize boundaries for the eight on the latest available scientific data, assessed
thematic sectors by devising a system of interests existing gaps and challenges in risks and
and subsequently developing adaptation strategies vulnerabilities and referred to identified impact
through policy analyses and a stocktaking of chains from local consultations. System dynamics
adaptation practices and barriers. analysis performed for multiple future scenarios
identified adaptation entry points through
The stocktaking process, involving multi-sectoral
assessing climate change risks and vulnerabilities.
stakeholder participation, blended bottom-up and
top-down approaches. Indigenous knowledge was Consultative processes engaging public and
assembled from several local consultations with private stakeholders in priority sectors also
vulnerable and marginal communities, considering identified, prioritized and validated adaptation
gender dimensions; the priorities of youth and strategies and options to address adaptation needs
students, the elderly, persons with disabilities and and reduce risks. Prioritized options and measures
ethnic communities; and social inclusion were translated into interventions for
principles. More than 35 stakeholder consultations implementation. An assessment of the economics
and over 100 key informant interviews and focus of adaptation options estimated the costs and
group discussions consulted with approximately benefits to support prioritization.
5,000 people across the country at the local,

14
The NAP process envisions setting up strong resource mobilization strategies; and developing
institutional arrangements and effective an effective result-based M&E framework.
coordination mechanisms with horizontal and Bringing adaptation into national planning and
vertical linkages through a stocktaking of programming processes will entail mapping
institutional capacities, barriers and gaps; mainstreaming opportunities, prioritizing CCA,
assessing the need for implementation and conducting sectoral dialogues and integrating
coordination; considering existing institutional adaptation into macro-plans and development
arrangements and governance; devising proper processes.

15
© CEGIS

Climate Risks and

Vulnerabilities
 Climate Risks and Vulnerabilities

Bangladesh is a subtropical country in South Asia climate trends, hazards, future projections,
with a warm and humid climate. The average ensuing stresses and resultant risks will be
temperature ranges between 15°C and 34°C elaborated further based different regions of the
around the year. Mean annual rainfall is about country that reflect hydrological and
2,400 mm; about 70 percent of rainfall occurs topographical variations.
during monsoon (June to September). Rainfall
varies significantly across the country, with the 2.1 Historical Climate Trends
arid western regions receiving as little as 1,400
mm and the north-eastern region and eastern hills 2.1.1 Temperature rise
receiving over 4,300 mm. Bangladesh has been
The average temperature in Bangladesh is rising
experiencing higher temperatures, erratic rainfall
sharply in the last three decades compared to
and extreme rainfall events in recent decades due
previous three decades. The plot below illustrates
to climate change. It also is highly vulnerable to
the stark differences in temperature distributions
climate change impacts due to its low-lying terrain
between two consecutive periods. Whereas
(13 percent of its territory lies within two meters
temperature variations were minimal (0.0067°C
above the mean sea level), high population density,
per year) during 1961-1990, the variations rose
and location at the confluence of the Ganges,
sharply (to 0.03°C per year) from 1991 to 2019
Brahmaputra and Meghna River basins. Observed
(CEGIS, 2022).

Departure of average annual temperature in Bangladesh relative to climate normal of 1960‐1990

Source: CEGIS analysis based on BMD data.

17
 In recent decades, the mean temperature has been distribution are erratic throughout the country,
rising very rapidly. From 1991 to 2000, the mean however (Rahman et al., 2015). The departure plot
temperature increased by 0.39°C, which further does not display increases as significant as those of
increased by 0.53°C during 2001-2010 and 1.06°C temperature but it does illustrate the slightly
during 2011-2019 (CEGIS, 2022). The minimum increasing nature of rainfall in recent decades.
temperature has risen by 0.45°C and 0.52°C for the In recent years, the country has experienced
winter and monsoon, respectively. As such, several extreme rainfall events, e.g., 341 mm of
winters are becoming warmer with minimum rainfall occurred in 24 hours in Dhaka in 2004, 408
temperature increase of 0.02°C per year. Even mm in 24 hours in Chattogram in 2007, 333 mm in
hotter summers during the pre-monsoon and 12 hours in Dhaka in 2009 and 433 mm of rainfall
monsoon have seen a maximum temperature in 24 hours in Rangpur in 2020. The Rangpur
increase of 0.022°C per year and 0.035°C per year, rainfall was a record high in the last 60 years.
respectively, and minimum temperature rises of Analysis of extreme rainfall indicates that
0.024°C per year and 0.043°C per year, consecutive dry days (CDD) is a significant
respectively (CEGIS, 2022). increasing trend all over the country (Ezaz et al.,
2021 and Islam et al., 2014). The simple daily
2.1.2 Rainfall variability intensity index (SDII) shows a decreasing trend in
Rainfall varies significantly across the different northern and central areas, while the coastal areas
hydrological regions of the country, with lower have an increasing trend (Ezaz et al., 2021). In
rainfall ranging from 791-2,241 mm in the dry addition, the difference in rainfall amount among
north-western barind region to high rainfall regular and extreme events is increasing.
(2,586-5,944 mm) in the north-eastern region.
Rainfall increases nationwide are 8.4 mm per year 2.1.3 Sea‐level rise and ocean warming
(Roy et al., 2017). There is also temporal variation
Sea levels have risen adjacent to the Bangladesh
as average yearly rainfall distribution exhibits a
coast due to both the geographic location and
skewed pattern. Rainfall is decreasing in the winter
nature of the delta. Between 1901 and 2010, sea
(December-February) and pre-monsoon (March-
May) at 1.3 mm per year and 0.5 mm per year, level rose at 1.7 mm per year, and from 1993 to
respectively, while it is increasing for both the 2010, it rose 2.8±0.8 mm per year. Satellite
post-monsoon (October-November) and monsoon altimetry data analysis also support this, showing
(June-September) at 0.05 mm per year and 4.5 mm a rising rate of 3.2±0.4 mm per year.
per year, respectively. This indicates that winters The Bay of Bengal is experiencing increasing sea
are becoming dryer and monsoons are becoming surface temperature and subsequent changes in
wetter. Spatial variations in temporal rainfall
pH. A significant decreasing trend in pH is

Departure of average annual precipitation in Bangladesh relative to the climate normal of 1961‐1990
Source: CEGIS analysis based on BMD data.

18
observed near the Bangladesh coast during the economy, while in SSP1, there is an increasing shift
winter and fall seasons, indicating acidification of towards sustainable practices.
sea water (Sridevi and Sarma, 2021).
2.2.1 Temperature
2.2 Future Climate Scenarios IPCC AR6 (2021) projects a global temperature
The Sixth Assessment Report of the IPCC (IPCC, increase of 1.5°C to 1.6°C in the near term (2030s),
2021) updated future climate projections with 1.7°C to 2.4°C in the mid-term (2050s) and 1.8°C to
new shared socio-economic pathway (SSP) 4.4°C in the long term (end of the century). Climate
scenarios based on five narratives describing projections for Bangladesh based on a downscaled
broad socioeconomic trends. These unfold the multi-model ensemble (following the IPCC AR6)
range of plausible future scenarios. According to for Bangladesh indicate a warming of 0.44°C to
the IPCC, SSP1-2.6 represents low future 0.69°C in the near term (2030s) and 1.3°C to 2°C in
greenhouse gas emissions (GHG), while SSP5-8.5 is the mid-term (2050s) for the SSP1-2.6 and SSP5-
the very high emissions scenario. To capture the 8.5 scenarios, covering the potential range of
complete variation of future climate as presented future temperature rise. Interestingly, in the near
in the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report (AR6), these term, SSP1-2.6 has a slightly higher temperature
two scenarios have been considered for rise (0.69°C) than SSP5-8.5 (0.44°C) across
Bangladesh. The SSP1 and SSP5 scenarios envision Bangladesh. This changes in the mid-term with
relatively optimistic trends for human higher amounts of warming expected under SSP5-
development in the future. SSP5 assumes this will 8.5.
be driven by an energy-intensive, fossil fuel-based

Future projections of temperature and rainfall for Bangladesh and different climate stress areas based on
downscaled climate data
(Source: CEGIS analysis from the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report multi‐model ensemble)
Note:
*Sea surface temperature is used for future projections.
**Climate stress areas: SWM: south‐western coastal area and Sundarbans; SEE: south‐east and eastern coastal area; CHT: Chattogram Hill
Tracts; FPE: river, floodplain and erosion‐prone area; HFF: haor and flash flood area; DBA: drought‐prone and Barind area; NNW: northern
and north‐western region; CBL: Chalan Beel and low‐lying area of the north‐west region; CHI: Char and islands; BoB: Bay of Bengal and ocean
and URB: urban areas.

19
 in the rest of the country will increase during this
2.2.2 Rainfall
season. Monsoon and post-monsoon rainfall all
Rainfall variation due to future climate change for over the country will increase. The frequency of
Bangladesh ranges between 0.1-1.4 percent in the heavy rainfall events is projected to rise while that
2030s and 2.4-3.5 percent in 2050s. The north- of light rainfall events will fall, inferring a shift
eastern and eastern hills regions will receive towards a lower number of wet days with an
higher rainfall, while the western part will see increase in the intensity of rainfall on days with
lower levels. Future annual rainfall will be slightly rain, entailing an increased risk of flash floods
higher or similar in the 2030s across the country. (Caesar and Janes, 2018).
In the 2050s, rainfall will increase all over the
country. A higher amount of change is expected in 2.2.3 Sea‐level rise
coastal areas and the Chattogram Hill Tracts.
Global warming is causing sea-level rise and
Future projections indicate that winter rainfall is
increasing the vulnerability of low-lying coastal
decreasing for most of the country except in the
areas of Bangladesh. Future sea-level rise is
coastal and Chattogram Hill Tracts regions. In
projected to be between 0.11-0.12 m in the near
contrast, pre-monsoon rainfall will decrease in the
term, 0.23-0.27 m in the mid-term and 0.54-0.86
Chattogram Hill Tracts and Bay of Bengal. Rainfall

Sea‐level rise projections near the Bangladesh coast in the Bay of Bengal
Note: The lines and shaded region represent the ensemble average of sea‐level rise and the spread of
ensemble results from the IPCC CMIP6 models, respectively. (Source: Fox Kemper et al., 2021.)

20
metres in the long term (IPCC, 2021). There is, embankments of 1,990 km (17.5 percent of the
however, substantial uncertainty in the long-term total), irrigation canals/drainage channels of 283
projections near the Bangladesh coast, according km (5.3 percent of the total), 1,465 structures (10
to the IPCC. Some global models estimate an percent of the total) and protection works of 265
increase of up to 1.75 m. km (24.8 percent of the total) of the Bangladesh
Water Development Board (BWDB) were partially
2.3 Increased Extremities of Hazards or fully damaged. The 1998 flood caused the death
of 1,100 people and damaged 4,500 km of
Due to climate change, most climate-related
embankments and 575,000 hectares of crop.
hazards will increase in frequency and/or
During the 2004 floods, embankments of 3,158 km
intensity. The most critical climate change-induced
(27.7 percent of the total) and protection works of
hazards in Bangladesh are rainfall variability, river
178 km (16.6 percent of the total) were partially or
floods, flash floods, urban floods, sea-level rise,
fully damaged. The 2007 flood caused 405 deaths.
salinity, cyclonic storm surges, droughts, extreme
The flood of 2020 was an alarming event. Around
heat waves, extreme cold, riverbank erosion,
5 million people were affected; 41 people lost their
lightning, landslides, higher sea surface
lives.
temperature and ocean acidification.
Estimated damages due to the flood events of
2.3.1 River flood 1988, 1998, 2004, 2007 and 2017 were $1.2
billion, $2.8 billion, $6.6 billion, $1 billion and $900
River flooding is a recurrent phenomenon in
million, respectively. While flood-related fatalities
Bangladesh, occurring almost every other year. It
are decreasing, economic losses have been
generally takes place during the monsoon and
increasing over the years. The Government has
inundates low-lying floodplain areas.
been developing and implementing various
Major floods happened in 1987, 1988, 1998, 2004, measures to reduce flood risks.
2007 and 2017. The area inundated during the
Due to climate change, the mean annual flow of the
1987, 1988, 1998 and 2007 floods comprised 39
Ganges, Brahmaputra and Meghna river basins will
percent, 61 percent, 69 percent and 42 percent of
increase by 17-28 percent, 2-5 percent and 1-4
the country, respectively. During the 1988 floods,

Future seasonal flow variation in the Ganges, Bhramaputra and Meghna basins
Source: CEGIS GBM Model (2021)

21
 percent, respectively, under the SSP5-8.5 scenario Meghna basins. The higher increase in the Ganges
in the 2050s (CEGIS, 2021). The seasonal flow basin is most probably attributed to additional
distribution in the 2050s will also increase flow from melting Himalayan glaciers. This will
substantially during the pre-monsoon in all three increase the flooding probability in the country.
basins. The flow will increase significantly (18-30 Winter flows will decrease in the Brahmaputra and
percent) in the Ganges basin, while a smaller Meghna basins under SSP5-8.5.
increase might occur in the Brahmaputra and

22
 severe climate change scenario (with 60 percent
2.3.2 Drought
moisture stress), the yield of dry season or Boro
The dry regions of Bangladesh located along the rice might decrease by 55-62 percent. Moisture
western border are most vulnerable to stress might force farmers to reduce Boro
meteorological droughts in pre- and post-monsoon cultivation.
periods. The mean annual rainfall in the dry zone
is around 1,250-1,750 mm, mainly from May-June 2.3.3 Riverbank erosion
to September-October (Ahmed and Suphachalasai,
Every year in Bangladesh, rivers erode around
2014). Due to the combined effect of soils with low
10,000 hectares of land (NWMP, 2001). According
moisture-holding capacity (<200 mm available
to CEGIS estimates, between 1973 and 2021,
moisture), an increasing number of dry days
erosion along the Jamuna River was 93,965 ha and
(precipitation <0.5 Potential Evapo-Transpiration)
accretion was 14,545 ha. During this period,
and extreme summer temperatures of more than
erosion along the Ganges River was 30,300 ha
40°C, the drought situation in the dry areas
while accretion was 29,100 ha. Along the Padma
become extremely severe during April and May.
River, erosion was 33,585 ha and accretion was
Nineteen droughts occurred in Bangladesh
5,485 ha.
between 1960 and 1991. The average occurrence
is once in 2.5 years. Bangladesh experienced In 2020, 725 ha eroded along the Jamuna, 460 ha
severe droughts in 1951, 1957, 1961, 1972, 1976, along the Ganges and 780 ha along the Padma.
1979, 1989 and 1997. On average, 2.32 million ha Currently, on average, total erosion in Bangladesh
per year (Kharif seasons) and 1.2 mha per year is 3,000 ha per year, displacing approximately
(Rabi season) of agricultural lands are damaged 25,000 people annually.
during a typical drought event (CEGIS, 2013). Changes in river flow and sediment transport due
Future climate change projections outline an to the multifaceted impacts of climate change are
increase in daily temperature with more hotter expected to increase the dynamics of these rivers
days during the pre-monsoon and fewer rainy even more. Due to climate change, erosion might
days. According to BDP2100 studies, Aus escalate further in the near term as high-intensity
production would decline by 27 percent under a rainfall and peak flow in the major rivers will
moderate climate change scenario while wheat increase and carry more sediment from upstream
production would fall to 61 percent. Under a catchments (CEGIS, 2010).

23
24
2.3.4 Flash floods losses reached $27.84 million. Around 3,600
schools suspended activities, and 480,000 people
Flash floods are caused by heavy or excessive
were displaced (UN RC Bangladesh, 2022).
rainfall or upstream flooding in a short period of
time. Flash floods are most common from April to The Eastern hill regions are also very prone to flash
July and from September to October (WMO, 2003). floods. During 1985 to 2015, 12 flash flood events
The north-eastern areas of Bangladesh are more occurred in the region. These events have caused
prone to flash flooding than other parts of the substantial damages to the local population and
country. economy. The torrential rain event of 23rd June
2015 triggered a flash flood that affected
Boro rice is the only major crop in the north-
approximately 1.8 million people in Chattogram,
eastern areas. Almost 80 per cent of the area is

Flash flood‐affected areas in north‐eastern Bangladesh

Source: CEGIS analysis based on satellite images.

covered by dry season rice from January to May Bandarban, and Cox’s bazar districts (Adnan,
(pre-monsoon), producing 18 percent of 2019). Future climate change will likely increase
Bangladesh’s total rice production (BHWDB, rainfall in the pre-monsoon and monsoon seasons
2012). Flash floods suddenly inundate crops near in the north-eastern areas, resulting in more
the harvesting time, damage infrastructure and chances of flash floods.
often cause losses of lives and properties.
2.3.5 Urban floods
The flash flood event of 2017 was the most
devastating early flash flood, disturbing roads and Urban floods in Bangladesh have recently become
embankments and damaging pre-mature dry an environmental and economic concern. In the
season crops worth $1.49 billion, which posed a last two decades, Bangladesh has experienced
threat to the overall food security of the country. several significant urban floods (as elaborated in
2.1.2). In 2004, Dhaka saw record high daily
The flash flood of 2022 severely affected 7.2
rainfall causing widespread flooding. The event
million people in nine north-eastern districts,
affected more than 80 percent of the city and over
damaging 1,133 sq. km of croplands, 44,254 water
5 million people. Combined with underdeveloped
ponds and 49,885 sanitation facilities. Livestock

25
 drainage infrastructure and the reduction of water previous damage. In case of a breach or damage to
bodies, these short-duration but high-intensity the polder, which was not considered in the
rains exert extreme stress on urban drainage simulation, the inundated area will be much
management. With growing urbanization, more greater. This will impact the coastal population
cities are prone to urban floods as many are and livelihoods, exacerbate salinity intrusion, and
located in low lying floodplains, and rainfall damage crops and fisheries.
extremes are increasing. Climate change
projections indicate an increasing trend of short- 2.3.7 Cyclone, tornado and storm surges
term heavy rainfall in urban catchments, which Twenty-one severe cyclones (winds between 87 to
will intensify the risk of urban flooding and 117 km/hour) and severe cyclonic storm with
waterlogging. hurricane intensity (winds >117 km/hour) struck
the Bangladesh coast between 1960 and 2010
2.3.6 Sea‐level rise
(MoEFCC, 2018b). Among them, 33 percent
Climate change will further aggravate historical happened pre-monsoon and 67 percent post-
sea-level rise and projections for the coastal areas. monsoon. In the three decades since 1990,
This will substantially affect coastal communities, Bangladesh has experienced category four
infrastructure and livelihoods. Potential coastal cyclones with wind speeds of 209-251 km per
inundation estimated by CEGIS (2021) for variable hour.
sea-level rise, incorporating the existing coastal
Besides cyclones, Southern and central Bangladesh
polder set-up, shows that by the mid-term, around
is very prone to tornados. Tornados in Bangladesh
18 percent of the coastal area might be inundated
generally form during April and cause damage to
due to sea-level rise projections, based on the
lives and properties (Finch and Dewan, 2003). In
SSP5-8.5 scenario. The inundated areas are mostly
25 Mar 2013, a deadly tornado happened in
behind the coastal polders in the south-central
Brahmanbaria, causing death of 31 persons and
region and are low-lying. Some existing polders
injury of 388 persons (DMIC, 2013).
have flooded due to lower polder height caused by

Potential inundation due to sea‐level rise and cyclone storm surges in the coastal areas by the 2050s
(Source: CEGIS Bay of Bengal Model, 2021)

26
 Distribution of different categories of cyclones, 1960‐2020
(Source: CEGIS analysis based on BMD data)
Storm surge is a common phenomenon during and Numerous catastrophic cyclone events have taken
after a cyclone. The surges have devastating place, especially in the last two decades. In 2020,
impacts on the local population and resources. Cyclone Amphan affected more than a million
Combined with sea-level rise, this will cause more people in 26 districts and caused 26 deaths. It
devastation in low-lying coastal areas (DoE, 2020). damaged 55,667 houses, 149,000 ha of agricultural

Surface water salinity distribution in coastal Bangladesh due to climate change

(Source: CEGIS Bay of Bengal Model)

27
 lands, 1,80,500 hatcheries, 150 km of is further aggravated due to less water availability
embankments, 200 bridges and culverts, and 100 in the major rivers.
km of roads, causing a total loss of BDT 11 billion
Of 2.86 million ha of coastal and offshore lands,
(IFRC, 2021). Future 50 cm sea-level rise combined
about 1.056 million ha are affected by different
with a SIDR equivalent cyclonic storm surge could
degrees of soil salinity. From 1973 to 2009, land
potentially inundate large parts (11%-12%) of the
affected by salinity in Bangladesh grew by about
coastal area of Bangladesh (DoE, 2020).
26.7 percent, amounting to approximately 0.223
million hectares. Salinity increased in around
2.3.8 Salinity
35,440 hectares of new land between 2000 and
The coastal zone of Bangladesh covers about 20 2009 alone (SRDI, 2010).
percent of the country and more than 30 percent of
Future sea-level rise will push salinity further
cultivable land. The salinity level (surface water,
inwards in the near and mid-term (CEGIS, 2021).
ground water or soil) generally increases almost
The 1 ppt salinity-affected areas will increase by
linearly from October to late May with the gradual
7.5 percent in the 2050s while the 5 ppt areas will
reduction of upstream freshwater flows. Historic
increase by 9 percent under SSP5-8.5. The
salinity data illustrate an increase of salinity in
situation will be worse on the western coast.
Khulna from 0.7 ppt to 16.8 ppt in the Rupsa River
from 1962 to 2011. Low salinity (0-2 ppt) in the
2.3.9 Extreme heat waves
south-central zone, i.e., in much of the Barisal area
for the whole year, results from the significant The seasonal trends in surface urban heat island
volume of freshwater flow from the Padma River intensity (SUHII) (◦C per year) from 2003 to 2019
and the Lower Meghna River. Salinity intrusion in in major Bangladesh cities exhibit significant
the south-west region reduces the freshwater- increases during the pre-monsoon and winter
supported area, resulting in decreased agricultural seasons in most cities. Winter nights show a
production in many parts of the coastal zone, strongly increasing trend in central (Dhaka) and
especially the Khulna and Patuakhali regions and western cities. There is a significantly decreasing
small areas in Noakhali and Chattogram. Climate trend in north-east (Sylhet) and south-west
change-induced sea-level rise will significantly (Khulna) cities.
increase river salinity during the dry season which Other urban areas of Bangladesh will face similar
impacts in the future due to climate change

Land surface temperature changes in Dhaka

(Source: CEGIS analysis based on satellite imagery)

28
extremes. Trends in land surface temperatures in November (Mazumder et al., 2021). From 1990 to
recent years in Dhaka reinforce already evident mid-2016, 3,086 fatalities and 2,382 injuries
surface heating over past decades. A similar occurred, with annual averages of 114 fatalities
situation is visible in other major urban and 89 injuries (Dewan et al., 2017). Over this
concentrations in Bangladesh. period, 93 percent of lightning strikes took place in
rural areas. The majority of deaths were among
Extreme heat events impact people and animals in
males, with farming the major activity (Dewan et
various ways. The productivity of labourers
al., 2017, Holle et al., 2019). The death rate due to
declines, disease outbreaks occur and heatstroke
lightning in the last six years has been 368 persons
increases. Cattle, poultry and fish suffer heavily
per year (BBS, 2022a).
from extreme heat and their mortality increases.
Crop production is very susceptible to extreme The largest numbers of casualties have taken place
heat. As plants maintain all physiological processes during the pre-monsoon season. Deaths have been
within temperature thresholds, sudden more common in the north-eastern and eastern
temperature changes hamper important activities hilly regions along with some small areas in the
like flowering, germination, etc. north-western part of the country (Dewan et al.,
2017, Holle et al., 2019).
2.3.10 Extreme cold
Climate change has a significant link to increasing
Extreme cold is expressed as the days with lightning events globally. As temperatures rise and
temperatures below 10°C. During the winter, rainfall grows, lightning events will also increase in
northern Bangladesh experiences cold waves the future.
regularly. Extreme cold occurred in 2001, 2003,
2011, 2013, 2017 and 2018, with extreme 2.3.12 Landslides
temperatures below 6°C in 2003, 2013 and 2018.
Since 1990, Bangladesh has experienced more
The annual frequency of days with a minimum
than 30 landslide events in the hilly regions, with a
temperature of less than 10°C is increasing (0.035
death toll of approximately 200 people and
more days per year) in Rajshahi and decreasing in
massive economic and property losses. The causes
Rangpur (0.123 fewer days per year) and Dinajpur
of landslides are topography, weakening slopes
(0.119 fewer days per year) (Karmakar, 2019).
through saturation by water, steeper slopes due to
Such extreme weather events often have severe
erosion, soil properties (sandy soil), torrential rain
impacts, hindering the livelihoods of the most
and high-velocity surface run-off. According to the
vulnerable people. For example, fog and winter
geological timescale, the hilly area of Bangladesh
rain can reduce cash crop yields and thus income.
developed in the tertiary age and is mainly
Cold waves can also have significant health
composed of unconsolidated sedimentary rocks
impacts, contributing to acute respiratory
such as sandstone, siltstone, shale and
infections (ARI), fever, pneumonia, asthma, coughs
conglomerate (Rashid, 1991). The areas are
and skin diseases, especially among the elderly and
underlain by tertiary and quaternary sediments
children. Overall, future climate change is expected
that have been folded, faulted and uplifted, and
to increase the impact of extreme cold in
then deeply dissected by rivers and streams
Bangladesh.
(Brammer, 1996). Future climate change is
expected to increase the monsoon and post-
2.3.11 Lightning
monsoon rainfall in the hilly regions by 5-10
In recent decades, lightning has become a percent. This might further aggravate the landslide
devastating hazard due to changing weather risk for vulnerable areas.
patterns and declining tree cover. Lightning
generally occurs from March to October-

29
 Spatial distribution of lightning susceptibility in Bangladesh (Source: CEGIS analysis based on BMD
data)
trend mostly decreases at a rate between 0.0002-
2.3.13 Sea surface temperature (SST) and
0.0025 per year during most seasons (Sridevi and
ocean acidification
Sarma, 2021). Only the monsoon pH rises at a rate
The historical record of SST in the Bay of Bengal of 0.0014 per year.
demonstrates an increasing trend. The region near
Increasing SST and acidity have harmful
the Bangladesh coast shows a rising trend of
consequences, such as depressing metabolic rates
0.01°C and 0.058°C per year during the pre-
in jumbo squid, depressing the immune responses
monsoon and monsoon, respectively, while
of blue mussels and coral bleaching. This will
decreasing at a rate of 0.004°C and 0.021°C per
impact the sea ecosystem and create low oxygen
year during the winter and post-monsoon,
conditions for fish species. Along with future
respectively (Sridevi and Sarma, 2021). Sea
climate change-induced rises in sea surface
surface temperatures in the future are expected to
temperature, ocean acidification will likely
increase by 0.6℃ in the near term and 1°C to 1.4℃
intensify in the Bay of Bengal.
in the mid-term in the Bay of Bengal. The pH level

30
 Trends in the seasonal mean rate of pH (in 10‐3) in the Bay of Bengal
Source: Sridevi and Sarma, 2021.

2.4 Future Climate Risks and

Vulnerabilities

2.4.1 Climate stress areas

country (CEGIS, 2021). The risk map includes all
A multi-hazards risk map for Bangladesh described hazards and segregates the country into
illustrates the spatial distribution across the 11 climate stress areas defined as follows.
Table 2.1: Climate stress area coverage and related hazards
Vulnerable
Climate Area population,
Districts Prominence of climate hazards
stress area (sq. km) 2020
(millions)
Satkhira, Khulna,
South-western Bagherhat, Pirojpur, Rainfall variability, river floods, sea-
coastal area Barguna, Barisal, level rise, salinity, tropical cyclone,
and Patuakhali, Jhalokhathi, 30,646 13.57 storm surges, drought, extreme heat
Sundarbans Bhola, Shariatpur, waves, extreme cold, riverbank erosion
(SWM) Gopalganj, Jashore, and lightning
Sundarbans
Rainfall variability, river floods, sea-
South-east
Noakhali, Feni, level rise, salinity, tropical cyclone,
and eastern
Lakshmipur, Chattogram, 13,891 10.93 storm surges, drought, extreme heat
coastal area
Cox’s Bazar, Chandpur waves, extreme cold, riverbank erosion,
(SEE)
lightning and landslides
Chattogram
Rangamati, Khagrachari, Rainfall variability, flash floods, tropical
Hill Tracts 13,294 1.33
Bandarban cyclone, storm surges, drought,
(CHT)

31
 Vulnerable
Climate Area population,
Districts Prominence of climate hazards
stress area (sq. km) 2020
(millions)
extreme heat waves, extreme cold,
lightning and landslides
Nilphamari, Kurigram,
Lalmonirhat, Gaibandha,
Rangpur, Bogura,
Sirajganj, Pabna, Rajshahi,
Jamalpur, Tangail,
Manikganj, Dhaka,
Munshiganj, Mymensingh,
Rivers, Sunamganj, Netrokona,
Rainfall variability, river floods,
floodplains, Habiganj, Kishorganj,
tropical cyclones, tornado, extreme
and erosion- Sylhet, Brahmanbaria, 58,010 12.72
heat waves, extreme cold, riverbank
prone areas Narsingdi, Narayanganj,
erosion and lightning
(FPE) Rajbari, Faridpur,
Madaripur, Gopalganj,
Narail, Sariatpur, Barisal,
Patuakhali, Bhola,
Jhalokathi, Khulna,
Chandpur, Cumilla,
Noakhali, Lakshmipur,
Cox’s Bazar
Sunamganj, Netrokona, Rainfall variability, flash floods, tropical
Haor and flash
Habiganj, Kishorganj, cyclone, tornado, extreme heat waves,
floods areas 19,662 4.02
Sylhet, Maulvibazar, intense cold, riverbank erosion,
(HFF)
Brahmanbaria lightning and landslides
Naogaon, Chapai
Nawabganj, Rajshahi,
Drought-
Bogura, Joypurhat, Rainfall variability, tropical cyclone,
prone and
Rangpur, Dinajpur, 21,512 3.85 tornado drought, extreme heat waves,
barind areas
Meherpur, Chudanga, extreme cold and lightning
(DBA)
Kushtia, Jashore, Magura,
Jhenaidah
Rainfall variability, river floods, flash
Panchagarh, Thakurgaon,
Northern, floods, tropical cyclone, tornado,
Nilphamari, Lalmonirhat,
north-western 9,917 6.32 drought, extreme heat waves, extreme
Rangpur, Kurigram,
region (NNW) cold, riverbank erosion, lightning and
Dinajpur
landslides
Chalan beel
Rainfall variability, river floods, ,
and low-lying
Pabna, Natore, Sirajganj, tropical cyclone, tornado,, extreme heat
area of the 5,027 5.70
Rajshahi, Naogaon waves, extreme cold, riverbank erosion
north-western
and lightning
region (CBL)
Nilphamari, Lalmonirhat,
Rainfall variability, river floods, sea-
Kurigram, Gaibandha,
level rise, salinity, , tropical cyclone,
Sirajganj, Jamalpur,
Char and tornado, storm surges, extreme heat
Mymensingh, Manikganj, 3,976 8.51
islands (CHI) waves, extreme cold, river bank
Munshiganj, Shariatpur,
erosion, lightning, higher sea surface
Chandpur, Bhola,
temperature and ocean acidification
Patuakhali, Feni, Noakhali,

32
 Vulnerable
Climate Area population,
Districts Prominence of climate hazards
stress area (sq. km) 2020
(millions)
Lakshmipur, Chattogram,
Cox’s Bazar
Rainfall variability, sea-level rise,
Bay of Bengal tropical cyclone, tornado, storm surges,
Bay of Bengal (maritime
and ocean 118,813 1.26 extreme heat waves, lightning, higher
boundary)
(BoB) sea surface temperature, hypoxy and
ocean acidification
Rainfall variability, urban floods, sea-
Urban areas level rise, salinity, tropical cyclone,
43 cities 10,600 32.41
(URB) storm surges, drought, extreme urban
heat waves, extreme cold and lightning

* The area and population are tentative estimates based on hazard information, climate stress areas and BBS data (BBS,
2022b).

**Appendix I presents the alignment of climate stress areas with BDP2100 hotspot areas and hydrologic regions.

33
34
 consultation outcomes and finalizing them based
The map and table describe the geographic
on expert knowledge of risk. The following
coverage of the hazards and potentially vulnerable
sections briefly discuss the sector-specific
populations across the climate stress areas. Most
vulnerabilities and risks for different regions of
areas face five or more disasters. With all disasters
Bangladesh.
intensifying or becoming more frequent due to
climate change, the climate stress areas face larger Water resources
risks in the future. Being a lower riparian country, Bangladesh largely
depends on freshwater availability from the
2.4.2 Risks and vulnerabilities of different country's transboundary rivers. Recent research
sectors on global freshwater storage depicts the area in
Climate change impacts in Bangladesh mainly and around Bangladesh as having a water deficit
affect climatic patterns and disasters. These (Rodell et al., 2018). It is characterized by water
ultimately increase vulnerabilities and risks in depletion and less water reaching the groundwater
major sectors like water resources, crop layer.
production, fisheries and aquaculture, livestock, Due to climate change, the average annual flow of
ecosystems, biodiversity, etc. The NAP has the Ganges, Brahmaputra and Meghna River basins
identified the risks and vulnerabilities of major will increase, resulting in more frequent river
resources through the stocktaking and floods. Additionally, flash floods might occur early
consultation process, which involved local and become more frequent, droughts during the
sessions with different vulnerable communities dry season might become more severe and water
dependent on various sectors. This information scarcity will be aggravated. Due to sea-level rise
was combined with future climate change-induced and increased salinity, more coastal areas will face
vulnerability and risk information to summarize freshwater shortages and damage to agriculture,
the potential risk levels of major sectors under while extreme heat might cause a reduction in
different climate change scenarios. Tables 2.2-2.8 water bodies. The potential impacts and risks for
present the risk levels under two future climate water resources are presented in the following
scenarios (SSP 1-2.6 and SSP 5-8.5), expressed as table for the two scenarios.
low (+), medium (++) and high (+++). The
estimation entailed aggregating all stakeholder

35
 Table 2.2: Potential impacts and risks for water resources

Climate signals and Risk level

Potential impacts
hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
 Waterlogging and drainage problems
Excessive rainfall ++ +++
 Frequent erosion
Extreme heat  Decreases in perennial water bodies and wetlands + ++

 Sediment problems
Frequent river floods + +++
 Prolonged waterlogging

 Drainage problems in drainage structures

 Sediment problems
Early or frequent flash  Navigation problems ++ +++
floods  Water management infrastructure becomes
dysfunctional/damaged
 Submersible embankment breaches
 Lower water availability
Severe drought/water  Hampered water security ++ ++
scarcity  Dependency on groundwater increases and
groundwater depletion
 Less freshwater availability
Increased salinity + ++
 Unfavorable water quality
Frequent tropical  Polder or coastal embankment breaches
cyclones/ tornado and  Water quality deteriorates ++ +++
storm surges  Salt water ingress
 Salinity increases
Sea-level rise  Inundated land area increases with potential land + ++
loss
*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

Agriculture, fisheries and livestock Infestations of pests and diseases may also
intensify with rising temperatures. Recent
A major part of the food production system is at
research has found that leaf folder infestation in
risk due to climate signals and hazards.
rice fields might increase by 80-136 percent in
Phenological changes appear due to increasing
different regions of Bangladesh by 2050. This
temperatures, including at night. Rising
concern will be more prominent in the north-west,
temperatures and uncertain rainfall may create
north central and north-east regions. Similar
phenological changes in plants that result in lower
damage is also possible for other major crops and
yields (Baker et al., 1990). Higher temperatures
vegetables, causing substantial production losses
beyond certain thresholds have several effects on
(Salam et al., 2019).
plants and their outputs, such as spikelet sterility
in rice, reversal of vernalization (cooling of the Due to sea-level rise and cyclonic storm surges,
seed during germination) in wheat, the reduced coastal flooding may cause rice crop production
formation of tubers in potatoes and the loss of losses of 7.4 percent and 10.1 percent, based on
pollen viability in maize. Yields can be severely sea-level rises of 0.62 metres and 0.92 metres,
affected if temperatures exceed critical limits for respectively, under the RCP8.5 scenario (DoE,
periods as short as one hour during flowering. 2020). The potential impacts and risks on crop
Increased temperatures can also speed up production are presented in the following table.
phenological development, reducing the crop’s
grain-filling period and lowering yield.

36
 Table 2.3: Potential impacts and risk for crops

Climate signals and Risk level

Potential impacts
hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
 Crop damage
 Cultivation becomes less suitable due to
Excessive rainfall waterlogged conditions ++ +++
 Loss of cultivable lands
 Changed cropping patterns
 Crop yield change/reduction
 Pest infestations and disease outbreaks
Extreme heat ++ +++
 Changes in flowering patterns and phenological
changes
 Crop damages
Cold spells  Phenological changes +++ +++
 Pest and diseases
 Crop damages
Frequent river floods  Loss of fisheries and livestock production + ++
 Loss of livelihoods
 Dry season (Boro) crop damages
 Harvesting and storage problems
Early or frequent flash
 Changed cropping patterns ++ +++
floods
 Seasonal migration
 Shifting occupations
 Irrigation water crisis
Severe droughts/water  Less yield
++ ++
scarcity  Food crisis
 Pest and diseases
Frequent lightning  Death of farmers ++ ++
 Crop damages among traditional varieties
 Low yields
 Less suitable irrigation water
Increased salinity  Cropping pattern change ++ +++
 Limited scope for agricultural production
 Loss of livelihoods
 Internal displacement
 Crop damages
Frequent cyclone/ tornado  Loss of livelihoods
+++ +++
and storm surges  Human death
 Food and medicine crisis
 Less availability of cultivable lands
Sea-level rise  Low crop yields ++ +++
 Hampered food security

*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

Fisheries play a vital role in the economy of 2021). Fish are also an important source of
Bangladesh, accounting for 3.52 percent of GDP different minerals, micronutrients and vitamins
(26.37 percent of agricultural GDP), 1.39 percent essential for the human body. Fishing provides
of export earnings and more than 60 percent of the direct or indirect employment to 12 percent of the
animal protein supply in people’s diets (DoF, total population. More than 50 percent of fish

37
 production is from aquaculture, which is highly waters. The sensitivity of certain species to high
sensitive to climatic signals and hazards. Research temperatures and other climatic conditions is an
suggests pond water quality can degrade when the important concern (Hossain et al., 2021). Recent
temperature exceeds 25°C. Temperatures above studies indicate a potential decrease in the marine
22°C can cause less feed intake by fish, while more fish catch due to climate change impacts
than 32°C can cause slow growth and mortality. (Fernandes et al, 2015). Based on the stakeholder
Extreme temperatures and erratic rainfall directly consultations, Table 2.4 summarizes key potential
impact fish physiology, growth, mortality, impacts on fisheries and aquaculture due to
reproductive systems, feeding behaviour, climate change.
production and migration in inland and marine
Table 2.4: Potential impacts and risks for fisheries and aquaculture

Climate signal and Risk level

Potential impacts
hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
 Increased natural mortality due to lower pH
 Decreased fish catchability
Excessive rainfall  Problems in dry fish processing + ++
 Breaching of shrimp farm/fishpond dikes
 Overtopping of cultured fish from shrimp farms/fishponds
 Increased natural mortality due to thermal shock, depletion of
dissolved oxygen (DO), and bacterial decomposition
Extreme heat  Decreased pond water availability period due to high + ++
evaporative loss
 Decrease in productivity
 Abnormal behavior in spawners
Cold spells + +
 Less food intake
 Overtopping of ponds or shrimp/prawn farms with fish escaping
Frequent river
 Breaching of shrimp/prawn/fish farm dikes ++ +++
floods
 Disruption to fish harvesting, storage and processing
 Wash out and/or overflow of fishponds causing with fish
Early or frequent
escaping ++ +++
flash floods
 Degradation of habitat quality
 Declining water area and loss of connectivity
Severe  Increase in fish mortality and loss of fish diversity and
composition
droughts/water + ++
 Reduction of pond water availability period and extended days of
scarcity levels under thresholds
 Disease outbreaks and loss of fish production
Frequent lightning  Risk of life to fishing people + +
 Unfavorable habitat conditions for freshwater fish
Increased salinity  The appearance of marine fish in the intersaline convergent ++ +++
zone, threatening freshwater fish
Frequent cyclone/  Overtopping of ponds or shrimp/prawn farms with fish escaping
tornado and storm  Degradation of the aquatic conditions of fishponds/shrimp farms ++ +++
surges  The decline of fishing days and reduction of fish caught

Sea-level rise  Prevalence of marine fisheries in places with freshwater ++ +++

fisheries

*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

38
Livestock is a significant and affordable source of crisis; livestock deaths dues to disasters; a fodder
protein in Bangladesh. The major climate change crisis; reduced protein intake and malnutrition.
impacts on livestock include heatstroke; disease Based on the stakeholder consultation, Table 2.5
outbreaks; regenerative changes; reduced milk, summarizes critical potential impacts on livestock
meat and egg production; a water availability due to climate change.
Table 2.5: Potential impacts and risks for livestock
Climate signal and Risk level
Potential impacts
hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
Excessive rainfall  Chance of disease increases + +
 Heatstroke and mass deaths
 Outbreaks of diseases
Extreme heat  Regenerative changes ++ +++
 Changes in meat and egg production
 Loss of livelihoods
 Disease outbreaks
Cold spells ++ ++
 Less food intake
Frequent river
 Livestock-rearing problems in low-lying areas + ++
floods
Early or frequent  Livestock-rearing problems in low-lying areas
 Livestock deaths due to flooding ++ +++
flash floods
 Less milk and meat production
 Drinking water crisis
Severe  Bathing water crisis
droughts/water  Fodder crisis due to lower grass cultivation ++ +++
scarcity  Regenerative changes
 Less milk and meat production
Frequent lightning  Death of cattle + ++
Frequent landslides  Death of cattle + ++
 Very low livestock production due to unfavorable drinking
water quality and less fodder availability
Increased salinity  Less milk production ++ +++
 Loss of livelihoods
 Internal displacement
Frequent cyclones/  Livestock deaths
tornado and storm  Loss of livelihoods ++ +++
surges  Disease outbreaks
 Loss of cultivable area for fodder
Sea-level rise  Less production ++ +++
 Hampered protein intake and malnutrition
*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

39
 Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity population and suitable habitats are at significant
risk (Mukul et al., 2019).
Ecosystems are rapidly altering in response to
climate change, including through shifts in rainfall, Similar threats to other ecosystems and
atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations, water biodiversity are imminent due to climate change.
balance, ocean chemistry, the frequency and These ecosystems support a diverse range of
intensity of extreme events and other variables. resident and migratory waterfowl and endangered
Given complex interactions among organisms, and and commercially important species of national
disturbances and other stresses, ecosystems differ and international significance (Nishat, 1993; Islam
in their sensitivity and responsiveness to climate and Gnauck, 2009). Furthermore, it supports a
change. diverse range of flora and fauna. It contributes
significantly to the financial well-being of millions
Changes in natural ecosystems threaten
of people in rural Bangladesh by providing jobs,
biodiversity worldwide; Bangladesh is no
food and nutrition, fuel, fodder, transportation and
exception. Based on system characteristics, the
irrigation (Nishat, 1993).
interrelationship of components and spatial
connotations, its ecosystems are classified mainly The effects of climate change on wetlands may
as the riverine and floodplains ecosystem, include the loss of carbon stored in the soil,
terrestrial ecosystem, mangrove ecosystem, changes in soil structure, more frequent drying out
wetland ecosystem, coastal-marine ecosystem, or flooding, changes in plant or animal
barind ecosystem, forest ecosystem and urban communities, saltwater intrusion in freshwater
ecosystem (Ullah et al., 2015). coastal wetlands, changes in the timing and
amount of water availability for wetlands due to
Due to climate change, for example, mangrove
erratic rainfall, and subsequent upstream flow
forest areas will be vulnerable to increasing sea
variations. Table 2.6 elaborates the potential
levels and salinity. Major tree species, such as
impacts on ecosystems and biodiversity and
sundari and gewa, are both susceptible to
associated risk levels.
increasing salinity. In the Sundarbans, the tiger

Table 2.6: Potential impacts and risk for ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity

Climate signal Risk level

Potential impacts
and hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
Excessive  Soil erosion
+ ++
rainfall  Loss of habitat area
 Loss of native flora and fauna
 Disappearance of biodiversity
 Loss of permanent wetlands and beels
Extreme heat  Less favorable habitat conditions ++ +++
 Changes in the growth, composition and density of specific flora
and fauna like sundari, gewa, goran, etc.
 Loss of water from the canopy and less soil moisture in the CHT
Cold spells  Dryland increase + ++
 Habitat conditions disrupted
Frequent river
 The quality of water deteriorates due to mixing with agro- ++ +++
floods
chemicals
Early or  The quality of water deteriorates due to mixing with agro-
frequent flash chemicals ++ +++
floods  Habitat condition disrupted
Severe  Loss of aquatic habitats
droughts/water  Desertification of hills and forests due to less soil moisture + ++
scarcity  Less soil moisture and groundwater recharge
Frequent  Shocks for flora and fauna
+ ++
lightning  Death of animals

40
 Climate signal Risk level
Potential impacts
and hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
 Breeding patterns change
 Soil erosion
Frequent
 Hill landscape degradation ++ +++
landslides
 Loss of vegetation coverage and hill forests
 Tiger habitat shifting towards localities for fresh water with
increased risk of human death
Increased
 Changes in mangrove species diversity and composition ++ +++
salinity
 Land degradation
 Changes in biodiversity habitat
Frequent  Ecosystem degradation
cyclones/  Biodiversity extinction
++ +++
tornado and  Forest damages
storm surges  Habitat damages
 Degraded freshwater ecosystems and dependent biodiversity
Sea-level rise ++ +++
 Loss of habitable lands

*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

Private sector tidal surges, salinity in coastal regions, cities and

growth centres. Many autonomous adaptation
Bangladesh is enormously dependent on a vibrant
practices through disaster preparedness
private sector to drive economic and social
initiatives by large industries or companies are
development. But it now faces climate change risks
increasingly evident in different parts of the
with limited awareness and different capacities
country. Disproportionately impacted CMSMEs
and motivations to invest in developing new
and informal sector stakeholders, however, lag in
approaches, markets or tools that support climate
actions to protect their enterprises from the
change adaptation. The private sector includes
recurrent shocks of climate hazards, often due to
trade and business; industries; financial
limited financial and/or adaptive capacity. Many
institutions; CMSMEs; tourism industries and
are unaware of the need for autonomous and
growing service sectors, which are reportedly
planned adaptation to climate disasters. Following
disproportionately impacted by climate variability
table shows level of risks of the private sector and
and extreme events, like prolonged floods and
sub-sectors by types of industries and enterprises.
waterlogging, heat stress, devastating cyclones and

Table 2.7: Level of risk by type of private sector actor

Types of enterprises,
industries and other Level of risk based on exposure, sensitivity and adaptive capacity
private sector actors
Informal and formal Highly vulnerable to climate extremes because of their high level of exposure and
MSMEs such as small sensitivity (often located in fringe areas) and poor adaptive capacity: lack of awareness,
shopkeepers, street interest, financial capacity and skills for planned adaptation and technical know-how for
vendors, light implementation of CCA and DRR.
engineering firms,
information and
communication
technology (ICT)
services and
agribusiness

41
 Types of enterprises,
industries and other Level of risk based on exposure, sensitivity and adaptive capacity
private sector actors
Cottage industries like Highly vulnerable because of a high level of exposure and sensitivity to climate extremes
potteries and hand with poor adaptive capacity: lack of capacity and interest in planned adaptation and
looms technical know-how for integration and implementation of CCA.
Low to moderately vulnerable: Industries and infrastructure sometimes develop
Large industries like protections from floods and storms; they can maintain operations and basic functions
textiles, RMGs and even during a small climate disaster, and have good linkages with government, political
pharmaceuticals processes and financial institutions for accessing finance, technical support and services
to avoid risks and vulnerabilities.
Highly vulnerable: High level of exposure and sensitivity to climate extremes because of
Tourism, food and the location of enterprises near riverbanks, coast lines and hills facing frequent cyclones,
beverage industries storms and heavy rain-induced landslides and waterlogging every year; lack of awareness
and capacity for disaster preparedness and integration of CCA & DRR.
Bank, insurance and Moderately vulnerable: They are not affected physically and directly but their
financial institutions investments are sometime at risk; very often they cannot recover their investments.
Others: port cities, Highly vulnerable: Limited interest in climate change issues by city authorities and no
urban facilities and contingency plan for CCA; informal traders and businesses are highly vulnerable to
infrastructure climate change impacts in large cities.

Sources: Stakeholder consultation and focus group discussions (FGDs), 2021.

vulnerable people. The region faces hazards

2.4.3 Risks and vulnerabilities in stress areas
similar to those in the south western coast. It
South‐western coastal area and the Sundarbans includes the major industrial areas, ports and some
(SWM) forests. A large percentage of households have
The southwestern coastal area and Sundarbans faced damages due to cyclones (29 percent),
have an area of 30,646 sq. km and 13.57 million salinity (2.5 percent) and lightning (7.2 percent) in
vulnerable people. The Sundarbans is the largest recent years (BBS, 2022a). Average losses and
mangrove forest in Bangladesh. The area faces damages due to disasters were BDT 17.2 billion
most climate-related hazards, as summarized in during 2016-2021, mainly driven by climatic
Table 2.1. A large percentage of households have stresses (BBS, 2022a). Future climate change will
experienced damage due to cyclones (53.3 intensify these stresses.
percent), salinity (6.53 percent) and lightning (7.5 Chattogram Hill Tracts (CHT)
percent) in recent years (BBS, 2022a). Average
The Chattogram Hill Tracts (CHTs) region in the
damages and losses from disasters totaled BDT
eastern hills area is a distinct part of Bangladesh
30.2 billion during 2016-2021, mainly driven by
with topographically different settings. It is
climatic stresses (BBS, 2022a).
inhabited by ethnic communities. The region has
Future climate change will intensify these stresses. an area of 13,294 sq. km (about 10 percent of the
While the Sundarbans is an essential part of the country), with elevations ranging from 60 m to
natural ecosystem and biodiversity of Bangladesh, more than 1,000 m. A large part of the region is
it is now under threat due to sea-level rise. forest with a unique ecosystem. The region is
underdeveloped and harder to reach than other
South‐east and eastern coastal area (SEE) areas, and the local population (around 1.9
The south-east and eastern coastal area (SEE) has million) mainly depends on hill resources and
an area of 13,891 sq. km and 10.93 million agriculture for livelihoods. As a result, people are

42
highly vulnerable to climate change impacts and ecosystems, flora and fauna. This area covers
associated disasters. Households have faced 19,662 sq. km with a vulnerable population of 4
damages due to landslides (2.4 percent), droughts million. Households have faced significant damage
(3 percent), and lightning (7.2 percent) in recent due to flash floods (56.5 percent), lightning (14.8
years (BBS, 2022a). Average losses and damages percent), droughts (7.2 percent) and landslides
due to disasters were BDT 11.5 billion during (0.2 percent) in recent years (BBS, 2022a).
2016-2021, mainly driven by climatic stresses Average losses and damages due to disasters were
(BBS, 2022a). Future climate change is expected to BDT 26.8 billion during 2016-2021, mainly driven
reduce pre-monsoon rainfall in the region and by climatic stresses (BBS, 2022a).
raise the annual average temperature by 1.3 to
2℃. The rise in temperature will be more for daily Drought‐prone and Barind area (DBA)
maximum temperature.
The north-western barind area is in the highlands
For ethnic communities, climate change is not with soils that have low moisture-holding capacity.
simply a physical environmental change. It is also The area experiences higher temperatures and low
a threat to livelihoods and resources, and to their rainfall. It covers 21,512 sq. km. with a vulnerable
social life, traditional knowledge and culture. population of 3.85 million. It is highly productive
Climate change will continue to cause substantial for various crops, including rice. The population
damage to the CHT region by increased drought, faces damages due to droughts, floods, lightning
water scarcity, landslides, desertification, flash and extreme heat. Average losses and damages due
floods, soil erosion and health issues due to water to disasters were BDT 1.7 billion during 2016-
pollution. These will negatively affect the 2021, mainly driven by climatic stresses (BBS,
population, their hill and spring watershed 2022a).
dependent livelihoods and their unique
Northern and north‐western region (NNW)
ecosystems.
The northern and north-western region spans
River, floodplain and erosion‐prone area (FPE)
9,917 sq. km with a vulnerable population of 6.32
A large part of Bangladesh (58,010 sq. km) falls in million. It faces damages due to floods and flash
the river, floodplain and erosion-prone area, which floods (52 percent), droughts (1.7 percent),
spreads across different regions. With the lightning (9.3 percent) and extreme heat and cold
Bangladesh delta formed due to sediment deposits waves. Average losses and damages due to
from three major rivers and their tributaries, this disasters were BDT 33.3 billion during 2016-2021,
area is most fertile for agriculture but experiences mainly driven by climatic stresses (BBS, 2022a).
floods, erosion and related hazards. It is home to
Chalan beel and the low‐lying area of the north‐
about 12.72 million vulnerable people. They have
western region (CBL)
faced damages due to floods (50 percent),
droughts (3 percent), and lightning (5-9 percent) The chalan beel and low-lying north-western area
in recent years (BBS, 2022a). Average losses and cover 5,027 sq. km. This area is very low-lying and
damages due to disasters were more than BDT 100 faces damages due to floods and flash floods (34
billion during 2016-2021, mainly driven by percent), droughts (3 percent), lightning (17
climatic stresses (BBS, 2022a). Managing water percent) and extreme heat and cold waves. The
resources and associated hazards are major tasks area has a vulnerable population of 5.7 million.
to reduce vulnerability in this area. Average losses and damages due to disasters were
BDT 16.7 billion during 2016-2021, mainly driven
Haor and flash floods area (HFF)
by climatic stresses (BBS, 2022a).
The north-eastern haor area has unique
geographic features and is home to various

43
 Flood, drought and storm surge severity in Bangladesh due to climate change
Source: CEGIS, 2021

44
Char and islands area (CHI) and 1 million people, 10 (Savar, Mymensingh,
Barisal, Rangpur, Cumilla, Kushtia, Jashore, Cox’s
The char and islands area covers different parts of
Bazar, Feni and Manikganj) with between 200,000
the country totaling a significant 3,976 sq. km. As
and 500,000 people, and 25 that comprise mostly
major rivers intersect, they host large chars or
the greater districts, district towns and upazilla-
islands that are continuously flooded and eroded
level towns (such as Chowmuhuni, Bhairab,
each year. About 8.51 million vulnerable people
Sreepur, Saidpur, etc.) with between 100,000 to
experience these hazards, forcing them to live in a
200,000 people. The estimated total population of
loop of poverty. Agriculture and livestock rearing
urban areas is 61.8 million.
are major livelihood activities in the chars and
islands. The coastal islands confront almost all Climate change and associated urban risks
climate-induced disasters common to sea-facing substantially impact the overall economy. Major
locations. cities are at high risk of urban flooding due to
changing rainfall patterns and have reported
Bay of Bengal (BoB)
recurrent urban drainage problems (CEGIS
The Bay of Bengal is part of the Indian Ocean, 2022a). Different city corporations and
covering a large area. Bangladesh’s extended municipalities have also experienced these issues
economic zone is 118,813 sq. km. It is used for in unplanned urban developments that are
fishing and other economic activities by 1.26 intended to meet increased population demand
million vulnerable coastal residents. An expansion but often take place without ensuring adequate
in economic activities through blue economy drainage capacity.
initiatives is occurring as the ocean faces
Heat waves will affect human health adversely. As
increasing SST and gradual acidification. This
human bodies are not habituated to adjust to a
primarily damages the sea ecosystem and fish
sudden temperature rise, more heatstroke will
species and will affect coastal people.
occur. Vector-borne diseases will spread as well.
Urban areas (URB) Adverse impacts of climate change in rural areas
The urban areas include 43 cities, with 2 (Dhaka may increase internal migration to urban areas.
and Chattogram) holding more than 1 million People migrating into urban areas as a result of
people, 6 (Rajshahi, Sylhet, Khulna, Gazipur, climate induced disasters are the most vulnerable
Narayanganj and Bogura) with between 0.5 million in the society. Table 2.7 summarizes potential
impacts and associated risks in urban areas.
Table 2.7: Potential impacts and risks for urban areas

Climate signal Risk level

Potential impacts
and hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
 Urban drainage problem resulting in prolonged water logging
 Work hours reduced
 Education hampered
 Vector-borne diseases due to waterlogged conditions
Excessive
 Road damages and disrupted communications ++ +++
rainfall
 Recurrent investment losses
 Sanitation problems
 Waste washouts that pollute the environment
 Loss of infrastructure
 Heatstroke and increased deaths
Extreme heat  Drinking water crisis ++ +++
 Work hours reduced for the marginal people
 Drops in water levels and quality

45
 Climate signal Risk level
Potential impacts
and hazards SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
 Declines in dissolved oxygen and poor habitats for aquatic species
 Roads and flexible pavement cracking and damaged
 Vector and water-borne disease outbreaks
 The heat island effect intensified
Cold spells  Distress and suffering for homeless and marginalized people ++ +++
 Houses, roads and other infrastructure inundated and damaged
 Communications problems
 Investment losses
 Outbreaks of diseases
Frequent river  Severe water and sanitation problems
++ +++
floods  Education hampered
 Poverty increases
 Loss of crops, poultry, fish and livestock
 The agriculture supply chain disrupted due to poor
communications
 Houses, roads and other infrastructure inundated and damaged
 Communication problems
 Investment losses
Early or  Outbreaks of diseases
frequent flash  Severe water and sanitation problems ++ +++
floods  Education hampered
 Poverty increases
 The agriculture supply chain disrupted due to poor
communications
 A drinking water crisis in urban areas
Severe  Disease outbreaks in slum areas
droughts/water  WASH problems + ++
scarcity  Less spring water in the hills
 Increased workload for women
 Accidental deaths
Frequent
 Hearing problems + ++
lightning
 Electrocution and fire hazards
 Damage to settlements
Frequent  Human deaths
++ +++
landslides  Communication problems
 Road and infrastructure damages
 Severe drinking water crisis
 Sanitation problems
Increased  Corrosion of road and bridge materials due to salt
++ +++
salinity  Need for recurrent investment
 Human health issues like premature childbirth or death, stroke,
high blood pressure, etc.
Frequent  Losses of houses and damages to properties
cyclones and  Losses of livelihoods ++ +++
storm surges  WASH problems
 Infrastructure damages
Sea-level rise  Recurrent loss of investment ++ +++
 Increased drinking water crisis due to salinity intrusion

*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

46
 2014, households suffered estimated damages
2.4.4 Risks and vulnerabilities for
close to BDT 18,425 crore (or nearly $2.3 billion)
communities and livelihoods
(BBS, 2016). The damages could be much higher if
Both rapid- and slow-onset climatic hazards and all economic activities are considered. An
disasters cause serious havoc to the socioeconomic estimated 7 million and 13 million people will be
fabric. With different climatic events likely to be at risk in coastal zones alone by 2025 and 2050,
more frequent and severe in the future, respectively (Karim and Mimura, 2008). On
increasingly adverse impacts will jeopardize estimate finds that damages and losses stand at
livelihoods, especially those of the poor, who are $4.6 billion from cyclones and storm surges over a
mostly dependent on natural resources. They also
10-year return period; this will increase to $9.16
threaten Bangladesh's significant socioeconomic
billion due to climate change impacts. The costs of
achievements in reducing poverty and improving
tropical cyclones and storm surges, which now
living standards (MoEFCC, 2018b).
touch 0.3 percent of GDP, would rise to 0.6 percent
The impact of climate change on livelihoods may in 2050 due to climate change impacts (World
propel approximately 19.9 million internal climate Bank, 2010b). Table 2.8 presents the potential
migrants by the 2050s, half the projected climate impacts and associated risks of future climate
migrants of the entire South Asia region (Clement, change for communities and livelihoods.
Rigaud, de Sherbinin, et al., 2021). From 2009 to

Table 2.8: Potential impacts and risks for communities and livelihoods
Risk level
Climate signal and hazards Potential impacts
SSP1‐2.6 SSP5‐8.5
Excessive rainfall ++ +++
Extreme heat ++ +++
 Hampered water and food security
Cold spells ++ +++
 Malnutrition and health problems
Frequent river floods  Loss of livelihoods; increased poverty ++ +++
Early or frequent flash floods  Economic losses ++ +++
 Disrupted urban economy
Severe droughts/water scarcity ++ +++
 Ecosystem degradation
Frequent lightning  Gender and domestic violence ++ +++
Frequent landslides  Social inequality ++ +++
 Internal displacements
Increased salinity ++ +++
 Hampered sustainable development
Frequent cyclones and storm surges ++ +++
Sea-level rise ++ +++

*Risk level: low (+), medium (++) and high (+++).

47
 serious challenges. Additionally, extreme heat,
2.4.5 Risks and vulnerabilities among
cold and increased salinity impact their physical
women, the elderly, children and youth
and mental health through recurrent sickness and
Women’s vulnerability to climate change differs increased comorbidity.
from that of men due to gender inequalities,
Youth are the future of any nation but climate
including reduced access to and control over
change-induced disasters may limit their
resources (GED, 2014), limited opportunities for
prospects. They face difficulties in maintaining
decent work, lower social status (Mitchell et al.
basic needs such as food, clothing and education,
2007), and dependency on men for information
while disasters can also hamper social and mental
(Saroar and Routray, 2012). Bangladesh has a
development. Many youth are forced to engage in
Gender Inequality Index value of 0.537, according
labour due to disaster-impelled migration from
to the 2019 index, and ranks 133 out of 162
coastal areas, a pattern evident in other forms of
countries.
fallout due to climate change. Since many disasters
Adverse health consequences due to climate heavily impact Bangladesh, the challenges and
change are quite prominent among women. risks for youth are only growing.
Climate effects can compound nutritional
problems during pregnancy or menstruation, for 2.4.6 Risks and vulnerabilities among
example, such as when floods result in a shortage persons with disabilities
of foods. Female-headed households are
Persons with disabilities face neglect and various
particularly vulnerable, including to economic
health, mobility and other problems in day-to-day
disruptions. Salinity in the coastal areas also
life, making them more vulnerable to hazards or
causes women’s health problems. Pre-eclampsia
disasters. While persons with disabilities
and gestational hypertension rise during the dry
experience the same impacts as other people, they
season when salinity goes up (Khan et al., 2014).
may be less equipped to cope given limited
Since salinity intrusion is pervasive and will likely
participation in climate action, which often
increase, women may face growing reproductive
overlooks their specific needs. Certain groups of
health risks in coastal areas. Generally, a sharp
people with disabilities are disproportionately at
increase in water-borne diseases and maternal
risk from climate change-related hazards,
health-care problems occurs during a disaster. In
including people with pre-existing mental health
coastal areas, increasing salinity is causing various
conditions. Dependence on natural resources and
health issues that include more births of children
a lack of skills, knowledge and limited alternative
with disabilities. Increased use and intake of saline
livelihood opportunities all affect food security and
water are also linked to skin diseases and diarrhea.
nutrition.
The lower participation of women in decision-
Additionally, the health of persons with disabilities
making due to socio-cultural factors renders them
is also adversely impacted. Experiencing extreme
more vulnerable to risks despite their
weather events causes significant stress and
demonstrated capability to act on and adapt to
distress and contributes to more serious mental
climate stresses.
health issues for persons with disabilities.
Climate change-induced heat stress heavily affects
children and youth and the elderly. For the former, 2.4.7 Risks and vulnerabilities for national
school-going can become a major problem, which economy
may lead to intergenerational transmission of Bangladesh had a per capita gross national income
vulnerability and impaired chances for future of $1,610 in FY2016-2017 (BBS, 2017). Economic
earnings. For elderly people, coping with losses due to climate change over the past 40 years
emergencies and securing a safe haven can be

48
 have been an estimated $12 billion, suppressing Nationally, climate change is hindering overall
GDP annually by 0.5-1 percent. An average economic growth by impacting all aspects of the
temperature rise of 2°C will cause an annual GDP economy. It puts national goals for food security,
loss of around 2 percent by 2050 (Ahmed et al., poverty reduction and sustainable development at
2014). There is a 10 percent chance that losses will risk. As impacts on different regions of the country
be over 4 percent. In the long term, if no action is intensify, the associated vulnerabilities and risk to
taken to adapt to or mitigate global climate change, assets, people, livelihoods, primary production
average annual total economic losses are projected systems and the economy are mounting. Future
to be 9.4 percent by 2100, excluding damages due climate change projections indicate a strong need
to extreme events (MoEFCC, 2018b). to take an integrated, efficient approach to
adaptive practices and actions to limit negative
On average, 1.32 percent of annual GDP loss from
consequences.
2016-2021 occurred due to climate change-
induced disasters (BBS, 2022a).

© CEGIS

49
© CEGIS

Adaptation Priorities for

Combating Adversities of
Climate Change
 Adaptation Priorities for Combating
Adversities of Climate Change

resilient sustainable development through

As a global pioneer in climate adaptation,
creating required policies and regulatory
Bangladesh has advanced substantially in building
frameworks.
adaptive capacity and resilience for coping with
various climate change impacts across sectors and The NAPA (2005) and BCCSAP (2009) ushered in a
levels. As underscored in the NAP, the frequency, journey that continues to date. Noteworthy points
intensity and dominance of multiple hazards, along the way include the Bangladesh Climate
abrupt shifts in climate trends and their Change Trust Act (2010) and the formation of the
disproportionate effects, the significant Bangladesh Climate Change Trust Fund (BCCTF) to
uncertainties of future risks spread across the support implementation of strategic adaptation
country, and various challenges in implementing actions under the six key pillars of BCCSAP,
coping mechanisms and adaptation all call for a focusing on adaptation, mitigation, research and
systematic and planned approach to prioritizing capacity-building; formation of the Bangladesh
and implementing climate change adaptation Climate Change Resilience Fund (BCCRF) as a
actions. multi-donor trust fund (although this was later
stopped); Climate Change Gender Action Plan
This chapter elaborates the nucleus of the NAP as (2013) for mainstreaming gender into planning;
a meticulous framework for reinforcing country- the Climate Public Expenditure and Institutional
driven and locally led and planned adaptation, with Review (CPEIR) in 2014 and the Climate Fiscal
priorities for the medium and long term. The Framework (2014) for supporting prioritized
overall aim is to combat climate change adversities climate actions through providing incentives based
and overcome all implementation barriers and on practical and efficiently managed public
challenges in line with the NAP’s guiding finance; and the Bangladesh Country Investment
principles. Plan for Environment, Forestry and Climate
Change (2017) with a strategic framework
3.1 Lessons Learned from Past enabling coordinated investment across the
environment, forestry and climate change (EFCC)
Initiatives sectors and enhancing sector contributions to
Bangladesh has made significant advances in poverty reduction, sustainable development and
climate adaptation through incremental initiatives improved climate resilience. Bangladesh
supported by a broad policy regime. A streamlined submitted its first, second and third National
and strategic institutional setting is oriented Communications to the UNFCCC in 2002, 2012 and
towards realizing the aspiration of climate- 2018. It appointed the Economic Relations

51
 Division (ERD) as the nationally designated Management Plan and Standing Order on Disasters
authority (NDA) for the Green Climate Fund (GCF) (SOD) has been updated for accelerated disaster
to provide broad strategic oversight of related risk reduction. The Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan
activities and to facilitate readiness and initial (2030) has been drafted to enhance resilience,
support funding in the country. Climate change promote nature-based infrastructure, grow the
adaptation has been explicitly mainstreamed into economy, create jobs and expand opportunities,
the 7th and 8th Five-Year Plans and the Second using climate change action as the catalyst. An
Perspective Plan (2021-2041). In recent years, the updated Nationally Determined Contribution
100-year strategic delta plan (BDP2100) has been (NDC) submitted in 2021 that supports global
formulated around adaptive water management efforts to limit the global temperature rise to 2°C
towards ensuring a climate-resilient and or preferably 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
prosperous delta upholding long-term water and
Divergent structural/physical interventions (as
food security, economic growth and
presented in the infographics below) have
environmental sustainability. The plan proposed
facilitated national adaptation and advancement
52 climate change adaptation projects among 80
parallel to policy interventions. The BCCT has
projects to support the aspirations of the nation.
undertaken about 800 projects with an investment
The Sector Action Plan on Environment and
of around $480 million to implement strategic
Climate Change has been prepared to translate
adaptation and mitigation actions. Over the last
strategies of the 8th Five-Year Plan into an
seven years, the climate-relevant budgetary
immediate action plan for the Annual Development
allocation has doubled, increasing from $1.44
Programme (ADP). The National Disaster
billion in FY2015-2016 to $2.96 billion in FY2021-

Noteworthy adaptation initiatives

(Source: MoEFCC, 2021, Country Paper for COP26 and Sectoral Ministries)

52
2022, which is 0.73 percent of GDP for FY2021- climate information has reached a moderate level
2022 (MoF, 2021). Through the GCF country but climate-downscaled data are not consistently
programme, the NDA identified 48 priority stored, processed or updated at the national and
projects after a review and analysis, based on subnational levels. Communications barriers,
multiple criteria, of over 230 initially submitted difficulties in accessing climate information among
projects. It accessed $368.6 million for six projects stakeholders at different levels and limited
and disbursed $4.1 million for seven readiness research are other concerns.
support activities. Other funds came from the
Major implementation challenges include
Adaptation Fund, Least Development Country
accessing international financial support as
Fund, Climate Investment Fund, different
promised; following standardized project
multilateral and bilateral channels and the BCCTF
prioritization criteria with mainstreamed climate
to facilitate adaptation implementation.
change issues; participation and inclusion of
Nonetheless, the Government is still contributing
stakeholders such as women, people with diverse
75 percent of total climate investment from its
gender identities, the elderly, youth, persons with
resources. Flows of international finance are
disabilities and ethnic communities up to desired
inadequate considering funding requirements.
level; building required institutional capacity and
Stocktaking during the NAP formulation process manage knowledge; maintaining coordination
(SNAP) revealed substantial gaps in adaptation among multisector and multilevel stakeholders;
M&E (as shown in the infographics below). decentralization of climate change adaptation
Effective M&E framework for tracking adaptation management through local government
is in dire need. Required technical knowledge, institutions (LGIs); reducing gap in research,
analytical capacity and negotiation skills among including on field outcomes; and in terms of
stakeholders and institutions are needed to finance.
support the M&E process. Furthermore, M&E is
Bangladesh has several policies and plans related
weak in tracking stakeholder engagement in
to CCA, where there is room for update and
adaptation, most importantly, tracking the
improvement. Institutional arrangement will need
inclusion of women, people with diverse gender
to be further strengthened to facilitate the outcome
identities, youth, the elderly, persons with
based M&E. Integrating climate change into the
disabilities and ethnic communities. The supply of
development planning process should be

SNAP Outcome
(Source: NAP consultations, previous stocktaking for national adaptation planning and expert feedback)

53
 accelerated. For instance, the Climate Change forecasting, early warning systems, cyclone
Gender Action Plan (ccGAP) was appropriately preparedness, emergency responses and disaster
mainstreamed into the National Women’s risk reduction; expanding solar-based renewable
Development Policy but not in other gender- energy; livelihood improvement and enhancement
related policies. Private sector engagement in CCA of climate resilience; promotion of climate-
is still in the initial stages of mainstreaming and resilient rural and urban WASH infrastructure;
inclusion. Climate change-related risk screening or building the capacity of communities and service
climate risk assessment as part of feasibility or providers in terms of WASH, coastal reforestation,
pre-feasibility studies needs to be operational. The afforestation and green belt development; housing
NAP treats these gaps, challenges and barriers as and incentivizing climate refugees for reducing
priority institutional aspects that need to be risks; massive plantation and ecosystem
addressed as entry points. conservation; research and knowledge
management; and capacity-building of institutions
3.2 Entry Points for Adaptation and communities.

Understanding adaptation needs stemming from System dynamics analysis of priority and cross-
observed climate stresses and future risks is key to cutting sectors finds several entry points for
identifying entry points for adaptation, prioritizing structural and social categories of adaptation. This
adaptation strategies and supporting the type of analysis comprises understanding the
adjustment to actual or expected climate effects impact chain through a causal loop diagram that
with structural, physical, social and institutional exerts climate risks on climate exposure and
interventions (IPCC, 2014). In conjunction with sensitive elements. Realizing the priority sector as
rigorous analysis of climate change risks and a system includes all interconnected elements to
vulnerabilities, the NAP identifies potential generate subsequent impacts from one to another
adaptation needs or entry points by analyzing the triggered by climate signals and hazards. This
current policy and legislative landscape. It also analysis for adaptation entry points considers a
refers to the stocktaking of adaptation practices, vast chain of impacts developed by bio-physical
barriers and challenges based on consultation with climate-sensitive elements to generate climate
stakeholders and communities and at multiple risks on the socioeconomic system.
levels. The NAP emphasizes performing system The climate signals (such as temperature rise,
dynamics analysis, and considering critical rainfall variability, sea surface temperature rise,
elements of priority and cross-cutting sectors to etc.) and their immediate impacts are called
devise medium- and long-term adaptation climate hazards (floods, droughts, sea-level rise,
strategies and options. salinity intrusion, cyclonic storm surges, river
Priority areas for structural adaptation bank erosion, lightning or landslides, etc.).
emphasized by stakeholders at multiple levels Reducing adverse impacts of these climate stresses
include construction, repair and rehabilitation of are always considered high-priority entry points
polders and cyclone shelters protecting the lives for adaptation, although they are primarily
and livelihoods of people in coastal communities; external factors beyond the control of human
water, flood and erosion risk management; river interventions.
dredging, reservoirs and re-excavation of drainage Being impacted immediately by climate signals &
canals; climate proofing of infrastructures; hazards, building resilience of the different natural
agricultural research and extension support for resources through sustainable management are
stress-tolerant varieties or breeds to ensure envisaged as high-priority entry points for
desired food production under climate risks such adaptation. If the resilience of these natural
as salinity, floods, drought, heat, etc.; flood resources is built at the desired level, the impact of

54
external climate factors or hazards will be adjusted the future uncertainties of climate change. The
by next layer of the systems, which consists of livelihoods of farmers and fishers are at stake, with
resources based production and food system, the potential for increased poverty. The system
human and socio-economic system. dynamics diagram for this sector is illustrated.
Subsequent layers of system elements are then Critical entry points for the water resources sector
analyzed for different causal loop factors to are managing land, water and sediment; water-
identify anticipated and observed impacts related disaster management such as for floods
(described in the previous chapter) and their flow and flash floods, erosion, droughts, salinity
and variability (high, medium or low severity). intrusion, storm surge inundation, etc.; freshwater
flow availability and wetlands ecosystem
Prioritization and implementation of effective
conservation; desalinization for drinking water
adaptation measures at the first entry points may
purposes; management and restoration; early
substantially reduce adaptation costs and efforts
warning and dissemination.
related to secondary or tertiary layers of elements
based on the socioeconomic system. The analysis For urban areas, priority entry points include
enables cross-cutting and multidisciplinary solving urban drainage problems; the resilience of
sectors to prepare adaptation plans holistically, urban communities, especially the poor and slum
considering priority and other complementary dwellers; urban environmental conservation;
sectors. For instance, agriculture, livestock and youth-led urban wetlands management and
fisheries system analysis includes water and improvement in human well-being; unplanned
infrastructure elements. urbanization and deforestation; urban heat island
effects; the sustainable management of
The key entry points for the agriculture, fisheries,
stormwater; urban greens and blue
aquaculture and livestock sector are irrigation
infrastructures; boosting the urban economy;
water availability during the dry season and under
climate-resilient rural and urban infrastructures
drought conditions, conservation of soil moisture,
and communication facilities; climate-stress-
freshwater availability for salinity-prone regions,
resistant construction materials; the adequate
quality seeds and understanding of crop flowering
opening of cross drainage; innovative research on
patterns and phenology changes, and managing
construction materials; setting adaptation
pest infestations. The NAP also refers to the
standards for critical infrastructure and
livestock fodder crisis because of floods, salinity or
mainstreaming these into relevant guidelines or
droughts, and the drinking or bathing water crisis
policies; stress-tolerant housing, eco-engineering
due to floods or salinity intrusion.
or bioengineering interventions, etc..
For fisheries and aquaculture, managing habitat
As a cross-cutting priority sector, climate-resilient
conditions; water temperature and pH; dissolved
WASH technologies and health-care facilities for
oxygen; disease outbreaks; freshwater, marine and
urban, slum and hard-to-reach areas, the
ocean ecosystems; deoxygenation; ocean
Chattogram Hill Tracts, and coastal and drought-
acidification, etc. are priority entry points. All of
prone areas are prioritized as key entry points.
these anticipate higher production losses, post-
Alongside climate change-induced vector or water-
harvest losses, and unstable market and supply
borne diseases, research on climate sensitivity of
chains. Potential food and nutrition insecurities
diseases and boosting physical and mental health,
and livelihood instabilities leading to losses and
well-being, etc., are adaptation entry points for the
damages to the national economy are anticipated
WASH and health sector.
as outcome-based adaptation entry points under

55
56
Example of system dynamics and impact chain for climate change
The NAP includes ecosystem conservation, district of Satkhira apply sugar to cropland to
restoration and biodiversity conservation, nature- reduce salt. But the science behind this technique
based solutions or ecosystem-based adaptation, and the actual implications of it necessitate further
wetlands and ocean ecosystem conservation, and investigation and research.
hill forest and soil conservation as priority physical
Examples of some preferred locally led or
adaptation interventions. It also focuses on
indigenous adaptation practices along with expert
understanding the sensitivity of flora and fauna to
preferences based on consultations and
climate change and on the conservation of native
stocktaking are described in the following
species, coastal afforestation, deforestation, land
subsections.
degradation, agroecosystem development, and
youth-led nature conservation as high-priority 3.3.1 Water resources
entry points for physical adaptation interventions
under the ecosystem, wetlands and biodiversity Stakeholders reported that top preferences for
sector. adaptation related to water, land and sediment
management are regular and timely rehabilitation
Reducing the immediate consequences of climate of polders, internal drainage management of
change and climate change-induced slow-onset polders, ensuring the quality of polder
and sudden extreme events on human, natural and construction, green belt development, creating co-
economic resources are considered high-priority management committees and making existing
entry points. The inclusion of gender dimensions, water management groups functional,
youth and the elderly, persons with disabilities, coordination with disaster management
ethnic communities and socially disadvantaged committees, community-based rainwater
communities in all possible aspects are also core harvesting or freshwater pond management, tidal
adaptation needs. river management to manage tidal floods and
sediment, elevated houses for flood resilience,
3.3 Adaptation Preferences development of retaining walls around villages in
the haor or vast wetlands to protect against wave
The NAP implementation will scale up and extend action and land degradation, plantations inside
locally practiced adaptations to transform the wetlands or along embankment slopes, ecosystem-
adaptation process, building on existing socially based adaptation and living with floods 6 in the
acceptable and locally led practices for haor and wetlands, construction of Mujib killa,
transformation, assuring few or no negative strengthening existing early warning and
impacts on society and the surrounding physical dissemination system so they are easier to
environment, and optimizing resources. Some understand by multiple users, river dredging,
locally practiced or indigenous adaptations will excavation or re-excavation of khals or canals for
require further investigation and research to increasing conveyance capacity, reservoirs or
establish the scientific basis for inputs, processes pond digging to harvest and segment surface water
and desired outputs. For instance, NAP flow in drought-prone and coastal areas,
consultations found that people in the coastal increasing freshwater availability in coastal rivers,

6Living with floods allow creating a safer community for and intensity of flooding. For instances, adoption of
themselves by their ability to anticipate and act to alternative livelihoods away from 3 rice crops instead of
minimize the impact of floods. It also means adaptation of complete avoidance of flooding.
livelihood systems as a reaction to changing frequency

57
 Locally led adaptation: Solar water solutions in the Chittagong Hill Tracts
Local communities in Jurachhari Upazilla of Rangamati
in the Chittagong Hill Tracts faced severe water crisis
problems. They are mostly dependent on village
common forests, which provide food and water flows
into streams, and support agroforestry dependent
livelihoods. Recently, droughts, landslides, and floods
have reduced farm outputs and left most land
uncultivated due to a lack of water resulting in food
shortages every year. Locals believe this problem is
becoming more frequent and intensifying due to climate
change and acute water crisis. Women and girls fetch
water by walking miles from home.
Photo credit: Zhantu Chakma
Community representatives formed a Climate Resilience
Committee (CRC) under the Chittagong Hill Tracts Climate Resilience
Project (CCRP) of SID-CHT, supported by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). The CRC took part
in training on adaptation, resilience-building, project management, financial management, participatory monitoring
and reporting, vulnerability assessments, local resilience planning and project formulation. They developed their
own climate change vulnerability assessment and LRP for projects, considering high durability, environmental
sustainability, community benefits, a community willingness to contribute and community cohesion. The
communities designed and implemented a solar power-based safe water supply project at a cost of $15,000 to
ensure safe drinking water for residents. They installed a tube well that runs by 12 solar panels and distributes into
five neighborhoods. The committee monitors and maintains the project.

Water scarcity is the most devastating impact of climate change in the poverty-stricken CHT. The water crisis of
Jurachari is now past because of an action led by a skilled, aware and climate-resilient community. Similar renewable
energy-based, locally led solutions could be scaled up to ensure sustainable adaptation for other vulnerable
communities.

volumetric pricing of water and improving water climate-sensitive land zoning and planned
use efficiency, groundwater management through resettlement to halt climate migration are
artificial recharge, eco-engineered flood and considered potential policy initiatives.
drainage management, sustainable river and costal
Scaling up these preferred adaptation measures
erosion protection, etc.
along with building low-cost, climate-resilient
Adaptation coordinated with the medium- and (flood, cyclonic surge, heat-tolerant) houses,
long-term strategies of the BDP2100 and its 52 communication infrastructures and education
climate adaptation projects would make a climate- centers with co-beneficial facilities focused on
resilient, prosperous delta. In terms of physical enhancing resilience against floods are excellent
interventions, preferences are to introduce funds options for local adaptation, disaster risk
or allowances for vulnerable communities to management and climate-resilient water
reduce their poverty, build resilience, mitigate resources management.
climate change-induced migration and losses and
damages, and improve livelihoods. Gender- 3.3.2 Disaster, social safety and security
sensitive livelihood diversification and incentive
mechanisms, youth-led watershed and disaster The NAP aims to protect lives, livelihoods and
management, awareness-raising and capacity infrastructure against geo-hazards and water-
development are other demands. Transboundary related disasters. Social safety net coverage should
river and basin-level cooperation, basin wide and be increased through blending traditional
participatory water resources management, initiatives such as KABIKHA (food for work), ad

58
 Climate‐resilient housing
Communities in southern Bangladesh have always had to brace themselves and their homes and
livelihoods against catastrophic cyclones and storm surges. From the historic 1970 cyclone to the one in
1991 and most recently cyclones Sidr (2007) and
Aila (2009), both the frequency and intensity of
such disasters are increasing due to the adverse
effect of climate change, causing catastrophic
damage.
In 2013, WorldFish began a climate-resilient
housing project, creating a prototype climate-
smart house that is cyclone resilient and efficient
in terms of water, food, energy and space. The
house is in the Satkhira district, near the
Sundarbans. It is built above the flood line on an elevated platform of wood or concrete. The home
protects against cyclones and flooding while promoting water and energy use efficiency. Many of its
features focus on enhancing food production, assisting families in becoming more self-sufficient and
coping with extreme weather events. A rainwater harvesting system with filters, rainwater-fed
multipurpose fish tanks, drip irrigation, a vertical agriculture system, a barrel composting system, an
improved cook stove and a twin pit sanitary toilet are some of the house’s unique features.

hoc cash transfers, funds for dry food and youth leadership programmes, special climate
rehabilitation of houses, and emergency funds for local governments to spend for
medication during and after a disaster. Innovative vulnerable communities, and similar options.
initiatives include government-subsidized These should be systematically developed and
insurance-based risk recovery mechanisms, the extended to improve livelihoods particularly for
establishment of climate-resilient houses like the vulnerable, especially women, people with
those in the Ashrayan project, low-interest loans, diverse gender identities, persons with disabilities,
etc. To ensure protection of transport and youth and ethnic communities. Gender-responsive
communication infrastructures, climate proofing and inclusive budgeting, adaptation management
of road and communication infrastructures committees, health care, and rural and urban
preferred. WASH facilities are envisaged under the NAP.
The NAP also looks at strengthening ICT-based
early warning and dissemination systems and 3.3.3 Crops
engaging communities with readily Agricultural advancement amid climatic and non-
understandable warning advisory services in local climatic challenges is central to adaptation actions.
languages to reduce losses and damages from Farmers can adopt various indigenous, locally led
sudden disasters, minimize disaster risks and and climate-smart adaptation practices. Some key
achieve SDG targets. The NAP further suggests climate-smart adaptation techniques include the
alternative livelihood generation and income- following.
related opportunities, the provision of climate-
resilience funds or subsidies to recover losses and Agricultural research institutes have developed
damages, low-cost desalination tools and climate- different stress-tolerant (flood, drought, short
smart livestock sheds, community-based duration, salinity, lodging tolerance, etc.) rice and
adaptation in association with LGIs and NGOs, non-rice crop varieties. These need further
extension programmes (field and block

59
 demonstration, etc.) to extend them across the Bashful, Benapol, etc.); rainwater harvesting in
country. Yield gaps between research and farmer coastal saline areas; mini-ponds for
fields currently make these varieties non- supplementary irrigation during drought spells;
attractive to farmers. Integrated and holistic drip irrigation with mulch in raised beds; use of
research coordinated with National Agricultural combine harvesters for early harvesting in haor
Research System (NARS) organizations (the areas to reduce the risk of flash floods; the Kuni
Bangladesh Agricultural Research Institute [BARI], method for minor-scale irrigation; the pyramid
the Bangladesh Rice Research Institute [BRRI], the method for tide-affected lands and vegetables in
Bangladesh Institute of Nuclear Agriculture Gher; floating cultivation and the Sorjan
[BINA], the Soil Resource Development Institute technology as widely practiced in the coastal water
[SRDI], etc.) could develop more productive and stagnant areas; nuts and coffee in the Chattogram
stress-tolerant cultivars to reduce yield gaps. Hill Tracts; diagonal jhum cultivation, etc..
Supporting extension services, market links and
The NAP implementation process will develop and
supply chains, expanding e-commerce, and
scale up these adaptation practices and introduce
integrated pest and diseases management are
four crop-based cropping patterns developed by
recommended. A comprehensive investigation
BARI to increase cropping intensity from 192 to
also suggested developing new stress-tolerant rice
400 percent. Other areas of focus are increasing
and non-rice crop varieties considering emerging
water use efficiency through climate-smart
climate extremes like heat or cold.
agriculture techniques such as alternating, wetting
and drying; buried pipes; mulching; smart
Preferred indigenous adaptation practices in the
metering; etc. Field-level demonstrations on
floodplain, coastal areas and hill tracts are raised-
stress-tolerant cultivars, mechanization, use of
bed and zero/minimum tillage for production of
location-based agromet services and early
crops such as mustard, pulses, sesame, etc.;
warning systems will be developed on a
cultivating local rice varietys (Ratna, Sylhety,
mandatory basis to support greater agriculture
Lambu, Shaheb, Chikon, Swarna, Ranjit, Ranisalut,
production to ensure food and nutrition security.
Dud Kumar, Sadamota, lalmota, laxmibilash,
See also Table 3.1.
Rajasail, Shitta, Brindamoni, Shitabhog, Kachra,

Sack gardens for subsistence farming

In Ohirkunji village, Barlekha Upazilla, Moulvibazar,
Kunjolota Biswas, age 38, has become a successful farmer
using the sack gardens method. She has practiced it for 1.5
years, backed by the “Suchana Programme” of the Center
for Natural Resource Studies. This method can produce
sufficient vegetables for herself, while she sells the rest for
nominal profit.
People living in the haor regions are compelled to use
strategies such as sack farming to promote their living
standards. The intensity of excessive rainfall causing floods
has increased over the years, and climate-induced disasters
have already impacted the livelihoods of the local
community. Chemical fertilizers are not used in large
quantities in sack cultivation, making cultivated vegetables
much healthier.
Furthermore, cultivation has no adverse effects on the environment. It is essentially a safe food
production method that can withstand floods. Although the technique is not widely used for commercial
cultivation, it is a better option for subsistence farming.

60
 Table 3.1: Preferred and available stress‐tolerant crop varieties and techniques

Rice crops
Non‐rice crops
Aman Boro Aus
 Use of salinity-  Direct  Salinity and drought-tolerant varieties
 Use of
resistant HYV Boro transplanting  Floating bed cultivation waterbodies
submergence-
rice (dibbling)  Growing creeping vegetables on nets
resistant high-
yielding  Short duration  Use of stress- over ponds or hydroponic vegetable
variety (HYV) HYV tolerant HYV farming
Aman  Alternating varieties  Vegetable farming using sac or
 Use of short- wetting and drying plastic/bag/pot/raised
duration HYV  Buried pipes platform/macha, etc.
Aman  Solar-powered  Vertical farming
 Floating irrigation  Conservation agriculture
seedbed  Reduced/zero tillage
 Supplementary  Drip or sprinkler irrigation
irrigation  Sorjan method in a region with high
salinity
 Intercropping/relay cropping with
short-duration vegetables
 Year-round homestead vegetable
gardening (cucumbers, red spinach,
chilies, seasonal leafy spinach, gourds,
bitter gourds, ladies finger, etc.)

61
 investigations to understand the sensitivity of
3.3.4 Fisheries and aquaculture
native fish species to climate change and
The fisheries and aquaculture sector plays an variabilities and corresponding measures to
essential role in the national economy. It address these; strengthening extension services;
contributes 3.52 percent to total GDP and more promotion of modern and proven aquaculture
than one fourth (26.37 percent) to agricultural technologies such as cage culture; integrated
GDP (DoF, 2020). The sector faces various climate- farming; supplying quality feed including plant
induced risks and vulnerabilities. Tackling these additives instead of antibiotics along with vitamin
issues requires more applied research and C and oxygen; managing disease outbreaks; raising

62
 Seaweed culture’s potential for the blue economy
Along the Reju Khal, a hill stream flows through the southern portion of Cox's Bazar district and into the
Bay of Bengal, along vast lines of bamboo poles. The poles artificially cultivate seaweed that involves
knotting two grams of seed onto a rope at 20 cm
intervals. The rope is then linked between the poles
and submerged in salty water where the seeds grow
into 400-500-gram plants.
Since 2016, resident Mohammad Idris has been
farming seaweed in this manner. Idris earns roughly
BDT 15,000 per month by working with a team of
about two dozen employees.
Like him, many people in coastal areas have begun cultivating seaweed, potentially boosting
Bangladesh's blue economy. Around 300 households are involved in seaweed cultivation at Nuniarchara,
Inany Beach and Reju Khal in Cox's Bazar, generating 390 tonnes in 2020 with potential applications in
the food, cosmetic, feed and pharmaceuticals industries. The price of 390 tons of wet seaweed is BDT
23.4 million, whereas dried seaweed fluctuates depending on usage. If the crop's full potential is realized,
it can grow enormously, creating one lakh jobs for people living in coastal areas like Cox's Bazar,
Chattogram, Noakhali, Patuakhali and Satkhira.

 Provide artificial oxygen supplies through

the dikes of aquaculture farms (ponds and ghers);
oxygen cylinders and stop feed supplies
avoiding excessive use of chemicals;
during heavy rains and in oxygen-depleted
supplementary irrigation in drought-prone areas; conditions
zoning suitable areas for shrimp cultivation;  Balance pH by using or limited use of lime
wetlands management and conservation of fish  Use of disinfectant to cure epizootic
biodiversity; subsidies for poor fishers; capacity- ulcerative syndrome
building and hands-on training on aquaculture
 Raising the dikes of aquaculture farms
technologies; conservation of river and beel (ponds or ghers) and using fencing to
fisheries by establishing sanctuaries; restoration protect overtopping of fish during floods or
of connectivity of khals/beels and rivers; storm surges
conservation of mother fisheries and promotion of
 Aggregation of water hyacinth for reducing
mariculture (seaweed, soft shell and hard shell);
heat stress, increasing water depth in
encouraging women in small-scale aquaculture; drought-prone areas and maintaining
dedicated EWS and climate information services, desired habitat conditions
etc. Apart from open water fisheries,
 Use of geotextile sheets on pond bottoms to
understanding ocean dynamics more broadly is
restrict seepaging and percolation loss of
crucial to unlocking the potential of the blue pond water, mainly in arid areas
economy.
 Pre-matured or early harvesting of cultured
Some key adaptation priorities related to fisheries fish before any extreme flood or storm surge
and aquaculture are: based on early warning information

 Provide supplementary aeration using Oxy-  Adaptive culture fisheries in flood-affected

A, Oxy-Rane or Aerator, swimming by ponds considering a six-month culture
human during hypoxia conditions due to duration and relatively large-size fry
extreme heat or cold; releases (more than 6 inches) after floods

63
  Less feed supply during afternoons and  Invent stress-tolerant fodder
provision of Vitamin C-rich feed in the  Enhance the rearing of backyard poultry and
morning the red Chattogram cattle breed
 Avoid fingerling stocking during the  Timely vaccination and deworming
afternoon or evening programmes to reduce the mortality rate
 Cultivation of small indigenous species due to climate stresses
 Apply horra pulling to remove toxic gases  Alternate scheduling of vaccination
during heat stress programmes for stress management
 Reduce fish stock density and partial  Building Mujib killa or raised land to ensure
harvesting during drought conditions or low the shelter of livestock during floods or
pond water depth storm surges
 Conduct situation-based adjustments of  Expansion of local indigenous techniques
stocking time and density for reducing the effects of heat and cold
stress on livestock and poultry, such as
 Frequent monitoring of water quality and
trailing bottle gourds over the livestock or
fish behaviour during high-stress conditions
poultry shed, giving vitamins or saline, using
 Grow more aquatic weeds in ponds for a cooling fan or insulator shed during heat
sheltering fish stress, taking care of calves by covering the
 Integrated fish farming through planting shed with plastic during cold stress and
fruit trees or vegetation on pond dikes or using dried wheat as fodder during the dry
slopes season
 Using cow dung as fuelwood during the
3.3.5 Livestock flooding season to reduce fuel problems
The gradual unfolding of climate risks and  Hydroponic grass cultivation to reduce
vulnerabilities poses severe threats to the pressure on inland cultivation
livestock and poultry sectors, and are becoming  Establishment of biogas plants at the farm
key drivers of increasing food and nutrition level for livestock manure management and
insecurities. The livestock sector, including meat to support energy needs
and dairy production, is highly vulnerable to heat  Compost and biogas plants
stress, droughts, flooding, strong winds and  Commercial livestock fattening
extreme weather events. Such hazards can change
 Crossbreeding and artificial insemination
the quality of meat and milk. For example,
temperature and humidity impact milk production  Changed or stress-tolerant fodder crop
varieties
and fat content, and wind speed and the number of
hours of sunshine per day affect protein content  Aquaponics fodder cultivation
(Hill and Wall, 2014). Livestock are susceptible to  Community-based rainwater harvesting
changes in water availability for drinking or The NAP suggests combining indigenous livestock
bathing, especially in drought-prone and coastal farming practices, climate-smart practices,
regions, disease outbreaks under extreme heat research and strengthened extension services.
stress, and salinity. Some preferred adaptation
practices to scale up are as follows. 3.3.6 Urban areas
 Ensure the availability of water for fodder The NAP aims to ensure development of climate-
cultivation, drinking and bathing through resilient urban drainage infrastructure by
rainwater harvesting, re-excavation of implementing eco-engineering or bioengineering
canals or digging mini-ponds measures; providing enough cross drainage

64
considering extreme climate change; innovation of
3.3.7 Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity
eco-friendly and climate-resistant construction
materials; expanding green and blue The conservation of ecosystems, wetlands and
infrastructures such as green buildings, urban biodiversity will be given the utmost attention in
green parks and playgrounds; conservation of supporting sustainable development through
urban wetlands and biodiversity; renewable adaptation. Nature-based solutions, (NbS), as an
energy-based utility facilities; implementation of umbrella for ecosystem-based solutions, will be
low-impact development (LID) measures for promoted to protect, sustainably manage and
reducing urban drainage problems and allowing restore natural or modified ecosystems, and to
infiltration, groundwater recharge and reduced address societal challenges effectively and
attenuation of flood peaks; managing urban heat adaptively. These solutions simultaneously
islands with planned urbanization and keeping provide human well-being and biodiversity
green areas at 25 percent following ‘other effective benefits (IUCN, 2021).
area-based conservation measures’ (OECM) Restoration and conservation of ecosystems will
principles; and reforming detailed area (DAP) or be practiced in various ways to protect forests,
structure plans to make them more green wetlands, land, mangroves, hills and marine
development-friendly and water-smart. ecosystems. Preferred adaptation options are:
Integrated waste and urban drainage management community-based coastal afforestation or
can create a holistic solution for both issues, reforestation; conservation of village common
supported by standard guidelines, manuals and forests (VCFs) and co-management of watersheds
modelling. Implementation of NAP will help in the Chattogram Hill Tracts; soil conservation in
develop climate-smart, livable, pollution-free, hill ecosystems; spring management; floating
clean and healthy cities through city climate action gardens; swamp forest restoration and
plans (City-CAP) up to municipality level and conservation; coastal erosion protection with
considering peri-urban areas, poor urban oyster reefs; expansion of social and urban forestry
communities and the potential influx of climate engaging students and youths; achieving OECM
migrants. Youth-led and community-based urban principles under the biodiversity framework;
waste and nature management will be prioritized. expanding forest-dependent livelihood generation
Development and expansion of climate-, gender- and alternative livelihood generation; connectivity
and disability- responsive WASH, health and maintenance with reservoirs, khals and rivers;
disease prevention facilities will give preference to conservation of beel sanctuaries; robust
urban slums and marginal communities, leading to monitoring of ecosystems and biodiversity based
smart and resilient city development. on high-tech AI and space technologies; necessary

65
 reforms of the legislative framework with Specifically, the following areas are attractive for
stringent enforcement; understanding and accelerating private sector-led adaptation and
exploring ocean dynamics; climate and ecosystem- finance.
sensitive planning and development, etc. Extensive  Agriculture and food security: R&D for
field research to develop different EbA options will stress tolerant varieties and farming system
also be explored. improvement; improved & tolerant seed
business
Oyster reefs for coastal shoreline or embankment erosion protection
Kutubdia Island, with its rapidly receding shoreline,
exemplifies erosion challenges at their most
ferocious. Just off the coast of the island, oyster-
encrusted reefs provide a vibrant home for marine
life and a potential source of income for locals. They
are expected to be a formidable force in defending
the island from sea-level rise.
Oyster reefs can serve as a defense mechanism
against coastal erosion by calming waves before they
reach the shore. Oysters shape their surroundings by
assembling on hard, submerged surfaces and fusing
to form reef structures. Their role in filtering and
retaining nutrients in the water, providing spawning
grounds and shelter for fish, and thus increasing
biodiversity are well known. Oyster reefs serve as a
home for other animals, improve water quality and
promote seagrass growth.

 Resilient irrigation and flood management

3.3.8 Private sector by BWDB, the Department of Agricultural
Extension (DAE), Local Government and
Private sector stakeholders emphasized
Rural Development (LGRD), BARI and BRRI
developing effective business models for private
with the private sector; submergible dikes in
sector engagement in key areas of the NAP,
the haor basin; stopping overuse of water;
including agriculture and food systems, research
efficient use of freshwater as part of CCA and
and technological innovations for agriculture and
response
renewable energy, agroforestry, agro-met
forecasting and climate advisory services,  Mechanization of agriculture supported by
irrigation and water management, resilient the Government (Ministry of Agriculture
infrastructure, WASH and health risk management, [MoA] and the DAE) where the private
big data-driven decision tools and green growth in sector may invest more in the future
urban areas etc. The BDP2100 (GED, 2018)  Improving cold storage facilities to protect
illustrates the prospects for attracting private potatoes and tomatoes from emerging high
investment in water treatment, water supply and temperatures (private sector-led where
sewage treatment, irrigation, dredging, land financial institutions can invest)
reclamation and the establishment of river port
infrastructure.  The private sector will invest in ensuring the
protection of SEZs or EEZs against climate

66
 change-induced disasters to secure their incentives to encourage their engagement in
businesses and investments climate change adaptation, such as a tax rebate for
 Promoting climate-smart agriculture like the most vulnerable firms, such as CMSMEs.
conservation agriculture, alternate wetting Increasing financial stability and the coverage of
and drying (AWD), agroforestry, irrigation risk transfer mechanisms for the recovery or
and water management, smart cards for repayment of loans by disproportionately
irrigation, floating bed cultivation, and impacted and vulnerable CMSMEs or informal
manufacturing and marketing sector stakeholders are highly recommended as
biodegradable green products like jute part of the NAP implementation. Mass awareness-
goods raising and skills development for vulnerable
groups are seen as urgent actions for effective
 Water management and WASH: climate- private sector engagement. Giving greater
resilient drinking water and sanitation in attention to women-led and women-focused
partnership with LGIs and NGOs in the CMSMEs should emphasize awareness-raising on
coastal zone, and drought and flood-prone climate change impacts, enhancing capacity and
areas technical knowledge, and increasing resources for
 The Government, development partners and taking adaptation measures and DRR for
the private sector may promote resilience-building.
desalinization plants
3.3.9 Policies and institutions
 Climate disaster management through
building cyclone shelters, climate-resilient The NAP implementation process will facilitate
livestock or poultry sheds, cyclone-resilient development of required policies, improved
SME shops or buildings, etc. governance and a structured framework for
 Waste management and recycling, urban catalyzing smooth implementation. It will help
agriculture and farming and rooftop formulate and amend necessary policies, plans,
gardening in cities strategies, guidelines or acts. These include Local
Level Adaptation Program of Action, City Climate
 Promoting ICT services by developing
effective and needs-based ICT tools to Action Plan, Youth-Led Adaptation Plan etc., an
translate and transform early warning or exclusive policy regime for adaptation, an update
agro-met forecast and climate information of the BCCSAP as sector action plan and its
services among value chain actors, for health synergies with the NAP, and updates of different
risk management, etc. sectoral plans reflecting the NAP and issues of
social inclusion related to gender, disability, age,
 Climate-proofing infrastructure
etc.
 Private sector-led or PPP in data driven
service and apps for farmers High preference to stakeholder recommendations
will be given on assigning roles and
 Renewable energy-based product
responsibilities for the NAP implementation, based
generation and distribution, such as through
on existing institutional arrangements with
expanding solar-based irrigation systems
minimal reform. Other priorities entail developing
 Investing in climate-resilient urban a robust M&E mechanism; establishing a
drainage and solid and liquid waste conducive policy regime for private sector
management systems by the Government engagement in adaptation; devising strategies for
and private enterprises through PPP enhanced climate financing; and mainstreaming
approach.
the NAP into the development planning process
Private sector stakeholders called for introducing following ‘whole-of-government and whole-of-
different innovative financial instruments and society’ approaches. Empowering local

67
 government for locally led adaptation and social The NAP implementation will further emphasize
inclusion will also be given priority. ideas for research and development identified by
stakeholders in the following areas: a climate
3.3.10 Capacity development, research, and simulation lab; regional climate downscaling and
innovations publishing a national climate outlook report;
System transitions for climate-resilient development of AI, crowdsourcing and big data-
development in multiple sectors will be achieved based climate monitoring tool; cultivation of
through transformative capacity development oyster reefs to combat erosion; research and
under the NAP. Implementation of NAP will innovation related to ocean circulation, marine
support field-level research and piloting in priority meteorology, chemical and physical oceanography,
and cross-cutting sectors; collaborative
studies and action-oriented research
innovation using AI, ICT, geo-informatics
and space technologies; climate change-
related relevant knowledge generation and
dissemination among wider audiences,
stakeholders and communities; and
transnational knowledge sharing. The
cultivation of skills and capacities will
emphasize reaching vulnerable
communities including women, people
with diverse gender identities, the elderly,
persons with disabilities, youth and
children, ethnic communities, urban slum
dwellers, climate migrants and other
socially disadvantaged groups.
This process will advance alternative livelihoods, marine observations, managed aquifer recharge
climate risk reduction and recovery, awareness- (MAR), sediment dynamics, and delta formation
raising and behavioral changes offering continued and progradation; precision agriculture using GIS
support for transformation. Inventing stress- and Remote Sensing; Unmanned Arial Vehicle
tolerant (salinity, stagnant water, heat, cold, (UAV) technology to face Fourth Industrial
lodging, short-duration HYV) crop varieties (rice Revolution (4IR) challenges; climate-resilient
and non-rice) and pest- and disease-resistant houses, shelters, livestock sheds and WASH
varieties will be emphasized. Another priority technologies; low-cost desalinization techniques,
entails developing an early warning and EbA, NbS and locally led adaptation; sustainable
dissemination system for sudden and slow-onset drainage systems, green infrastructure and low-
events impacting agriculture, fisheries, livestock impact development; climate-proofing of
and urban areas. Research on population dynamics infrastructure and eco-engineering solutions, etc.
and the migratory routes of climate-sensitive fish At the community level, hands-on training on
species will take place along with the introduction alternative income generation activities (AIGA),
of stress-tolerant fish varieties and high-yield such as sewing, handicrafts, mixed farming, fish or
genotypes. Measures related to shifting crop livestock feeding and rearing; CMSMEs;
calendars and crop phenology and climate-smart shopkeeping; e-commerce; mixed farming; small-
livestock and poultry fodder and feed will be highly scale climate-smart agriculture practices; floating
prioritized. or sack gardening; dry fish processing; mariculture

68
or nature-based crab fattening, etc. will be were devised based on the adaptation entry points
promoted. Enhanced allocation fund will be identified in Section 3.2 and the priority adaptation
ensured to support capacity development, preferences described in Section 3.3 expressed by
research and innovation. stakeholders from multiple sectors and levels,
including the public and private sectors, local
Apart from these priority sectors, the NAP governments, local representatives and vulnerable
implementation process will also explore communities, women, the elderly, persons with
preferred adaptation choices or practices for disabilities, youth, ethnic communities and other
WASH and health. Giving priority to stakeholders’ socially disadvantaged people. The interventions
demand, it will implement climate-resilient rural heavily emphasize locally led adaptation,
and urban WASH technologies, pedestrian sheds, ecosystem-based adaptation, nature-based
lightning arresters, climate-resilient health-care solutions, green growth and private sector
facilities and boat ambulances. It will encourage engagement.
extensive research on the climate sensitivity of The interventions have been designed to achieve
health as well as vector or water-borne diseases, anticipated outcomes by focusing on priority
etc. sectors and institutional aspects. These include
structural/physical, institutional and social types
3.4 Adaptation Strategy of adaptation; interventions promoting nature-
based solutions; climate-resilient water resources
The NAP has 23 adaptation strategies, with 113
management; climate-smart agriculture, fisheries
interventions under 8 sectors to reinforce
and aquaculture, and livestock; climate-resilient
implementation, all towards achieving its vision
and smart cities; climate-resilient WASH and
and 6 goals. The strategies aim to address
health-care facilities for urban communities;
adaptation needs for short- (2030s), medium-
ecosystem, forestry, wetlands and biodiversity
(2041) and long-term (2050s) planning horizons.
conservation; required policy and institutional
They are based on eight guiding principles; the
reforms; multisectoral and multilevel
cross-cutting, multidisciplinary, complementary
mainstreaming; private sector engagement;
nature of the priority sectors; country ownership;
enhanced financing for smooth implementation of
participatory potential; social inclusion including
the NAP; innovative research; transformative
in terms of gender, the elderly, youth and persons
capacity development and knowledge
with disabilities; locally led adaptation in line with
management.
community preferences as described in Section
In Table 3.3, each intervention is marked with a
3.3; alignment with the national and international
generic identification code reflecting the sectoral
sustainable development agenda; synergy with the
theme, such as WRM1, WRM2, CSA1, CSA2, etc. In
BDP2100; private sector engagement potential;
the right column, the abbreviations indicate
horizontal and vertical coordination; the latest
different climate stress areas as the
scientific and indigenous knowledge; and M&E for
implementation domain of each specific
improved governance and transparency. Table 3.2
intervention. One intervention can be
shows the proposed strategies and their
implemented under single or multiple climate
corresponding 28 outcomes.
stress areas based on its effectiveness and
Table 3.3 includes the proposed 113 adaptation
similarities with prominent climate stresses over a
interventions for different sectors, their
given region. Adaptation measures may be
implementation suitability in climate stress areas
different under the same interventions but not for
and direct or indirect links with adaptation
different stress areas.
strategies.
Appendix II presents more country-driven
The 113 interventions cover different climate
adaptation actions under each of the proposed
stress areas (described in Section 2.4.1) and in
interventions, considering the diversity of climate
some cases the whole country. These interventions
stresses in different regions of Bangladesh.

69
 Table: 3.2: Strategies of the National Adaptation Plan
Strategic
Goal Adaptation strategy Outcome
focus
climate change variability and induced Outcome 1: Increased adaptive capacity of
human, natural and economic systems to reduce
Goal 1: Ensure protection against

risks and vulnerabilities and ensure protection

against climate change-induced disasters in
S 1.1: Combat cyclonic storm surges, sea-
coastal areas
natural disasters

level rise and salinity intrusion

Outcome 2: Increased adaptive capacity of
S 1.2: Manage floods, erosion and drought
human, natural and economic systems to reduce
risks
risks and vulnerabilities and ensure protection
S 1.3: Protect life, livelihoods, against climate change-induced disasters in the
infrastructures and ecosystems against floodplain or drought areas
slow-onset and other climate extremities
Outcome 3: Enhanced adaptive capacity and
protection of life, livelihoods and ecosystems
against slow-onset and other extreme events of
climate change
Outcome 1: Increased agricultural productivity
nutrition and livelihood security

and resilience, and reduced emissions from the

resilient agriculture for food,

S 2.1: Promote extension of climate-smart

Goal 2: Develop climate-

adoption of climate-smart agriculture (CSA)

agriculture
practices
S 2.2: Develop climate-resilient fisheries,
Outcome 2: Enhanced climate resilience in
aquaculture and livestock
aquaculture, fisheries and livestock
S 2.3: Manage sustainable agro-inputs and
Outcome 3: Abundance of quality inputs for
transformative value chains
agriculture, fisheries and livestock, and
S 2.4: Strengthen extension services for transformed value chains
agriculture, fisheries and livestock
Outcome 4: Improved extension services related
to agriculture, fisheries and livestock
Sectoral

S 3.1: Promote green and blue

Goal 3: Develop climate-

infrastructure for urban environmental Outcome 1: Improved urban environment and

environment and well-
smart cities for an

management and conservation resilient urban infrastructure

improved urban

S 3.2: Develop climate-smart cities to Outcome 2: Enhanced urban resilience and

being

increase urban resilience improved standard of living

S 3.3: Develop climate-resilient health care Outcome 3: Improved human health, livability
and WASH facilities for improved human and well-being
well-being and livability in cities
Goal 4: Promote nature-based solutions for the
conservation of forestry, biodiversity and the

Outcome 1: Increased use of nature-based

solutions and conservation of biodiversity
ensured
well-being of communities

S 4.1: Scale up ecosystem-based adaptation Outcome 2: Increased practice of ecosystem-

for wetlands conservation based adaptation (EbA) for reducing climate
S 4.2: Restore and conserve habitat, change risks
ecosystems and biodiversity Outcome 3: Critical and fragile ecosystems
S 4.3: Expand community-based restored and conserved
afforestation and/or reforestation Outcome 4: Expansion of forest coverage,
mangroves and biodiversity
Outcome 5: Community and youth-led
conservation of nature for improved well being

70
Strategic
Goal Adaptation strategy Outcome
focus
Outcome 1: New or updated policies, plans,
Goal 5: Impart good governance through the
integration of adaptation into the planning
regulations and institutions developed or
S 5.1: Reform policies for mainstreaming
reformed to support mainstreaming of the NAP
adaptation
into government risk-informed planning and
S 5.2: Develop a framework for adaptation implementation processes
monitoring, evaluation and learning
Outcome 2: Effective and robust M&E for CCA
S 5.3: Engage the private sector in developed to support the national monitoring,
process

adaptation implementation reporting and verification (MRV) system

S 5.4: Empower local government Outcome 3: Private sector-led CCA initiatives
institutes, community-based organizations, implemented
women, people with disabilities and youth
Outcome 4: Decentralized environmental and
for locally led adaptation
climate change management ensured
S 5.5: Enhance climate financing for
Outcome 5: Locally led, gender-, disability- and
adaptation
youth-inclusive adaptation initiatives increased
Outcome 6: Adaptation investment gap declines
Outcome 1: A paradigm shift in capacity
Institution

development and behavioral change happens and

Goal 6: Ensure transformative capacity-building and

persists over time

Outcome 2: Sustainable CCA knowledge
S 6.1: Develop transformative capacities
innovation for climate change adaptation

management ensured
and management of knowledge
Outcome 3: Capacity development at the
S 6.2: Introduce innovation in reducing
individual, institutional and process levels
climate change and disaster risks and
consequent losses and damages Outcome 4: Development of innovative
technologies and adaptation practices to support
S 6.3: Research and innovation for
risk-informed planning and damage mitigation
agriculture, fisheries and livestock
Outcome 5: Development of tools and
S 6.4: Advanced research on climate change
methodologies, and increased capacities of actors
impacts on ecosystems and application of
to improve research and extension services
ecosystem-based adaptation
related to agriculture, fisheries and livestock
S 6.5: Action research for innovation in
Outcome 6: Knowledge generated on ecosystem
climate-resilient infrastructure, improved
sensitivity to climate change and its impacts
health and WASH technologies
Outcome 7: Scientific knowledge and guidelines
for climate-resilient health, adaptive rural and
urban WASH infrastructure, and urban
development

71
 Table 3.3: Proposed adaptation interventions for different climate stress areas in Bangladesh
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
Sector: Water resources
Integrated management of coastal polders, sea dikes and S1.1, S1.3, S4.1,
WRM1 cyclone shelters against tropical cyclone, sea-level rise SWM | SEE | CHI S4.2, S4.3, S2.1,
and storm surges S2.2, S2.3, S2.4

Management of freshwater resources and monitoring of S1.1, S1.3, S4.1,

WRM2 salinity for reducing vulnerabilities in existing and SWM | SEE | CHI S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
potential salinity-prone areas S2.3, S2.4

Protection and management of potentially vulnerable S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,

WRM3 areas due to sea-level rise, tropical cyclone, extreme SWM | SEE | CHI S4.1, S4.3, S2.1,
storm surges and flooding S2.2, S2.3, S2.4

Strengthen early warning and dissemination services for S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
WRM4 climate change-induced slow-onset and sudden extreme Nationwide S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,
water hazards using ICT and AI S2.4

Community-based rainwater harvesting through S1.1, S1.3, S4.1,

indigenous techniques and conservation of wetlands, SWM | SEE |CHT | DBA S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
WRM5 S2.3, S2.4
reservoirs and natural springs for drinking water supplies CBL| NNW| CHI | URB
in hard-to-reach and water-stressed areas
Dredging of all major and medium rivers for S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
WRM6 accommodating the smooth drainage of excess floods FPE | HFF S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
during climate-induced extreme events S2.3, S2.4

S1.2, S1.3, , S4.1,

Construction and rehabilitation of flood and drainage
WRM7 FPE | HFF S4.2, S4.3, S2.1,
management measures with eco-engineering solutions S2.2, S2.3, S2.4
Drainage management of economic/industrial zones and S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
SWM | SEE | FPE | HFF S4.1, S2.1, S2.2,
WRM8 critical infrastructure, and reinforced climate resilience
|URB S2.3, S2.4
through risk assessment
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
Internal drainage management and climate-resilient
WRM9 CHI S4.1, S2.1, S2.2,
development of the char and islands areas S2.3, S2.4
S1.2, S1.3, S4.2,
Protection against flash floods, wave action, erosion and
WRM10 FPE | HFF | CHI S4.3, S2.1, S2.2,
sedimentation S2.3, S2.4
S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
Erosion risk management through erosion prediction,
WRM11 FPE | HFF S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,
improved early warning and its dissemination S2.4

7 SWM: south‐western coastal area and Sundarbans, SEE: south‐east and eastern coastal area, CHT: Chattogram Hill
Tracts, FPE: river, floodplain and erosion‐prone area, HFF: haor and flash floods area, DBA: drought‐prone barind area,
CBL: chalan beel and low‐lying area of the north‐western region, NNW: northern and north‐western region, CHI: char and
islands area, BoB: Bay of Bengal and URB: urban areas

72
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
Sustainable shoreline erosion management based on eco- SWM | SEE |CHT | HFF |
WRM12 S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
or bioengineering measures NNW
S2.3, S2.4
Reclamation and development of lands for the expansion S1.3, , S4.1, S4.2,
WRM13 of afforestation, agriculture, shrimp cultivation and SEE |CHI S4.3, S2.1, S2.2,
settlements S2.3, S2.4

S1.2, S1.3, S4.2,

River management through bank stabilization and other
WRM14 FPE | HFF S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,
ancillary works S2.4
S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
Ecosystem-based sediment management along coasts and
WRM15 SWM | SEE | CHI S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
in estuaries S2.3, S2.4
Drought management measures for enhanced S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
WRM16 groundwater recharge and increased soil moisture in DBA|NNW|CBL|CHT|SWM S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
water-stressed areas S2.3, S2.4

S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,

WRM17 Development of a national drought monitoring system Nationwide S4.2, S2.1, S2.2,
S2.3, S2.4
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
SWM | SEE |CHT | FPE |
Planned, participatory and coordinated land and water S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
WRM18 HFF | DBA
resources management S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,
CBL| NNW| CHI |URB
S2.4
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
Transboundary river basin management and basin-level S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
WRM19 Nationwide
cooperation S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,
S2.4
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
Development of a basin wide and participatory watershed SWM | CHT | FPE | HFF |
S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
WRM20 management framework to restore, harvest and optimize DBA
S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,
the use of water resources CBL| NNW
S2.4
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
Remodelling of water-regulating and cross-drainage
WRM21 Nationwide S4.1, S4.2, S2.1,
structures considering climate change scenarios S2.2, S2.3, S2.4
Sector: Disaster, social safety and security
Construction and rehabilitation of gender-, age- and S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
disability-sensitive, multipurpose, climate-resilient and S2.1, S2.2
CDM1 SWM|SEE|CHI| FPE|HFF
accessible cyclone and flood shelters with safe drinking
water, sanitation and livestock shelter facilities
CDM2 Landslide early warning system and risk management S1.3, S4.2, S4.3
CHT|HFF|NNW
measures based on eco- or bioengineering measures
CDM3 Implementation of thunderstorm and lightning risk S1.3, S2.4, S2.1,
Nationwide S2.2
management measures in highly susceptible areas
CDM4 Protection and enhanced resilience of climate migrants S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
Nationwide S2.1, S2.2
with a particular focus on gender and disability
CDM5 Gender-, age- and disability-responsive, youth-led SWM | SEE |CHT | FPE | S1.1, S1.2, S1.3
disaster preparedness and emergency rescue and HFF | CBL| NNW| CHI |
evacuation services URB

CDM6 Increase the resilience of vulnerable poor communities by S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
Nationwide
introducing gender-, age- and disability-responsive S2.1, S2.2, S2.3

73
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
diversified livelihoods, effective insurance mechanisms
and climate resilience funds
CDM7 Behavioral change and development of awareness among S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
vulnerable communities for emergency responses and Nationwide S2.1, S2.2, S2.3
livelihood protection due to climate-induced disasters
CDM8 Increase the coverage of social security/social safety net S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
programmes for building community-based resilience Nationwide S2.1, S2.2
and adaptive capacity
CDM9 Halt child abuse, early marriage and domestic violence S1.1, S1.2, S1.3
Nationwide
triggered by climate-induced disasters
CDM10 Accelerated livelihood improvements for women, people S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
with disabilities and young entrepreneurs through Nationwide S2.1, S2.2, S2.3
vocational training on adaptation practices and ICT
CDM11 Introduction of risk transfer and insurance mechanisms S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
for protection of critical and disaster protection Nationwide S2.1, S2.2, S2.3
infrastructure, vulnerable MSMEs and farmers
CDM12 Building climate-resilient houses, education & S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
communication infrastructure in areas with high climate Nationwide S2.1, S2.2, S2.3
risk
Sector: Agriculture
SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S2.2, S2.4,
Extension of climate-smart technologies for increasing
CSA1 HFF|DBA |CBL | NNW | S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
irrigation water use efficiency CHI | URB S4.2
CSA2 SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S2.2, S2.4,
Augmentation of surface water for irrigation and
HFF | DBA| CBL | NNW | S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
multipurpose use CHI S4.1, S4.2
CSA3 SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S2.4, S1.3,
Extension of stress-tolerant, pest and disease-resistant
HFF | DBA| CBL | NNW | S4.1, S4.2
rice and non-rice crops CHI | URB
CSA4 Introduction and scaling up of innovative and indigenous S2.1, S2.4, S1.3,
Nationwide S4.1, S4.2
agriculture
CSA5 SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S2.4, S1.3,
Crop diversification/intensification for natural resources
HFF | DBA| CBL | NNW | S4.1, S4.2
optimization and reduction of climate stress CHI
CSA6 SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S2.3, S2.4,
Farm modernization/mechanization to reduce climate
HFF | DBA| DBL | NNW | S1.3
vulnerability CHI
CSA7 SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S1.3, S4.1,
Increased fertilizer use efficiency for enhancing
HFF | DBA| CBL | NNW | S4.2
production CHI
CSA8 Extension of good agricultural practices, modern SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.1, S2.4, S1.3,
agricultural technology and sloping agricultural land HFF | DBA| CBL | NNW | S4.1, S4.2, S4.3
technology (SALT) CHI

CSA9 Strengthening and development of impact-based early S2.1, S2.2, S2.3,

Nationwide S1.3
warning systems and data management for agriculture

74
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
CSA10 Improvement of storage or post-harvest facilities, S2.3, S1.3
transport, communications and e-commerce-based Nationwide
market facilities for agricultural products
CSA11 Development of agrofood processing industries based on S2.3, S1.3
Nationwide
climate-sensitive crop zoning
CSA12 Development of e-commerce and engagement of women, S2.1, S2.3, S1.3,
people with disabilities and youth in e-commerce-based Nationwide S4.2
entrepreneurship
Sector Fisheries, aquaculture and livestock
SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S2.2, S2.4, S1.3
Extension of climate-resilient technology for combating
CFL1 HFF | DBA| CBL | NNW |
climate-related stresses in aquaculture CHI | URB
CFL2 SWM | SEE | HFF | DBA S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,
Development of climate-ready open water fisheries
CBL | NNW | CHI | BoB | S4.1, S4.2
management URB
CFL3 Development and management of coastal and marine S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,
SWM | SEE | BoB S4.1, S4.2
fisheries to foster blue economy
CFL4 Validation and extension of indigenous knowledge-based SWM | SEE | CHT | HFF | S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,
adaptation techniques to combat climatic effects on DBA S4.1, S4.2
fisheries CBL | NNW

CFL5 SWM | SEE | CHT| DBA S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,

Monitoring, evaluation and enforcement to ensure the
CBL | NNW | CHI | BoB | S4.1, S4.2
conservation of fish biodiversity and habitat URB
CFL6 S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,
Development of shrimp culture planning and zoning SWM | SEE | BoB
S4.1, S4.2
CFL7 Improvement of post-harvest facilities and e-commerce- S2.2, S2.3, S1.3
Nationwide
based market facilities for fisheries and aquaculture
CFL8 Development of fish industries based on climate-sensitive S2.2, S2.3, S1.3
Nationwide
crop zones
Extension of climate-stress-tolerant livestock and poultry S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,
CFL9 Nationwide S4.2
breeds, farms, feed and fodder
CFL10 Development of a national livestock and poultry database S2.2, S2.4, S1.3
Nationwide
and information
CFL11 Extension of indigenous and advanced livestock and S2.2, S2.4, S1.3,
Nationwide S4.1, S4.2
poultry farming practices
CFL12 Climate-resilient infrastructure development for the S2.2, S2.3, S1.3
Nationwide
safety of livestock and poultry during disasters
CFL13 Development of livestock product processing industries S2.2, S2.3, S1.3
Nationwide
and transportation systems
Sector: Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity
EWB1 Extension and expansion of the coastal greenbelt for S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
protecting coastal habitats, including the Sundarbans, SWM | SEE | CHI S1.1, S1.3
mangroves, salt marshes, etc.

75
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
EWB2 Community-based afforestation and reforestation for S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
biodiversity conservation, enhancement of ecosystem Nationwide S1.1, S1.3
resilience and increased carbon sequestration
EWB3 Expand ecosystem-based adaptation for the restoration of S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
mangroves, hill areas and wetlands to tackle the adverse Nationwide S1.2, S1.3
impacts of climate change
EWB4 Strengthen ecosystem and biodiversity monitoring and S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
Nationwide S1.3
law enforcement systems
EWB5 Maintenance of the environmental flows of aquatic S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
Nationwide S1.2, S1.3
ecosystems, rivers and wetlands
EWB6 Restore eco-hydraulics for wetlands, rivers and canal S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
systems, including through the establishment of Nationwide S1.1, S1.2, S1.3
connectivity and protection of wetlands
EWB7 Development of multifunctional hill and forest S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
SEE | CHT | HFF | NNW S1.3
management and conservation system
EWB8 Management of marine protected areas and development S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
of a monitoring system to protect the rights of fishing BoB S1.3
communities
EWB9 Adopt other effective area-based conservation measures SWM | CHT | HFF | CHI | S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
to fulfil the biodiversity framework target URB S1.1, S1.3

EWB10 Combat desertification through planting regenerative S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,

CHT | HFF | DBA S1.2, S1.3
indigenous species
EWB11 Conservation of agroecosystems through expanded SWM | SEE | CHT | FPE | S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
agroforestry, good agricultural practices and regenerative HFF S1.3, S2.1
agriculture CBL | NNW | CHI

EWB12 S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,

Development of a participatory wetlands management SWM | SEE | CHT | HFF |
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
framework for the sustainable management of wetlands CBL | URB
S2.2, S3.1
EWB13 Conservation of village common forests (VCFs) through S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
community-based spring, watershed and agricultural S1.2, S1.3
CHT
landscape management, and soil conservation in the
Chattogram Hill Tracts
EWB14 S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
Halda River ecosystem restoration and conservation SEE | CHT
S1.1, S1.3, S2.2
EWB15 S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
Watershed management of Kaptai Lake for ecosystem
S1.1, S1.2, S1.3,
resilience and water retention CHT | SEE S2.2
EWB16 Monitoring of sea surface temperature and other physical S4.1, S4.2, S4.3, ,
and biological parameters and the marine species BoB S1.1, S1.3, S2.2
composition in the Bay of Bengal
EWB17 Develop and update ocean ecosystem management S4.1, S4.2, S4.3, ,
policies, guidelines and institutional capacities for BoB S1.1, S1.3, S2.2
management of the blue economy
EWB18 Development of species or gene inventories and recovery S4.1, S4.2, S4.3,
Nationwide S1.3
plans for endangered species due to climate change

76
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
EWB19 Restoration of the coral reef ecosystem and associated S4.1, S4.2, S4.3, ,
CHI | BoB S1.3
fish and benthic communities in the St. Martin Islands
EWB20 Revitalization of natural springs and sustainable S4.1, S4.2, S4.3, ,
management of waterbodies for reducing water scarcity, S1.1, S1.2, S1.3
CHT |DBA
and the restoration and conservation of ecosystems and
biodiversity
EWB21 Development of a national management system for S4.1, S4.2, S4.3, ,
wetlands, biodiversity, oceans and coastal information for Nationwide S1.3, S2.2
supporting monitoring and surveillance
Sector: Urban areas
CRC1 Improvement of natural and artificial stormwater URB S3.1, S3.2, S1.2,
drainage networks for reducing vulnerabilities to urban S1.3, S4.1, S4.2
flooding and drainage congestion
CRC2 Expansion and conservation of green and blue URB S3.1, S3.2, S1.2,
infrastructure for improvement of urban environments S1.3, S4.1, S4.2,
and drainage systems S4.3

CRC3 Stormwater management in cities through attenuating URB S3.1, S3.2, S1.2,
peak flow and allowing infiltration in line with the concept S1.3, S4.1, S4.2,
of low-impact development S4.3

CRC4 Development of city climate action plans for major urban URB S3.1, S3.2, S3.3,
and peri-urban areas emphasizing the resilience of urban- S1.2, S1.3, S4.2
poor communities and climate migrants
CRC5 Expand innovative climate-resilient, gender-, age- and URB S3.2, S3.3, S1.2,
disability-sensitive WASH technologies and facilities for S1.3
urban communities
CRC6 Increase access to water supply, sanitation and hygiene URB S3.2, S3.3, S1.2,
services in cities for reducing exposure to flooding and S1.3
waterborne diseases during or after extreme weather
events
CRC7 URB S3.1, S3.2, S1.2,
Adopt integrated water management for urban and peri-
S1.3, S4.1, S4.2,
urban areas S4.3
CRC8 URB S3.1, S3.2, S3.3,
Carry out initiatives to improve the well-being of children
S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
and youth and reduce the effects of climate stress S4.2, S4.3
CRC9 Improvement of surveillance, early warning systems and URB S3.2, S3.3, S1.2,
monitoring of psychosocial impacts and mental health S1.3, S4.1, S4.2,
risks from extreme weather events S4.3

CRC10 Extension of resilient and eco-friendly materials and URB S3.1, S3.2, S3.3,
engagement of the private sector through incentives and S1.2, S1.3, S4.1,
tax rebates for climate-resilient infrastructure S4.2, S4.3
development in urban areas
CRC11 Establishment of climate-resilient health-care facilities in URB S3.2, S3.3, S1.2,
urban areas S1.3, S4.2

CRC12 Development of heatwave and disease outbreak advisory URB S3.2, S3.3, S1.2,
services for city dwellers S1.3

77
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
Sector: Policies and institutions
PIN1 Nationwide S5.1, S5.2, S5.3,
Preparation of a roadmap for implementing the NAP
S5.4, S5.5
PIN2 Development of a regulatory and institutional framework Nationwide S5.1, S5.2, S5.3,
for advancing the NAP S5.4

PIN3 Update and reform policies and plans for mainstreaming Nationwide S5.1, S5.2, S5.3,
CCA S5.4, S5.5

PIN4 Operationalize the NAP monitoring, evaluation and Nationwide S5.1, S5.3
learning framework based on a theory of change.
PIN5 Reform local government institutes towards the inclusion Nationwide S5.1, S5.4
of community-based organizations, women, people with
disabilities and youth in the implementation of locally led
adaptation
PIN6 Innovative, appropriate and enhanced financial Nationwide S5.1, S5.3, S5.5
instruments for supporting CCA
PIN7 Private sector finance in leading CCA implementation Nationwide S5.3, S5.5

Sector: Capacity development, research and innovation

CDR1 Transformative capacity development and knowledge Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
management for integrating CCA into planning processes S6.4, S6.5
and climate financing
CDR2 Awareness-raising, training on skills for enhanced Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
adaptive capacities and improved diversified livelihoods S6.4, S6.5
at the community level
CDR3 Coordinated research, field-level demonstrations, Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
knowledge management and communication of S6.4, S6.5
adaptation at the local level
CDR4 Capacity development for the implementation of nature- Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
based solutions and locally led adaptation S6.4, S6.5

CDR5 Generation of national, regional and local-level evidence Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
and scenario-based climate information through climate S6.4, S6.5
downscaling and publication of a national climate outlook,
risk and vulnerability atlas
CDR6 Research on the impact of climate change on land and Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.4,
water resources S6.5

CDR7 Action research and field demonstrations on climate- Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
smart agriculture S6.4, S6.5

CDR8 Research and innovation related to climate-resilient Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
fisheries and aquaculture S6.4, S6.5

CDR9 Research and innovation related to climate-smart Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
livestock and poultry S6.4, S6.5

CDR10 Action research for locally led and indigenous climate Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
change adaptation S6.4, S6.5

CDR11 Action research for developing and exploring the Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
potential use of EbA and NbS S6.4, S6.5

78
 Code Interventions for NAP sectors Domain7 NAP strategy
CDR12 Research on climate change impacts on land, water and Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
ocean ecosystems S6.4, S6.5

CDR13 Research and popularize climate-stress-tolerant plant Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.3,
species S6.4, S6.5

CDR14 Research on and piloting of climate-resilient Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.4,

infrastructure, improved health measures and WASH S6.5
technologies
CDR15 Action research for low-impact development techniques, Nationwide S6.1, S6.2, S6.4,
green infrastructure and integrated drainage S6.5
management for smart city development

vulnerabilities, enabling sustainable development,

3.5 Adaptation Pathways equity and justice, and sustaining ecosystem health
Adaptation pathways are developed to promote and human health and well-being.
adaptive management in tackling a wide range of The efficacy of implemented adaptation measures
climate change uncertainties and achieving will depend on their robustness and ‘adaptation
climate-resilient development. Such pathways tipping points’ 8 or limits,9 split into the ‘soft’ and
allow the implementation of multiple ‘hard’ limits of adaptation based on the IPCC AR6
combinations of measures in a system, the (IPCC, 2022). The NAP develops sector-specific
observation of lessons, and adjustments to the adaptation pathways for illustrative purposes,
adaptation trajectory at certain threshold points to providing strategic and indicative implementation
accommodate learning and the unfolding guidelines for stakeholders. The adaptation
uncertainties of climate change. The ‘no regret’ or pathways were developed considering adaptation
‘less regret’ pathways with robust and flexible tipping points and the effectiveness of adaptation
adaptation efforts will build the resilience of the measures in fulfilling targeted climate risk
country. reduction objectives by a certain time.
The proposed strategic interventions will be In the pathways, implementation of adaptation
implemented with multiple combinations of actions is anticipated to stop beyond tipping points,
adaptation measures based on the preferences of when actions would no longer be capable of
local communities and locally led and indigenous achieving the target objectives and would become
approaches to reducing climate risks and

8An adaptation tipping point is reached when the magnitude of external change is such that a policy no longer can meet
its objectives, and new actions are needed to achieve the objectives (Haasnoot, et al. 2013).
9Adaptation limits: The point at which an actor’s objectives (or system needs) cannot be secured from intolerable risks

through adaptive actions (IPCC, 2022).

Hard adaptation limit—No adaptive actions are possible to avoid intolerable risks.

Soft adaptation limit—Options may exist but are currently not available to avoid intolerable risks through adaptive
action. But such limits can be overcome by addressing a range of constraints such as financial, governance, institutional
and policy constraints.

79
 a maladaptation. Shifting to a new adaptation considered, following the same trajectories and
action would be required. Single or multiple considerations.
adaptation actions can be undertaken at that point
For instance, the technical feasibility of raising
to improve the efficacy of the previous measure as
polder height or rehabilitation has been
a combined effort. Sometimes, hard limits are
considered up to 10 m. Beyond that, polder raising
reached at that tipping point so even
may not be possible with the conventional method
supplementary actions would not improve the
as chances of failure due to structural instability
situation. Other measures, in contrast, may
would increase and a crisis in terms of the available
continue until the end of the planning horizon,
land required for the foundation and maintaining
given their robustness and flexible nature.
the design slope could be severe. That means
The tipping points of adaptation measures are raising the polder as an adaptation measure will be
understood and anticipated for the 2030s and possible up to 10 m as its tipping point. Other
2050s under the shared socioeconomic pathways measures such as sea wall construction over the
scenarios elaborated in Chapter 2. They correlate polder, planned relocation of settlements,
with future projections of climate signals pumping of excess water, etc., may need to be
(temperature, rainfall, sea-level rise, cyclone explored. Coastal modeling (CEGIS, 2021)
frequency, SST rise) and extreme thresholds of estimates that a Sidr-equivalent cyclone, in
hazards (modelling of storm surge heights/flood addition to a 0.2 m sea-level rise by the 2050s,
inundation progression, the extent of salinity could generate a maximum storm surge height of
intrusion, drought severity, lightning frequency, about 7.5 m PWD along the southern coastal belts
erosion rates, the frequency of extreme heat, etc.). of Bangladesh under the extreme climate change
The correlation of future projected thresholds and scenario.
the need to achieve the vision of the NAP, the
Polder-related interventions could continue until
robustness of adaptation measures and the
the 2050s as the projected threshold or storm
potential for adaptation to contribute to
surge height is within the limits of tipping points of
socioeconomic development and help Bangladesh
the adaptation measures, even considering +2 m
become a climate-resilient, prosperous and
freeboard in design of polder height. All polders
developed country by 2041 are also considered.
may not face a similar situation, however.
The developed adaptive pathways considered Therefore, pumping during excess floods, sea wall
trajectories of temperature rise in Bangladesh for construction over sea dikes or polders, and
SSP1-2.6 and SSP5-8.5, which are almost similar planned relocation of settlements are anticipated
until 2030 based on the downscaled IPCC AR6 to start earlier than the 2050s. Similarly, some
projections. Considering both SSPs, the annual planning or non-structural measures would stop
average temperature may increase by 0.7°C in the by the 2030s as undertaking those measures
2030s from the climate normal of 1981-2010. After would not bring any desired benefits beyond that
the 2030s, the range of uncertainties of the two time, considering the development thrust and
shared socioeconomic pathways starts to widen, national targets of the country. Other non-
and the average annual temperature may increase structural measures will continue until the 2050s
by 2°C in the 2050s under extreme scenarios, i.e., given their robustness and flexibility.
SSP5-8.5. The developed pathways are thus based
Following global trends, most adaptation
on appraised adaptation measures for different
measures in Bangladesh are in or passing the ‘soft
NAP sectors and conservative perceptions that
limits’ of adaptation, especially for poor and
Bangladesh will follow the extreme temperature
marginal communities in coastal areas. Developed
rise trajectory after 2030. Projected thresholds of
adaptive pathways showed anticipated limits of
other climate signals and hazards are also
adaptation by short-, medium- and long-term

80
 timelines corresponding to the 2030s, 2041, and system. Understanding the combined effect of
2050s. The pathways beyond the 2050s are not multiple adaptation measures for shifting a tipping
considered, anticipating the significant point in a system as per a dynamic adaptive policy
uncertainties and biases of future projections. pathway (DAPP) in order to set tipping points for
Many adaptation measures would reach ‘hard adaptation goals will be performed in the next
limits’ by 2041, the 2050s and beyond, however, as steps of the NAP process. Implementation will
depicted in the IPCC AR6 (IPCC, 2022). A choice of further establish links between robust M&E and
feasible, appropriate and nature-based adaptation tipping points to monitor and track anticipated
options for the medium and long term are thus tipping points and update adaptation measures
highly recommended to avoid maladaptation and per the adjusted pathway.
mitigate hard limits, and to extend the robustness
The following figures illustrate developed
and flexibility of the measures.
indicative adaptation pathways of the NAP for six
Adaptation pathways can become more specific key development sectors. They mainly encompass
and concrete through rigorous impact-based structural interventions and combinations of
modelling assessing the effectiveness of a structural and non-structural interventions.
combination of alternative measures in a single

© CEGIS
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
 pathways with the global development agenda of
3.6 Alignment with Development achieving 17 SDGs by 2030. Bangladesh has made
Agenda remarkable progress so far in realizing the goals.10
Perspective Plan of Bangladesh 2021-2041 National strategies under the six national goals of
the BDP2100 complement this process. Climate-
Through the Perspective Plan 2021-2041, resilient development through the NAP will further
Bangladesh aims to become a high-income country accelerate the journey towards the SDGs.
by 2041 through transforming agriculture so it is
sustainable and achieves food and nutrition SDG13 focuses on urgent actions to combat climate
security, digitalization, industrialization and the change and its impacts. The NAP will be the
creation of an innovative economy, managing national platform for achieving this goal through
urban transition with green growth, and tackling adaptive pathways to reach SDG targets by 2030.
environmental issues and climate change for Other aligned SDGs are on sustainable cities and
sustainable growth. The NAP vision and goals communities, life below water, clean water and
complement this transformation through climate- sanitation, good health and well-being, resilient
resilient development realized through the infrastructure and reducing hunger through
different strategies outlined in the national achieving food security under a climate change
development plan. regime. Most other SDGs directly or indirectly align
with the NAP’s strategic interventions.
Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100
The NAP implementation process will follow an
The BDP2100 developed a 100-year strategic optimistic adaptation pathway, adjusting
framework for managing adaptive water resources dynamically and synchronizing with the BDP2100
and making the delta climate-resilient and and the SDGs to fulfil the development vision by
prosperous. Delta strategies are essential vehicles 2030, 2041 and beyond.
for the Government to transform its Vision 2041
into reality. NAP adaptation strategies and Appendix I illustrates the alignment of proposed
interventions are highly synergistic with and medium- and long-term NAP interventions with
complementary to the delta plan and vice versa. the 6 goals of the BDP2100 and the 17 SDGs.
Water, disaster and land-use management for Further, the NAP portfolio (Appendix II)
reducing climate-induced disaster risks, specifically tags the 52 climate change adaptation
safeguarding wetlands and ecosystems, and projects of the BDP2100 under different NAP
equitable governance-related interventions are interventions to highlight direct alignment of the
directly aligned with BDP2100 goals. The delta NAP with the delta plan.
plan’s 52 climate change adaptation projects link
directly with the 23 NAP interventions and are 3.7 Appraisal, Prioritization and
implementable under the NAP portfolio. They will Investment Plan
contribute to achieving the vision of the NAP.
Appraisal and prioritization of identified
The Sustainable Development Goals interventions entailed conducting analysis based
on the LEG guidelines under the UNFCCC. This
The Government developed an SDG Action Plan in
followed eight criteria:
2017 to transform and align national development

10See the SDG progress tracker: https://www.sdg.gov.bd/

90
 1. Time of action based on the emergence of of past similar initiatives. Private sector
adaptation projects by the 2030s, 2041 or investment potential in terms of a percentage of
beyond following the development vision the total cost of the intervention was estimated by
2. Climate change risk reduction potential or summing the costs of sub-activities under a
the effectiveness of adaptation proposed intervention. Potentially attractive sub-
3. Costs of adaptation activities identified by private sector stakeholders
4. Benefits of adaptation during consultative processes (described in
5. Robustness or flexibility of adaptation Section 3.3.8) were considered for the estimation.
6. Gender and social inclusiveness potential Tangible and intangible benefits have been
7. Environmental friendliness assessed identifying direct and indirect impacts of
8. Co-benefits socially and environmentally the interventions. Benefits are assessed in terms of
climate risk reduction or ensuring the protection of
To support the appraisal process, the economics of
life, properties, livelihoods and ecosystems, i.e.,
adaptation were assessed, estimating the costs and
reducing the costs of losses and damages to crops,
tangible and intangible benefits of interventions.
fisheries, livestock, infrastructure, forestry and
Indicative cost estimation considers using current
biodiversity by climate-induced disaster; and
investment allocations and trends in annual
additional benefits and co-benefits attributed to
development programme (ADP) and climate
opportunities created by adaptation, such as
budget reports; the cost of local government; the
improved livelihoods and employment generation,
cost quoted in national development plans such as
additional food production, better human health,
the BDP2100, the SDG Action Plan, and country
improved ecosystem health and services, carbon
investment or sector action plans; the unit cost
sequestration, increased resilience of communities,
derived from different ongoing investments like
etc.
the Coastal Embankment Improvement Project
(CEIP), the Community-based Coastal Multicriteria analysis (MCA) involved equally
Afforestation project, the Char Development and scoring weighted arithmetic aggregation and
Settlement Project (CDSP), dredging projects of normalizing scores for the eight selected criteria
major rivers etc.; investment costs mentioned in against each intervention. Scores and weights were
the annual reports of different implementing given based on expert judgment, assessed costs
agencies; factors suggested in Public Climate and benefits, adaptive pathways, etc. (Table 3.4).
Finance Tracking in Bangladesh (MoF, 2018); the The economics of adaptation and appraisal
implementation duration of proposed through simplified multicriteria analysis is
interventions; and the rationale and assumptions elaborated further in Volume III: NAP Investment
in establishing a correlation based on the budgets Portfolio.
Table 3.4: Prioritization criteria and scores for MCA
Scoring criteria
SL. Criteria Definition of criteria
Score ‘1’ Score ‘2’ Score ‘3’
Initiating actions where further delay
Action may be
could increase vulnerability or lead to Can be considered a Take
Timing or urgency started between
1 increased costs at a later stage in long-term action action by
for action 2031-2041 to
alignment with the Government’s beyond 2041 2030
achieve Vision 2041
development vision
The extent to which the measure can
2 Effectiveness Low Medium High
reduce risk effectively
Cost of interventions, including
3 Cost High Medium Low
human and other resources

91
 Scoring criteria
SL. Criteria Definition of criteria
Score ‘1’ Score ‘2’ Score ‘3’
Sum of tangible and intangible
4 Benefits Low Medium High
benefits of the intervention
Measures that allow a spectrum for
Flexibility or
5 adjustment or changes in a flexible Low Medium High
robustness
way to achieve ‘no’ or ‘low regret’
The extent to which the measure is
conducive to accommodating local
adaptation needs through
participatory processes responsive to
Gender and social
6 gender dimensions, persons with Low Medium High
inclusion
disabilities, youth, children, elderly
people, ethnic communities or other
socially disadvantaged groups,
leaving no one behind
The level of potentially negative
Environmental
7 impacts on the environment by the High Medium Low
friendliness
measures
Interventions that would have
positive impacts on other sectors or
systems, including on vulnerable
8 Co-benefits populations or the Low Medium High
environment/ecosystems, and/or
have synergies with other multilateral
environmental agreements

Ninety high-priority and 23 moderate-priority investment is equivalent to $230 billion at the

interventions have a total investment cost of BDT current price. The Government now spends
20,037 billion for 27 years (2023-2050) until the approximately $1.2 billion per year for climate
Thirteenth Five-Year Planning cycle. This required adaptation (MoF, 2021). Successful

Investment summary of the NAP

92
implementation of the NAP will require seven Given the immense climate risks, vulnerabilities,
times more or $8.5 billion per year. Future inflation consequential losses and damages that Bangladesh
of prices will increase the investment cost. A confronts, this adaptation cost is required for
sectoral distribution defines the portions of making the country climate-resilient by the 2050s.
investment as BDT 16,042 billion or $184.5 billion The Government will need to ensure the expected
required for water resources (52 percent), urban investment from the private sector to support the
areas (17 percent), and the disaster, social safety mobilization of resources from domestic sources.
and security sectors (12 percent), which will Capacity development for institutions, officials and
ensure protection of other resource-based sectors, the private sector supported by a robust existing
food and nutrition security, livelihoods and policy environment and the NAP are prerequisites
infrastructure. A total of BDT 3,519 billion or $40.4 for harnessing and mobilizing these resources and
billion will be required for making the agriculture; those from international, domestic and external
fisheries, aquaculture and livestock; and sources. Green bonds, resilience bonds, blended
ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity sectors finance, risk transfers or insurance, etc. are options
climate-resilient. A total of BDT 404 billion or $4.6 requiring further exploration.
billion is needed to create an enabling
The fiduciary standards of international climate
environment with required policy reforms,
funds like the GCF should be revisited and relaxed
mainstreaming, research and innovation, capacity
to ease the climate finance gap in highly climate
development and knowledge management.
vulnerable countries like Bangladesh Bangladesh
Bangladesh would need approximately BDT 5,250 as per Article 9 of Paris Agreement (2015). A
billion or $60.3 billion by 2030 to meet the Simplified Approval Process (SAP) and an
immediate development thrust for achieving the increased quota for international funds in the
SDGs and stimulating climate-resilient budget of the Private Sector Facility (PSF) need to
development against a projected 2°C temperature be introduced and popularized as part of
rise and its associated risks. The NAP proposes supporting the readiness of the country for CCA.
mobilizing and effectively utilizing more than 70
percent of the total investment cost of climate Implementing the NAP will reduce climate risks
change adaptation by 2040 to become a developed and vulnerabilities by increasing the adaptive
country by 2041. capacity of vulnerable communities, reduce
damages from climate-induced disasters, enhance
Private sector investment potential is around
the resilience of society and ecosystems, and
$11.5 billion or 5.1 percent of total investment cost
complement the national development agenda
at an annual rate of $420 million.
vision of becoming a high-income country by 2041
This huge investment burden will require and achieving the SDGs by 2030 through climate-
accelerated efforts to harness climate funds from resilient development.
domestic and external sources. Various innovative
The NAP implementation will protect 1.1 Million
financing windows will need to be explored to
hectares of croplands from storm surges/flood
meet demand from domestic sources at double the
inundation, sea-level rise and salinity. Annually,
present rate, along with the Annual Development
300,000 households will be protected from flood-
Programme (ADP) and Bangladesh Climate Change
related sicknesses, rice production will increase by
Trust Fund’s (BCCTF), Delta Fund. The remaining
10.3 million tons a year with immediate benefits
investment gap will need to be fulfilled from
for 70 percent of crop-dependent households, the
external sources, development partners and
livelihoods of about 4 million households
international climate or environment funds at a
dependent on fisheries will be protected from
rate of $6.0 billion per year, even if full private
water-related disasters, livestock production will
sector potential is realized.
increase by 5 percent, and communication

93
 infrastructure operation and maintenance costs and the stabilization of 0.5 Million hectares of land,
after disasters will fall 60 percent. the facilitation of social forestry, multifunctional
hill forests and afforestation. Annual deaths from
A total of 30 million people in 43 urban areas will
climate-induced disasters will fall. The
benefit from improved drainage, with a 10 percent
vulnerabilities of 15 million climate migrants will
reduction in transport costs, 15 percent reduction
decline; forest-dependent livelihoods will
in treatment costs for waterborne diseases and a
improve; property values will increase; carbon
30 percent increase in income for marginal urban
sequestration will rise and emissions will decline.
communities due to better drainage and a lower
heat island effect. Protection of critical Table 3.5 includes the summary investment plan of
infrastructure like EEZs, power hubs, houses and the NAP (see also Appendix II). Volume III: NAP
other basic infrastructure from extreme water- Investment Portfolio includes the detailed portfolio
related disasters would save 500,000 jobs and $5 of interventions comprising key activities,
billion in exports of goods and services. Overall tentative costs, durations, benefits, private sector
ecosystem health and human well-being will potential, alignment with CCAP, BDP2100
improve. Biodiversity will be enriched and adaptation projects, lead and supporting
nutrition uptake will increase. Tree coverage will implementing entities, etc..
increase by 5 percent through mangrove planting
Table 3.5: Investment plan for the NAP
Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Total adaptation investment cost for water resources (21 interventions) 10,383
Integrated management of coastal polders, sea
Medium
WRM1 dikes and cyclone shelters against tropical High 2,212 3%
to long
cyclone, sea-level rise and storm surges
Management of freshwater resources and
monitoring of salinity for reducing Medium
WRM2 High 59 5%
vulnerabilities in existing and potential to long
salinity-prone areas
Protection and management of potentially
Medium
WRM3 vulnerable areas due to tropical cyclone, sea- Moderate 271 5%
to long
level rise, extreme storm surges and flooding
Strengthen early warning and dissemination High
services for climate change-induced slow- Short to
WRM4 91 7%
onset and sudden extreme water hazards using medium
ICT and AI
Community-based rainwater harvesting High
through indigenous techniques and
Short to
WRM5 conservation of wetlands, reservoirs and 30 7%
medium
natural springs for drinking water supplies in
hard-to-reach and water-stressed areas
Dredging of all major and medium rivers for High
Medium
WRM6 accommodating and smooth drainage of excess 1,501 7%
to long
floods during climate-induced extreme events
Construction and rehabilitation of flood and
Medium
WRM7 drainage management measures with eco- Moderate 754 5%
to long
engineering solutions
Drainage management of economic/industrial Medium
WRM8 High 326 3%
zones and critical infrastructure and to long

94
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
reinforced climate resilience through risk
assessment
Internal drainage management and climate-
Medium
WRM9 resilient development of the char and islands Moderate 461 3%
to long
areas
Protection against flash floods, wave action, Medium
WRM10 High 1,909 5%
erosion and sedimentation to long
Erosion risk management through erosion
Short to
WRM11 prediction, improved early warning and its Moderate 7 7%
medium
dissemination
Sustainable shoreline erosion management Medium
WRM12 High 755 2%
based on eco- or bioengineering measures to long
Reclamation and development of lands for the
Medium
WRM13 expansion of afforestation, agriculture, shrimp Moderate 490 7%
to long
cultivation and settlements
River management through bank stabilization High Medium
WRM14 587 5%
and other ancillary works to long
Ecosystem-based sediment management along High Medium
WRM15 83
coasts and in estuaries to long
Drought management measures for enhanced High
Medium
WRM16 groundwater recharge and increased soil 99
to long
moisture in water-stressed areas
Development of a national drought monitoring High Short to
WRM17 6 7%
system medium
Planned, participatory and coordinated land High Medium
WRM18 170
and water resources management to long
Transboundary river basin management and High Medium
WRM19 9
basin-level cooperation to long
Development of a basinwide and participatory High
watershed management framework to restore, Medium
WRM20 21
harvest and optimize the use of water to long
resources
Remodelling of water-regulating and cross- High
Medium
WRM21 drainage structures considering climate 542 5%
to long
change scenarios
Total adaptation investment cost for disaster, social safety and security (12
2,352
interventions)
Construction and rehabilitation of gender-, High
age- and disability-sensitive multipurpose,
Medium
CDM1 climate-resilient and accessible cyclone and 592 3%
to long
flood shelters with safe drinking water,
sanitation and livestock shelter facilities
Landslide early warning systems and risk High
Medium
CDM2 management measures based on eco- or 19 7%
to long
bioengineering measures
Implementation of thunderstorm and lightning
Short to
CDM3 risk management measures in highly Moderate 14 7%
medium
susceptible areas
Protection and enhanced resilience of climate High
Medium
CDM4 migrants with a particular focus on gender and 124 5%
to long
disability

95
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Gender-, age- and disability-responsive, youth- High
Medium
CDM5 led disaster preparedness and emergency 20 7%
to long
rescue and evacuation services
Increase the resilience of vulnerable poor High
communities by introducing gender-, age- and
Medium
CDM6 disability-responsive diversified livelihoods, 535 7%
to long
effective insurance mechanisms and climate
resilience funds
Behavioral change and development of High
awareness among vulnerable communities for Short to
CDM7 3 5%
emergency responses and livelihood medium
protection from climate-induced disasters
Increase the coverage of social security/social High
safety net programmes for building Medium
CDM8 625
community-based resilience and adaptive to long
capacity
Halt child abuse, early marriage and domestic High
Short to
CDM9 violence triggered by climate-induced 7 7%
medium
disasters
Accelerated livelihood improvements for High
women, people with disabilities and young Medium
CDM10 230 7%
entrepreneurs through vocational training on to long
adaptation practices and ICT
Introduction of risk transfer and insurance High
mechanisms for protection of critical and Short to
CDM11 23 10%
disaster protection infrastructure, vulnerable medium
MSMEs and farmers
Building climate-resilient houses, education&
Medium
CDM12 communication infrastructure in areas with High 160 7%
to long
high climate risk
Total adaptation investment cost for agriculture (12 interventions) 1,666
High
Extension of climate-smart technologies for Medium
CSA1 313 10%
increasing irrigation water use efficiency to long

Augmentation of surface water for irrigation High Medium

CSA2 846 3%
and multipurpose use to long
Extension of stress-tolerant, pest- and disease- High Medium
CSA3 20 7%
resistant rice and non-rice crops to long
Introduction and scaling up of innovative and Medium
CSA4 Moderate 15 7%
indigenous agriculture to long
Crop diversification/intensification for natural
Medium
CSA5 resources optimization and reduction of Moderate 15 5%
to long
climate stress
Farm modernization/mechanization to reduce High Medium
CSA6 106 15%
climate vulnerability to long
Increased fertilizer use efficiency for High Medium
CSA7 103 10%
enhancing production to long
Extension of good agriculture practices (gap), High
Medium
CSA8 modern agriculture technology (math) and 25 5%
to long
sloping agricultural land technology (SALT)

96
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Strengthening and development of impact- High
Medium
CSA9 based early warning systems and data 15 7%
to long
management for agriculture
Improvement of storage or post-harvest High
facilities, transport, communications and e- Medium
CSA10 145 10%
commerce-based market facilities for to long
agricultural products
Development of agro-food processing High
Medium
CSA11 industries based on climate-sensitive crop 52 10%
to long
zoning
Development of e-commerce and engagement
Medium
CSA12 of women, people with disabilities and youth Moderate 11 10%
to long
for e-commerce-based entrepreneurship
Total adaptation investment cost for fisheries, aquaculture and livestock (13
1,410
interventions)
Extension of climate-resilient technology for High
Medium
CFL1 combating climate-related stresses in 162 7%
to long
aquaculture
Development of climate-ready open water High Medium
CFL2 88 5%
fisheries management to long
Development and management of coastal and Medium
CFL3 Moderate 45 5%
marine fisheries to foster the blue economy to long
Validation and extension of indigenous
Medium
CFL4 knowledge-based adaptation techniques to Moderate 14 2%
to long
combat climatic effects on fisheries
Monitoring, evaluation and enforcement for
Medium
CFL5 ensuring the conservation of fish biodiversity High 246
to long
and habitat
Development of shrimp culture planning and Short to
CFL6 Moderate 7 5%
zoning medium
Improvement of post-harvest facilities and e-
Medium
CFL7 commerce-based market facilities for fisheries High 288 10%
to long
and aquaculture
Development of fish industries based on Short to
CFL8 Moderate 46 10%
climate-sensitive crop zones medium
Extension of climate-stress-tolerant livestock Medium
CFL9 High 41 7%
and poultry breeds, farm, feed and fodder to long
National livestock and poultry database and Medium
CFL10 Moderate 11 5%
information development to long
Extension of indigenous and advanced Medium
CFL11 Moderate 120 5%
livestock and poultry farming practices to long
Climate-resilient infrastructure development High
Medium
CFL12 for the safety of livestock and poultry during a 207 5%
to long
disaster
Development of livestock product processing High Medium
CFL13 135 10%
industries and transportation systems to long
Total adaptation investment cost for ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity
515
(21 interventions)
Extension and expansion of the coastal High
greenbelt for protecting coastal habitats, Medium
EWB1 32 5%
including the Sundarbans, mangroves, salt to long
marshes, etc.

97
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Community-based afforestation and High
reforestation for biodiversity conservation, Medium
EWB2 32 5%
enhancement of ecosystem resilience and to long
increased carbon sequestration
Expand ecosystem-based adaptation for the High
restoration of mangroves, hill areas and Medium
EWB3 53 5%
wetlands to tackle the adverse impacts of to long
climate change
Strengthen ecosystem and biodiversity High Medium
EWB4 57 2%
monitoring and law enforcement systems to long
Maintenance of the environmental flows of High Medium
EWB5 16
aquatic ecosystems, rivers and wetlands to long
Restore the eco-hydraulics for wetlands, rivers High
and canal systems, including through the Medium
EWB6 42 2%
establishment of connectivity and protecting to long
wetlands
Development of multifunctional hill and forest High Medium
EWB7 19 7%
management and conservation systems to long
Management of marine protected areas and
Medium
EWB8 development of monitoring systems for the Moderate 16 3%
to long
rights of fishing communities
Adopt other effective area-based conservation
Medium
EWB9 measures to fulfil the biodiversity framework Moderate 13 3%
to long
target
Combat desertification through planting High Medium
EWB10 5 3%
regenerative indigenous species to long
Conservation of agroecosystems through High
Medium
EWB11 expanded agroforestry, good agricultural 13 5%
to long
practices and regenerative agriculture
Development of a participatory wetlands High
Medium
EWB12 management framework for the sustainable 8 3%
to long
management of wetlands
Conservation of village common forests (VCFs) High
through community-based spring, watershed
Medium
EWB13 and agricultural landscape management and 38 5%
to long
soil conservation in the Chattogram Hill Tracts
areas
Halda River ecosystem restoration and High Short to
EWB14 52 5%
conservation medium
Watershed management of Kaptai Lake for High Short to
EWB15 24
ecosystem resilience and water retention medium
Monitoring of sea surface temperature and
other physical and biological parameters and Medium
EWB16 Moderate 8 3%
marine species composition in the Bay of to long
Bengal
Develop and update ocean ecosystem
management policies, guidelines and Medium
EWB17 High 9
institutional capacities for management of the to long
blue economy
Development of species or gene inventories
Medium
EWB18 and recovery plans for endangered species due Moderate 37 2%
to long
to climate change

98
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Restoration of the coral reef ecosystem and High
Medium
EWB19 associated fish benthic communities in the St. 21 5%
to long
Martin Islands
Revitalization of natural springs and High
sustainable management of waterbodies for
Medium
EWB20 reducing water scarcity, and the restoration 13 5%
to long
and conservation of ecosystems and
biodiversity
Development of a national management High
systems for wetlands, biodiversity, oceans and Short to
EWB21 7 3%
coastal information for supporting monitoring medium
and surveillance
Total adaptation investment cost for urban areas (12 interventions) 3,307
Improvement of natural and artificial High
stormwater drainage networks for reducing Medium
CRC1 1,914 5%
vulnerabilities to urban floods and drainage to long
congestion
Expansion and conservation of green and blue High
Medium
CRC2 infrastructure for improvement of urban 189 10%
to long
environments and drainage systems
Stormwater management in cities through High
attenuating peak flow and allowing infiltration Medium
CRC3 37 10%
in line with the concept of low-impact to long
development
Development of city climate action plans for High
major urban and peri-urban areas Short to
CRC4 4
emphasizing the resilience of urban-poor medium
communities and climate migrants
Expand innovative climate-resilient, gender-, High
age- and disability-sensitive WASH Medium
CRC5 65 10%
technologies and facilities for urban to long
communities
Increase access to water supply, sanitation and High
hygiene services in cities for reducing Medium
CRC6 593 10%
exposure to flooding and waterborne diseases to long
during or after extreme weather events
Adopt integrated water management for urban High Medium
CRC7 13 5%
and peri-urban areas to long
Carry out initiatives to improve the well-being
Medium
CRC8 of children and youth and reduce the effects of Moderate 138 5%
to long
climate stress
Improvement of surveillance, early warning
systems and monitoring of psychosocial Medium
CRC9 Moderate 52 10%
impacts and mental health risks from extreme to long
weather events
Extension of resilient and eco-friendly
materials and engagement of the private
Medium
CRC10 sectors through incentives and tax rebates for High 58 15%
to long
climate-resilient infrastructure development
in urban areas
Establishment of climate-resilient health-care Medium
CRC11 Moderate 214 15%
facilities in urban areas to long

99
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Development of heatwave and disease Short to
CRC12 High 30 10%
outbreak advisory services for city dwellers medium
Total adaptation investment cost for policies and institutions (7
140
interventions)
Preparation of a roadmap for implementing High Short to
PIN1 2.2
the NAP medium
Development of a regulatory and institutional High Short to
PIN2 9 2%
framework for advancing the NAP medium
Update and reform policies and plans for High Short to
PIN3 6.85
mainstreaming CCA medium
Operationalize the NAP monitoring, evaluation High
Short to
PIN4 and learning framework based on a theory of 6.5 2%
medium
change.
Reform local government institutes towards
the inclusion of community-based
Short to
PIN5 organizations, women, people with disabilities Moderate 34.3 2%
medium
and youth in the implementation of locally led
adaptation
Innovative, appropriate and enhanced High
Short to
PIN6 financial instruments for supporting climate 72.4 7%
medium
change adaptation
Private sector finance in leading the High Short to
PIN7 8.5 10%
implementation of climate change adaptation medium
Total adaptation investment cost for capacity development, research and
265
innovation (15 interventions)
Transformative capacity development and High
knowledge management for integrating Medium
CDR1 12.5 3%
climate change adaptation into planning to long
processes and climate financing
Awareness-raising, training on skills for High
Short to
CDR2 enhanced adaptive capacities and improved 7.2 5%
medium
diversified livelihoods at the community level
Coordinated research, field-level High
Medium
CDR3 demonstrations, knowledge management and 44.5 5%
to long
communication of adaptation at the local level
Capacity development for the implementation High
Short to
CDR4 of nature-based solutions and locally led 4.5 3%
medium
adaptation
Generation of national, regional and local-level High
evidence and scenario-based climate
Short to
CDR5 information through climate downscaling and 5
medium
publication of a national climate outlook, risk
and vulnerability atlas
Research on the impact of climate change on High Medium
CDR6 3.5
land and water resources to long
Action research and field demonstrations on High Medium
CDR7 60 5%
climate-smart agriculture to long
Research and innovation related to climate- High Short to
CDR8 15 5%
resilient fisheries and aquaculture medium
Research and innovation related to climate- High Medium
CDR9 54 5%
smart livestock and poultry to long
Action research for locally led and indigenous High Short to
CDR10 4.5
climate change adaptation medium

10
0
 Private
Cost
sector
Code Interventions for NAP sectors Priority Duration (billions
investment
of BDT)
potential
Action research for developing and exploring High
Medium
CDR11 the potential use of ecosystem-based 8 3%
to long
adaptation and nature- based solutions
Research on climate change impacts on land, High Medium
CDR12 15
water and ocean ecosystems to long
Research and popularize climate-stress- High Medium
CDR13 21 7%
tolerant plant species to long
Research on and piloting of climate-resilient High
Short to
CDR14 infrastructure, improved health measures and 6 7%
medium
WASH technologies
Action research for low-impact development High
techniques, green infrastructure and Short to
CDR15 4 5%
integrated drainage management for smart medium
city development
Grand total in billions of BDT for a 27‐year implementation period (2023‐
20,037
2050) for 113 interventions

Implementation of these interventions will need to multiple sectors. For instance, a coastal polder
be integrated and coordinated, avoiding ad hoc management programme should not just focus on
initiatives. This will increase the effectiveness of activities to raise polders. It should consider water
adaptation in the system, prevent overlapping and disaster management, climate-smart
issues or overuse of investment and reduce agricultural interventions, climate-resilient
maladaptation. Implementing through infrastructure, and actions to improve WASH,
programmatic approaches rather than on a project health and livelihoods. Such programmes will
basis is strongly recommended as it will allow the allow stakeholders to select and implement locally
active and effective involvement of multiple led adaptation actions from the 113 proposed
stakeholders from multiple sectors. interventions and their activities, and prioritize
these based on an adaptive pathway.
Programmes can be developed based on different
Implementation will help the nation and
areas of climate stress towards integrated and
communities build forward, minimize climate
holistic implementation that considers system
change risks and widen the scope of climate-
dynamics and desired transitions to reach climate
resilient development.
resilience goals. Each programme may consist of a
combination of multiple interventions involving

© CEGIS

10
© CEGIS

Implementation Strategies
 Implementation Strategies

A well-organized, inclusive, active institutional set- from committed developed countries,

up is necessary for smooth NAP implementation, international funds or development partners,
M&E and updating. Bangladesh has long ensuring effective coordination and monitoring
experience in planning and implementing climate mechanisms, establishing functional operation and
change adaptation, starting in the early 1990s. The maintenance systems, introducing a climate
MoEFCC has been the focal ministry for climate- change integration framework into development
related issues. Under it, Department of planning processes, building institutional capacity
Environment (DoE) serve as the technical support and technical knowledge among implementing
units for the UNFCCC and climate-related entities and officials from the national to local
agreements, and the development of strategies and level, updated climate risk information and
action plans for addressing climate change in structured management of data and knowledge,
Bangladesh. An Interministerial Steering raising awareness of the private sector and
Committee based at the MoEFCC coordinates and marginal communities, and enhance
facilitates adaptation and mitigation actions and representation of women, youth, persons with
Bangladesh’s role in climate change negotiations disabilities, the elderly, ethnic communities and
under the UNFCCC and COPs. other marginalized groups in decision-making.
Bangladesh has a broad and complex constituency The following sections include a slightly new and
of institutional interests in climate actions. These wider institutional structure proposed for the NAP
include central and line ministries and implementation and coordination, considering
departments, multilateral and bilateral agencies, experiences and learning from the NAPA, BCCSAP
local governments, NGOs, CBOs, households, the and NDCs, and highlighting strategies to overcome
private sector and development partners. implementation challenges.
Although the country has gained much
institutional capacity to plan and implement 4.1 Regulations, Institutions, and
adaptation and mitigation through the NAPA, Coordination
BCCSAP and NDC, there is room for improvement
in institutional and human capacities for climate 4.1.1 Policies and regulations
data generation, integration of CCA into
development planning processes, financing and The current policy, institutional and legislative
implementation, M&E, and effective coordination regime for climate change and adaptation has
among actors and stakeholders. significant scope for gradual reform and updating
to support the integration of climate change
Apart from institutional challenges, noteworthy
adaptation into planning, implementation,
implementation challenges relate to:
resource mobilization and use, horizontal and
reinforcement of required policies, accessing
vertical coordination, M&E and transformative
readiness support and harnessing required funds
capacity development. A structured policy

103
 framework is essential to ensure proper  Ensure the integration of climate change
integration of climate change into the development into sectoral and local policies and plans
planning process and uphold transparency & through necessary reforms and
policy compliance. amendments of ‘rules of business’ and
‘allocations of business’
Following the NAP, a required update of the ‘rules
of business’ for relevant ministries should  Create a framework for climate action that is
integrate climate actions relevant mandates, participatory, locally led, and gender,
delegate responsibilities and encourage strategic disability, youth and socially inclusive.
thinking across all ministry levels to ensure
Revision of the Climate Change Trust Fund Act
smooth implementation of the NAP. Later, a
(2010) and the development of its subsequent
Climate Change Policy Regime should be
rules requires immediate action to broaden the
developed with required policy reforms which will
scope for accessing and arranging climate finance
facilitate the strong inter-ministerial coordination
from domestic and international resources for the
for the NAP implementation to achieve climate
BCCTF, in collaboration with the MoEFCC, ERD,
resilient development by protecting vulnerable
MoF and other relevant entities, including different
communities and ecosystems and achieving the
financial mechanisms of the UNFCCC and the Paris
vision of NAP.
Agreement. Mandates must include periodically
Key mandates of the proposed policy regime would reviewing and updating the NAP and other
provide relevant guidance to: relevant and aligned policies and plans. The
MoEFCC can refer to the Constitution of the
 Convey a pathway to a national aspirations
People’s Republic of Bangladesh 11 and Article
for the NAP implementation process being a
18A on the protection and improvement of the
signatory of the UNFCCC and the Paris
environment and biodiversity to develop required
Agreement
policy.
 Take appropriate measures for adaptation,
Under the proposed climate change policy regime,
mitigation, reducing losses and damages,
the existing National Environment Policy (2018)
and means of implementation, including
would act as an overarching umbrella policy
finance, technology, capacity-building and
instrument to integrate and update climate change
research
adaptation, mitigation, finance and capacity
 Oversee implementation by developing development-related directives. This policy should
monitoring, evaluation, transparency and integrate the vision of the NAP and NDCs; align
compliance frameworks at the national and with the BDP2100, national vision and SDGs; and
local levels provide necessary directives as a means of
 Develop a practical implementation implementing the national aspirations for NAP and
framework that orchestrates effective and NDCs as a member parties of UNFCCC in its Section
efficient institutional arrangements in a 3.19.12 The policy should widen the window in this
coordinated and integrated manner, regard with a flexible revision and update
aligning with horizontal and vertical links procedure to reflect evolving national and
international climate policy instruments, including

11The Constitution of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh’ citizens [accessible at: http://bdlaws.minlaw.gov.bd/act‐
(Act No. of 1972), Article 18A: The State shall endeavour 367/section‐41505.html]
to protect and improve the environment and to preserve 12Section 3.19 of the National Environment Policy (2018)
and safeguard the natural resources, bio‐diversity,
includes policy directives on climate change preparedness.
wetlands, forests and wild life for the present and future

104
decisions at the COPs and meetings of the UNFCCC into the existing organogram and mandated under
Parties (Article 6 of the Paris Agreement, for the proposed policy regime.
example, is still changing).
The National Environment Council (NEC), headed
The BCCSAP will be updated to develop sector by the Honourable Prime Minister of the
plans for adaptation, mitigation, capacity Government of the People's Republic of
development, financing and technology transfer Bangladesh, provides necessary oversight of the
based on the NAP and NDCs, and in alignment with implementation of National Environment Policy.
the BDP2100, the Perspective Plan, the Five-Year The council should be renamed as the National
Plan, and the SDGs. This updated BCCSAP should Council on Environment and Climate Change
consider all development sectors in devising their (NCECC) with responsibilities added to oversee
respective climate actions for the next five years. It strategy and policy-level progress and outcomes of
can act as the Integrated Sector Action Plan on the NAP and the NDCs under the umbrella of the
Climate Change (ISAP-CC) to implement planned National Environment Policy.
climate actions through the Annual Development
The existing Interministerial Steering Committee
Programme (ADP) of the Five-Year Planning Cycle.
on Climate Change, (ISCCC) headed by the
The NAP further proposes developing the Local Minister of MoEFCC will steer the NAP
Adaptation Programme of Action (LAPA), the implementation and conduct regular
Youth-Led Adaptation Plan (YLAP), the interministerial coordination meetings, keeping
Chattogram Hill Tracts Climate Action Plan (CHT- NAP implementation and monitoring high on the
CAP), the Adaptation Plan for Persons with list of priorities. This committee will play key roles
Disabilities, the City Climate Action Plan (City- in coordination, communication and engagement
CAP) for major urban and rural cities, the Sector among the Ministry of Planning (MoP), MoF, ERD,
Adaptation Plan for Infrastructure and the Sector and other sectoral ministries. The committee will
Adaptation Plan for WASH. The National be mandated to meet biannually to take stock of
Adaptation Plan for Health (H-NAP) is being strategic and policy-level progress monitoring and
developed and the Climate Change Gender Action evaluation of the NAP (Tier 1, see Chapter 5) and
Plan (ccGAP) is being updated. All these plans will report to the NCECC for regular monitoring and
be mainstreamed into the NAP implementation supervision.
process through the BCCSAP update or
The Interministerial Steering Committee on
preparation of the Integrated Sector Action Plan on
Climate Change (ISCCC) will form the National
Climate Change. A comprehensive roadmap or
Technical Advisory Committee on Climate
action plan for the NAP implementation will be
Change (NTACCC) for the NAP, headed by the
developed to determine the next actions for
Senior Secretary/Secretary of the MoEFCC, to
implementation, with a development result
provide regular updates on the NAP
framework (DRF) as an essential element.
implementation. It will also address gaps or
challenges to the smooth implementation of the
4.1.2 Institutional arrangements and
NAP. The National Technical Advisory Committee
coordination
on Climate Change (NTACCC) will involve national
The NAP offers a multilevel, inclusive institutional focal points equivalent to additional/joint
structure based on the existing institutional secretaries or deputy secretaries (where
framework, conforming with horizontal and appropriate), selected by sectoral ministries,
vertical links to carry locally led adaptation departments, divisions, top-tier representatives
towards the national level and vice versa. The NAP from the private sector, NGOs, CSOs, women’s and
enforces adoption of this multilevel structure for youth associations, CBOs, etc. The committee will
better use of existing institutional arrangements. provide technical support and advice, facilitate the
As such, adaptation-related scopes of work, roles effective participation of and inputs from NAP
and responsibilities will be defined and integrated actors, and endorse adaptation plans and budgets

105
 for implementation. A dedicated unit in the such as water and disasters; agriculture, fisheries
MoEFCC may be set up to facilitate development and livestock; biodiversity and ecosystems; urban
budget allocation for climate actions, coordinating resilience; infrastructure; health and WASH; and
with the ERD, MoP, MoF, development partners, different cross-cutting areas like gender, the
the Public Private Partnership Authority (PPPA), elderly, youth, persons with disabilities, ethnic
international climate funds, private sector minorities, the private sector, GCA, CVF, etc. The
representatives and other external sources. DoE can provide secretarial support to facilitate
this process.
The National Technical Advisory Committee
(NTACCC) will play a key role in coordination, The Technical Working Group will supervise and
communication and engagement within the generate CCA relevant information and
MoEFCC, MoP, MoF, ERD and other sectoral communicate it to broader audiences. It will
ministries. It will liaise and coordinate with focal publish an annual National Climate Status or
points from BCCT, the MoP and the ERD as Outlook report covering historical trends in
gateways for external finance, iBAS++, climate and climate change-induced hazards,
development partners, bilateral and multilateral future projections, risks and vulnerabilities,
partners, CSOs, the private sector, media, NGOs, successes of and barriers to adaptation, and the
and representatives of women, youth, persons need for adaptation, innovation, climate
with disabilities and ethnic communities. The investment, adaptation M&E, adaptation-related
committee will meet quarterly and guide sectoral communication, etc. The working group will liaise
focal points on updates, revisions or challenges with the Bangladesh Meteorological Department
and the scaling up of initiatives. This committee (BMD), the Department of Disaster Management
will undergo reform every one to two years. (DDM), the Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS),
DoE, BCCT and other relevant sector departments
The National Technical Advisory Committee will
or agencies or knowledge institutes under the
carry out required planning, monitoring and
policy regime to support in publishing the report.
evaluation of the implementation of adaptation
strategies and actions outlined in the NAP at the The NTACCC will select and delegate prominent
planning level with the support of relevant wings sector experts and representatives from research
of the MoEFCC. A Technical Working Group on NAP and knowledge institutes in the government and
and NDC Implementation will assist the advisory private sector to support the Technical Working
committee in this regard. The working group will Group and NTACCC. National research and
be headed by the Additional Secretary of the knowledge institutes experienced in this arena,
MoEFCC. The Technical Working Group on NAP like CEGIS and universities, will play significant
and NDC Implementation, in consultation and roles in providing support, intellectual services
coordination with the Implementation Monitoring and advice. The Technical Working Group will
and Evaluation Division (IMED) of the MoP and the meet bimonthly to monitor and supervise assigned
General Economics Division (GED) of the activities.
Bangladesh Planning Commission, will prepare an
The NAP implementation will enable
M&E report on NAP implementation (Tier 2, see
transformative capacity development of the
Chapter 5).
relevant wings of MoEFCC. It will increase human
The Technical Working Group on NAP and NDC resources, infrastructure, training and networking
Implementation will maintain coordination of to meet given mandates.
adaptation- and mitigation-related activities
Existing District Development Coordination
across relevant thematic stakeholders and in terms
Committees (DDCC) chaired by the deputy
of the allocation of the development budget for
commissioners in each district will be given the
adaptation from the MoEFCC. The NTACCC, NAP
scope to stocktake, guide, supervise and
will delegate responsibilities to focal points from
administer climate change adaptation initiatives
sectoral ministries for different thematic areas

106
mandated by the policy regime. The committees and build awareness of climate change impacts,
will play a central role in local, regional and risks, vulnerabilities, adaptation and mitigation.
sectoral planning and implementation of CCA with
The NAP implementation will maintain effective
community and value chain actors. The NAP
multilateral coordination with stakeholders at
institutional framework will include
multiple levels to carry out smooth strategic and
representatives of LGIs, municipalities, city
technical decisions, ensure policy coordination,
corporations, and upazilla and union parishads in
mobilize and use finance, leverage the private
the DDCC. The mandates of the existing DDCC will
sector and maintain synergies with multilateral
need to be revised to include representatives from
environmental agreements. It will further enhance
the private sector, CBOs, CSOs, NGOs, women, the
the roles and responsibilities of key institutions in
elderly, youth, persons with disabilities, ethnic
the following areas: assessment of impacts and
communities and other marginalized groups,
vulnerability; climate information and knowledge
towards ensuring locally led, gender-, age- and
management; identification and prioritization of
disability-responsive and socially inclusive NAP
CCA; planning and integration of CCA in national,
implementation. The DDCC will coordinate with
sectoral and regional planning; fund mobilization
local disaster management committees at the
and budgeting; implementation and M&E; and
district, upazilla and union levels as well as Cyclone
coordination and cooperation. The NAP
Preparedness Programme representatives to
implementation will also enhance institutional and
ensure their contributions to NAP implementation.
professional capacities for planning, financing,
The DDCC will include a stocktaking of adaptation
implementation and M&E, and for institutional
projects in the agenda for monthly coordination
integration by strengthening coordination
meetings.
mechanisms among sectors and agencies to build
The committees will consider locally led synergies and achieve greater impacts.
adaptation needs defined by local representatives
An effective coordination mechanism will be
from the community, LGIs, the private sector,
developed with key sectoral and cross-cutting
NGOs, development partners, etc., and their
ministries. The NAP implementation process will
transfer to the national level as well as vice versa.
initiate and strengthen the following three types of
The committees will track local adaptation needs,
coordination mechanisms at different levels:
priorities and feedback and distribute research
policy and strategy coordination, technical
support, training and capacity-building through
coordination for planning and implementation;
decentralized management. Committees will
and financial and performance coordination.
regularly report to the Technical Working Group
on NAP Implementation with a copy to national The NAP implementation will emphasize capacity-
sectoral focal points and relevant adaptation building for technical knowledge generation and
project implementation entities to equip them management, knowledge and information-sharing
with up-to-date information and convey identified and cooperation, stakeholder participation in
adaptation needs, implementation status and project planning and implementation, mobilization
challenges, resources and capacity-building needs, of financial resources, and effective coordination
etc. to local governments, private sector entities among institutions, actors and agencies.
and communities for planning-level M&E. Transformative capacity-building for individuals,
institutions and systems will be developed
In the proposed inclusive institutional
towards those ends. A national pool of experts is a
arrangement, development partners will offer
vital requirement. Relevant professionals,
support through assessing, prioritizing and
academicians, private sector personnel and
providing development assistance based on the
individuals will be trained on climate change
needs of the Government and local communities.
knowledge management, planning and integration
Media will be used extensively to communicate
of CCA, climate financing from; implementation of
CCA projects and monitoring outcomes so that they

107
 can effectively participate in NAP implementation capacity. Climate victims near industrial areas
processes. The skill development training for could be assisted through skills training centres
individuals should be certified/acknowledged by equipping them with marketable skills in industry.
National Skills Development Authority (NSDA) or
A set of priority areas identified in Section 3.3.8
government accredited training centres in
will be further scrutinized and streamlined for
appropriate cases.
private sector stakeholders to undertake or
finance adaptation initiatives. Large industries or
4.2 Private Sector Engagement enterprises and financial institutions will be called
Two potential windows can be used to engage on to take a lead role in the integration and
private sector stakeholders in adaptation. promotion of climate change adaptation. Extended
Promoting and accelerating private sector-led research and innovation will advance state-of-the-
adaptation will be the first strategy. Engaging the art technologies and develop bankable products
private sector in financing adaptation or providing and services such as stress-tolerant seeds; climate-
financial services for adaptation will be the second. resilient and eco-friendly construction materials,
Both options involve challenges that will be housing and infrastructure; dredging and reuse of
overcome by developing an enabling policy dredging materials; green and renewable energy-
environment, innovative incentive mechanisms, based products; climate-smart WASH and water
the careful selection of potential investors, treatment technologies; eco-tourism; waste
awareness-raising, required skills and capacity- management and environmentally friendly
building. recycled products; enhanced climate advisory
services; expansion of ports and water transport;
There is ample scope for the private sector to improved cold storage facilities; green parks and
implement several identified adaptation low-impact development in urban areas; digital
interventions with government agencies, LGIs and SMEs and e-commerce; expanded aquaculture and
development partners. Large industries are agriculture value chains, etc.. These products and
already adopting disaster preparedness measures services will contribute to adaptation and generate
that will consider and transform into planned higher profits for enterprises. The private sector
adaptation. Risk mapping of informal sector actors may also explore new markets with goods and
and CMSMEs will be undertaken at the local level. services that support adaptation and build
Given their higher vulnerability and adaptation resilience in the economy and society.
needs, coverage of incentives, subsidies and risk
recovery mechanisms, such as crop insurance or Government policy will be to engage the private
tax rebates, will be increased based on the risk sector and financial institutions in supporting the
maps and towards building back better. mobilization of climate finance for adaptation as
well as in accessing climate finance from the GCF
Incentives will be provided for climate-resilient and other international climate funds and
CMSMEs, the production of blocks, silage, development partners. Key strategies for private
cooperatives of dairy farmers, fish famers and sector engagement in climate finance will include:
agro-farmers. Initiatives will include green credit incentives through innovative financing
guarantees, relaxed credit facilities and reductions instruments, de-risking capital & blended finance,
in bureaucratic paperwork at banks to enable easy and tax and value added tax exemptions; tax
access to credit or cash incentives by informal holidays; index-based insurance; development of a
actors and CMSMEs. Dialogue with informal sector green bond market; enhanced corporate social and
actors will emphasize the financial inclusion of environmental responsibilities for adaptation; and
smallholder farmers and rural SMEs and public-private partnerships through discussion
households. Awareness and skills development with relevant key stakeholders like the Finance
programmes will sensitize them to the adverse Division, Bangladesh Bank, ERD, development
impacts of climate change, opportunities for partners and NGOs.
alternative livelihoods and increased adaptive

108
Efforts will be made to review and update the Bank, Asian Development Bank (ADB), KfW, etc.
scope of the existing CSER policy to develop and have their own mechanisms to engage private
promote an attractive incentive package that firms, including the Private Sector Facility of the
enables financing of prioritized adaptation GCF. The Government of Bangladesh will expedite
measures and sectoral resilience. Promoting the the process and provide readiness support to build
social responsibilities (ESR) of enterprises could the capacity of the private sector in accessing this
include engaging youth and recognizing their finance.
contributions to solving social problems.
The Government has developed public-private
The updated Climate Fiscal Framework (MoF, partnership guidelines and provided public-
2020) illustrated the potential scope of private private partnership technical assistance and
sector engagement through VAT or other tax financing for capacity-building on CCA prioritized
instruments, which should be piloted in vulnerable PPP projects. These incentive mechanisms should
areas. The Sustainable Finance Policy of the be well advertised and an awareness-building
Bangladesh Bank (2020) has created an avenue for programme conducted towards effective private
financial investment in green products and sector engagement (PSE). Different modalities to
renewable and clean energy for mitigation and explore to encourage PPP projects under the NAP
low-carbon development as well as adaptation in include build-own-operate (BOO), build-operate-
vulnerable sectors. It is a structured mechanism transfer (BOT), build-own-operate-transfer
for identifying and recognizing green products in (BOOT); and design-build-finance-operate-
agriculture, CMSMEs or other socially responsible maintain (DBFOM). Key enabling conditions
financing categories linked to the SDGs. include information-sharing for planning and
integration of CCA, financing, institutional
The private sector should also access the GCF and
arrangements, and coordination and capacity-
multidonor climate funds for adaptation and
building.
mitigation efforts and be committed to and
prepared for tapping global climate finance. The Government will expand and improve its
International climate funds like the GCF or GEF and existing good relationship with the private sector
development funds such as those from the World and mechanisms for private sector engagement

109
 under the NAP through meaningful participation, of and motivated to engage in NAP
information-sharing and demonstration of implementation.
leadership. Major efforts will seek to develop and
expand women-led enterprises and support their 4.3 NAP Financing Strategies
participation in the implementation of CCA as well
as contributions to climate fund mobilization. The climate crisis and an outlook of economic
losses warrant devising realistic and robust
The Kampala Principles promote ownership of financing strategies for harnessing, mobilizing and
private sector engagement through development using funds for the NAP implementation. By one
cooperation by partner countries and seek to estimate, Bangladesh currently faces GDP losses of
ensure the alignment of private sector projects and around 1.3 percent per year due to climatic events,
programmes with national sustainable which may rise to 2 percent per year by 2050
development priorities. Through development under extreme climate change conditions. The
cooperation, leveraging innovation and potential government currently spends around 6-7 percent
and additional private sector finance (grants, low- of its annual budget on climate change adaptation
interest loans, etc.) will be organized for climate- (MoF, 2021), with more than 75 percent of this
resilient development. amount coming from domestic sources. Adaptation
Private sector actors with high interest and power finance needs will undoubtedly increase with
will be engaged in NAP implementation and in slow-onset and frequent extreme events. By 2050,
mobilizing domestic climate funds for adaptation total adaptation costs for tropical cyclones and
and resilience. The Ministry of Finance, in storm surges are estimated at $55.167 billion with
association with MoEFCC, MoI, MoC, ERD, BSEC, annual recurrent expenditure of $112 million,
the Bangladesh Bank and the National Board of while the total adaptation cost for inland
Revenue (NBR), will take the lead role in tracking monsoons is projected at $26.71 billion with
the progress of private sector engagement in annual spending of $54 million (World Bank,
adaptation and its financing. They will maintain 2010).
close liaisons and coordination with The current climate finance landscape is led largely
representatives of appropriate authorities such as by the BCCTF, a funding
BEZA, BEPZA, BIDA, FBCCI, BGMEA, BKMEA, PPPA, mechanism established
the Palli Karma-Sahayak Foundation (PKSF), the in 2010 solely with
Infrastructure Development Company Limited national resources.
(IDCOL), etc. Bangladesh has
Private sector with
high interest but
low power will
need technical
capacity and
awareness to
integrate
adaptation and
mitigation in
sectoral strategies
and activities,
however. The
Government
commits to keeping
them well informed

110
accessed resources from the GCF, Least Developed readiness support or through direct access should
Countries Fund, Adaptation Fund and other be further explored.
bilateral and multilateral funds. International
The NAP implementation process will seek to
financial resources are very insignificant
accelerate and scale up the mobilization of funds
compared to prevailing requirements, however.
from domestic sources through exploring
For instance, the 52 climate change adaptation
innovative financing instruments, such as
projects in the BDP2100 have a projected cost of
expanding insurance for risk management or as a
$23.23 billion. The plan envisages $2 billion from
risk transfer tool, investment in equity and
the GCF every year for financing such an amount.
green/climate bonds, reimbursable project aid,
Bangladesh has become lower middle income strengthening capital markets, the proper use of
country and is set to graduation from least green loans, and blended climate finance where
development country status by 2026, which is public finances can catalyse public-private
putting extra pressure on available funds from partnerships (PPP), where public finances can
domestic public and private sources. The need for catalyze.
harnessing opportunities through international
Steps will expand financing for locally led
climate funds will be higher. As such, a course of
adaptation (LLA), which Bangladesh is leading
action is envisaged to efficiently mobilize
globally. The NAP implementation process will
adaptation finance from domestic and
increase access to low-interest loans for
international sources, in line with the G20 study of
adaptation measures and make EbA funding
the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
available following the payment for ecosystem
Development (OECD, 2015).
services instrument (PES). Other instruments
With current domestic financing inadequate for would entail establishing a local government fund
building a climate-resilient Bangladesh, the need for climate risk management to strengthen the
to mobilize international development finance is capacities of community and local governments in
urgent, including from bilateral sources, United promoting locally led adaptation, and financing
Nations entities, the World Bank, the ADB, the through expanded green banking using or
International Monetary Fund, JICA, KOICA and updating CSR policies of Bangladesh or private
other appropriate global financing institutions for banks. Bangladesh Bank, for example, may channel
building resilient infrastructure. But this 10 percent of its annual CSR budget to a Climate
mobilization must be based on grants and Risk Fund to green its loan portfolio in different
concessional loans for adaptation-related projects. sectors.
Development partners should play a significant
The potential of other CCA finance will be
role and allocate enhanced funds for reducing
harnessed through increased awareness in the
adaptation cost deficits and paving pathways to
private sector and among NGOs and CSOs as
sustainable and climate-resilient development.
suggested in the updated Climate Fiscal
The NAP implementation process will strengthen Framework (MoF, 2021), after rigorous
the climate-inclusive public financial management consultations with relevant stakeholders like the
(PFM) system through an updated climate fiscal NBR, ERD, MoF, Bangladesh Bank, BSEC, NGOs, the
framework to access, allocate, prioritize and utilize private sector, etc. Introducing tax holidays; VAT
climate funds from public, private and exemptions; crowdfunding; a green
international sources, efficiently and in a transformation fund and subsidy policies for green
transparent way. Also, it will bolster efforts to products and imports; scaling up inputs (such as
access climate finance from international climate eco-friendly brick), infrastructure (cyclone
funds (GEF, Adaptation Fund, GCF, etc.), and shelters, waste management systems) or products
bilateral and multilateral sources. Potential (a climate information services tool) and so on will
options for harnessing climate funds under be considered.

111
 A review and update of the existing lending policy Finally, scaling up capacity-building and
for funding projects will aim to increase adaptive awareness-raising, developing a transparent audit
capacity and green growth. Similarly, the system, good governance, and coordination among
insurance policy will be reformed to address the the public and private sectors, NGO actors, DAEs,
differentiated impacts of climate change on diverse NIEs, and development partners are continuous
marginalized groups, the informal sector and processes for mobilizing needed climate finance.
CMSMEs. Enhanced coordination with PPPA will Strengthening existing capacities to access
address the challenges and broaden the scope of national and international funds, improving the
private sector engagement for financing and climate finance model for better fiduciary
implementing adaptation actions. The MoEFCC management, and better institutional
will play a supervisory role, while the ERD and arrangements for the accessibility of funds will be
Finance Division will oversee the mobilization of prioritized.
climate financing. Introducing innovative
financing under PPP, there is a poses a need to 4.4 Mainstreaming Guidelines
reform government tax and incentive policies to
foster a conducive environment for all Climate Change Policy Regime emphasized in
stakeholders. Section 4.1.1 will provide guidelines and directives
for this mainstreaming tool and integrating the
The BCCT Act will be updated and a dedicated unit CCA into different sectoral policies, plans, and
will be established under the MoEFCC to guidelines under the policy mandate. Integration
coordinate and mobilize funding for the BCCTF of the NAP is proposed in four stages: 1) strategies
from domestic and international sources in and policies, 2) operational development planning,
collaboration with the ERD, MoP, MoF, PPPA, 3) resource allocation and implementation, and 4)
development partners, the private sector, M&E. The NAP proposes the following key
international climate funds and other external strategies to enable the successful integration of
funding sources. Strategies will be formulated and the NAP into the development planning process.
capacities among relevant public or private sector
entities will be built to overcome barriers, For the strategic and policy level, the NAP
including capacities related to international emphasizes updating BCCSAP as the Integrated
standards for fiduciary management, towards Sector Action Plan on Climate Change, based on the
transforming the governance of climate financing. NAP and NDCs, and aligning with the BDP2100, the
Perspective Plan, the Five-Year Plan, the MCPP
More organizations should secure accreditation as
(draft) and the SDGs. The update will act as a
national implementing entities (NIEs) or direct
bridge to integrate the NAP into the Annual
access entities (DAEs); PKSF and IDCOL are
Development Programme (ADP) and to bring
already the latter. Other environmental or
climate change into all relevant sectors; translate
biodiversity funds should be accessed to promote
national NAP strategies to the local level through
EbA, NbS, and LLA, such as the Nature+ Accelerator
formulating and fixing coordinated and
Fund, Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and
decentralized implementation modalities for the
Forest Degradation Plus (REDD+), the Biodiversity
LAPA, ccGAP, YLAP, City-CAP, Adaptation Plan for
Fund, the CCAFS-CGIAR Readiness Fund, debt for
Infrastructure and WASH, the Persons with
adaptation swaps, etc. Formulating financing
Disabilities and CHT-CAP, etc.; address gender-,
solutions and managing the environment and
age- and disability-inclusive climate change risks
climate change should distribute investment
and vulnerabilities as compulsory prioritization
burdens across relevant issues and actors. For
criteria for ADP formulation; demonstrate a clear
instance, funding for waste management systems
awareness of climate-related risks, needs and
also reduces the cost of adaptation in terms of
responses to incorporate adaptation into relevant
urban damages.
policies; and adopt a climate-focused approach to

112
policy and strategy formulation, applying a climate portfolio and extend the fiscal policy horizon for
lens and developing strategies for enabling addressing climate change adaptation. The existing
proactive adaptation programmes or projects for Fiscal Policy Framework and iBAS++ will be
climate-resilient development. integrated with the thematic sectors of the NAP for
atomization of the climate budgeting and tracking
Integrating climate change into operational
mechanism.
development planning would be the priority
immediate action area through a slight reform of The log framework will be updated in addition to
the operational development planning manual, the theory of change, comprising baselines, targets,
guidelines and frameworks in consultation with outcomes, assumptions, etc., to facilitate
Planning Commission, Ministry of Finance and development project design, climate risk
other relevant sectoral ministries. Such as, screening, appraisal, implementation and M&E.
conducting Climate Impact Assessment (CIA) The MoEFCC will be included mandatorily in all
should be made compulsory as part of feasibility project steering committees (PSC) and project
studies for the approval of DPP by the Planning implementation committees as a climate
Commission. Climate change issues will need to checkpoint for implementation and M&E.
accommodate more specifically, covering both Similarly, the obligatory inclusion of the MoEFCC
slow-onset and extreme events inside the existing in project evaluation committee (PEC) s or special
Disaster Impact Assessment (DIA) Framework to project evaluation committees (SPEC) will be
make CIA process smooth. The current DIA prioritized for comprehensive evaluation of
framework was developed under clause 24.3 of the climate risk-informed development.
manuals for the development and appraisal of
Development Projects Proforma (DPP) through 4.5 Enhancing Transformative
disaster risk-informed planning. The NAP seeks to Capacity and Technology
rename the framework as the Climate and Disaster
Transfer
Impact Assessment (CDIA) framework to establish
synergies CCA and DRR in planning and enabling Transformative capacity development and the
climate- and disaster risk-informed development transfer of technologies are crucial elements of the
planning. Climate change risk-adjusted economic NAP formulation and advancement process, both
and financial analysis and costs (NPV, IRR, and among and by stakeholders at multiple levels and
BCR) should be included during development across multiple sectors. There are significant
project formulation and appraisal. This climate- challenges in capacity-building and technology
sensitive costing will support climate-sensitive transfer initiatives specific to CCA, especially at the
budgeting through the iBAS++ along with system or planning and institutional levels.
harnessing and mobilizing resources. Key barriers include present practices of
conducting capacity-building through ad hoc
The scope of redirecting funds towards vulnerable
initiatives; frequent changes in posting
sectors and regions and providing funding for
government officials; a lack of required
certain adaptation plans or activities will need to
institutional infrastructure; limited research
be widened. It will emphasize developing and facilities, country-driven research and knowledge
operationalizing climate-resilient guidelines for management initiatives; an inadequate supply of
infrastructure and development. Since the NAP is funds for research and technological innovation; a
prioritizing local level adaptation, it will translate lack of coordination among research institutes, etc.
national priorities and budgetary envelopes into While many individual capacity-building
local and sectoral plans. The Medium-Term initiatives are taking place, there is less continuous
Budgetary Framework (MTBF) will include development of knowledge and communications
investment ideas from the NAP investment skills. Community members, including especially

113
 vulnerable groups like women, youth, people with technology transfers. This network will continue
disabilities, ethnic communities, etc., and private collaborating with the UNFCCC's Climate
sector stakeholders should be covered under Technology Center and Network and the Global
comprehensive capacity-building regimes. Center on Adaptation. The B-CCKTN will also
ensure alignment with global capacity-building
Developing a transformative capacity-building programmes, and the regular organization of
regime and proactive learning sphere is knowledge exchange and technology transfer
recommended for the system level through programmes to learn lessons from other
implementing the Transformative Capacity- vulnerable countries and showcase the best
Building Action Plan for Climate Change adaptation practices.
Adaptation (MoEFCC, 2022a). This action plan was Increasing national and sectoral budget allocation
devised to separately assess capacity-building is proposed to support more intensive research on
needs at the system or planning, institutional, and climate change issues and generate up-to-date
individual or community levels, towards knowledge and information on climate risk,
implementing innovative measures instigating vulnerabilities, adaptation and mitigation. In
transformations in capacity development practices mobilizing enhanced research grants, preference
that lead to deliberative adaptation. This will go to: inventing advanced adaptation
transformation goes beyond performing tasks like technologies and nature-based solutions for
training; instead, it is more about changing priority areas of the NAP in the country context; AI,
mindsets, behaviours and attitudes (UNDP, 2009). machine learning and space technology
Implementing the proposed plan would facilitate innovations considering the Fourth Industrial
desired transformations in capacity development Revolution (4IR); research on potential climate
change risks; the generation of downscaled local
through medium- to longer-term initiatives. Field-
climate information; collaborative research;
level demonstrations or hands-on training on
transfers of technologies; post-graduate research,
climate-resilient technologies for different sectors,
master’s and PhD programmes, and peer reviews
alternative livelihoods, disaster preparedness
of publications; and outreach on all research
emergency responses, etc. will prioritize
outcomes, etc.. Sectoral ministries through
community-level capacity development and NTACCC will make their recommendations for
engaging LGIs, CBOs, NGOs, youth and the private selecting priority research areas aligned with the
sector in an inclusive and gender-responsive way. development thrust and adaptation needs to
address climate risks and vulnerabilities; potential
Further, ongoing development of a separate and technological advancement; knowledge
complementary Knowledge Management Plan for generation and innovations for adaptation.
CCA by MoEFCC (MoEFCC, 2022b) will effectively
support capacity-building and the technology 4.6 Strategic Data and Knowledge
transfer process. The NAP implementation process
Management
will facilitate ensuring the implementation of
innovative ideas in the knowledge management The NAP implementation process will steer
plan to facilitate transformative capacity implementation of the Knowledge Management
development, sustainable knowledge management Plan for Climate Change Adaptation (MoEFCC,
and technology transfer. The knowledge plan 2022b) and manage complementary strategic data
proposes the Bangladesh Climate Change and knowledge. The plan sets forth strategic
Knowledge and Technology Network for creating actions based on an assessment of knowledge
opportunities and providing technical assistance; supply, demand and communications need during
connecting all research, academic, training and the NAP formulation process. Strategic data and
knowledge institutes from the public and private knowledge management will include the
sectors; and promoting research, innovation and generation of updated science-based and

114
participatory climate change-related data and the MoEFCC as an umbrella platform to embed and
information through extensive and innovative dynamically connect, store and publish all climate
research, studies, piloting and multilevel change-related data set reports and adaptation-
stakeholder consultations. It will also include related information from similar initiatives and by
storing and communicating that knowledge to stakeholders. The proposed NAP M&E framework
support the NAP implementation. will be linked dynamically with this portal to
transparently track and disseminate progress.
The NAP M&E framework, as proposed in Section
Using suitable advanced digital technologies, data
5.2, will strengthen this process, helping to
sharing, updates and access protocols will be
substantially overcome data collection challenges
developed to ease data communication.
related to setting baselines and in terms of
collection frequency, and the consistency and The proposed national climate status outlook
synchronization of data sets. It will support the report in Section 4.1.2 will be published in
development of required protocols, collaboration and coordination with relevant
memorandums of understanding and institutional knowledge and data generation agencies and
arrangements. It will also develop the collection, national institutes to convey the status of climate
change and responses under the NAP and NDCs to
processing, storage and evaluation of data sets
all stakeholders. Increased networking with
based on M&E indicators. To facilitate this process,
international climate data and knowledge
the Technical Working Group on NAP
management hubs like the NAP Central Portal of
Implementation in coordination with IMED and
the UNFCCC, the NAP Global Support Programme
GED will maintain liaisons with existing relevant
Portal, the NAP Global Network, the UNCC-ELearn,
national and international databases or nodal the Asian Adaptation Hub, etc. will be explored and
agency for data generation and storage such as the knowledge exchange programmes or conferences
National Water Resources Database (NWRD), the organized.
Integrated Coastal Resources Database (ICRD),
BBS, the BBS-ECDS, BMD, DoE, iBAS++, the Effective and clear communication with
government and non-governmental stakeholders
Disaster and Climate Risk Information Platform
throughout NAP implementation will help reflect
(DRIP), GeoDash, BWDB, FFWC, WASA, DPHE,
their specific needs and preferences for adaptation
UDD, LGED, RHD, DDM, BIWTA, the Survey of
actions. Successful and well-circulated
Bangladesh (SoB), the BDP2100 Knowledge Portal,
communication of the NAP will boost awareness,
the IPCC WGI Interactive Atlas, the SDG Tracker,
participation and cooperation among different
World Bank and ADB platforms, FAO-AquaStat, stakeholders, supporting the pathway to enhanced
etc.. climate resilience and sustainable socioeconomic
Building the required centralized and up-to-date development.
data management system with stakeholders at A well-organized and inclusive communications
multiple levels will help mainstream, design, strategy will be developed and include important
deliver and improve climate adaptation work. messages tailored for priority audiences and
Better data collection and management of inputs, delivered through the most appropriate
processes, outputs, outcomes and the impacts of an communications channels to reach audiences
adaptation action through M&E will improve locally, nationally, and globally.
planning systems, adaptive management and the
effective allocation of resources. Many sectoral ministries, divisions, departments
and government institutes have diverse roles in
4.7 Communicating the NAP the coordination, implementation and monitoring
phases of the NAP process. Apart from
The Climate Change Information and Knowledge policymakers and government bodies, many other
Management (CCIKM) Portal is being developed by influential stakeholders are important audiences

115
 for disseminating messages about climate change what gender-lens investing is about and how a
impacts. They include the general public, the gender-inclusive NAP can foster a climate-resilient
private sector, technical and financial partners, society.
local authorities, young people, women,
Communication to international audiences in
journalists, educators, celebrities, civil society and
parallel to national ones will also be prioritized, in
artists. Other sector-specific stakeholders to reach
line with the UNFCCC, Paris Agreement and COPs.
include farmers and fishermen as they are
Adaptation communication through biennial
instrumental in building resilience to climate
change impacts. reports (decision 2/CP.17) will inform global
platforms about national circumstances, success
The NAP identifies potential media and tools for stories in adaptation, barriers and challenges,
communication, such as websites, apps, national potential cooperation or development assistance
workshops, press conferences, online training, or technology transfer needs, and contributions to
webinars, talk shows, media coverage, policy
international efforts to tackle climate change.
briefs, policy story maps, infographics, flyers,
includes key communication agendas and
animated short videos, etc. The NAP also identifies
potential materials for target audiences.
potential priority areas for communications as:
information about climate impacts, risks and Particular emphasis on the use of national and
vulnerabilities; climate adaptation and mitigation; local languages will be placed when translating
national circumstances and responses; communications messages at various levels, as
institutional aspects and financing; inclusiveness well as when selecting communications channels
and participation; cooperation and coordination; and messaging systems to facilitate simultaneous
sharing best practices and lessons learned; dissemination of information, raise awareness,
barriers, challenges and gaps related to share knowledge and change attitudes towards
adaptation; synergies between adaptation and climate change adaptation on the mass and grass-
mitigation, etc. roots levels.
NAP communication should be
done in gender- and disability-
sensitive ways to reach women,
men and people with
disabilities equally. It should
take an inclusive approach to
pronouns and avoid language
that portrays women as passive
recipients of aid. It will craft
messages depicting women as
agents of change, avoid
patronizing statements about
women or information that will
lead to material or educational
deprivations; avoid
objectifying women through
images and avoid language that
victimizes people in
marginalized conditions,
including women and others. It
will use storytelling to
demonstrate impacts and show

116
117
 4.8 Gender, Disability, Youth and and accessibility for women and men, with special
attention to pregnant and lactating mothers,
Social Inclusion
children, youth, persons with disabilities and
Ensuring socially inclusive adaptation, including elderly people. Increasing and easing accessibility
for women, youth and people with disabilities, is an to health-care facilities and introducing gender-,
essential guiding principle of the NAP. The age- and disability-inclusive search and rescue
formulation process ensured an inclusive programmes during disasters with the help of local
approach and fortified engagement with and the authorities, Cyclone Preparedness Programme
participation of women, youth, the elderly, persons (CPP) volunteers and community members will
with disabilities, ethnic communities, students and other priorities.
other marginalized groups in every stage, The NAP implementation process will aim to
especially during the rigorous consultative process reduce the gender gap in accessing education,
to identify adaptation needs and prioritize livelihoods, services, technology and financial
adaptation options for reducing the resources. Climate-smart technologies will be
disproportionate impacts of climate change. introduced while considering gender aspects and
women's particular needs and overall
Recognizing the greater exposure of different
socioeconomic suitability. Incentives to use
vulnerable groups and higher inherent need for
climate-smart technologies (awareness, marketing
adaptive capacity, a friendly environment for
issues, pricing, subsidies, tax credits) will be
adaptation will be established that is gender-, age-
introduced for farmers, both men and women.
and disability-responsive and socially inclusive
Gender-, age- and disability-responsive and
more broadly. It will ensure equitable access to
inclusive index-based insurance instruments will
resources; help design, plan and build skills and
be devised to tackle climate change-induced
capacities for climate-resilient alternative
disaster losses and damages.
livelihoods; and promote engagement in
agriculture, fisheries, livestock and CMSME A dedicated Climate Resilience Fund (CRF) will be
programmes. Training or awareness-raising set up for vulnerable women through the Local
programmes on gender, the elderly, persons with Government Division. It will be similar to the Local
disabilities and youth-responsive and socially Government Initiatives on Climate Change (LoGIC)
inclusive adaptation will be designed and project, an initiative of the Government, UNDP, the
implemented, and the Climate Change Gender United Nations Capital Development Fund, the
Action Plan and proposed Youth-Led Adaptation European Union and Sweden. The project is now
Plan and Adaptation Plan for Persons with supporting 400,000 of the most climate-vulnerable
Disabilities in sector policies and plans will be women to build resilience and improve livelihoods
mainstreamed. The participation of women, youth, in the face of climate change through small-scale
the elderly, persons with disabilities, ethnic
grants under the Community Resilience Fund
communities and socially disadvantaged people in
(CRF). Further, early warning systems will be
decision-making to shape policies, planning and
made more inclusive and accessible to women, the
the prioritizing of local adaptation needs will also
elderly, youth, people of different races and
be ensured.
ethnicities and persons with disabilities.
Gender is a cross-cutting issue that needs to be
included in all stages of development activities, Existing gender-responsive budget reporting will
comprising planning, design, implementation, be strengthened to ensure that allocations of
management and monitoring. Any construction of public funds address the needs of women, men,
public or private infrastructure (shelters, water girls, boys and people with non-binary genders.
collection points, sanitation facilities, etc.) should This process may involve tracking gender-specific
address accessibility issues. Designing safe expenditures to ensure targeted allocations of
shelters should stress adequate space, facilities resources for women and groups with diverse

118
gender identities, promoting equal employment in climate-resilient agricultural practices such as
the public services, and mainstreaming such mulching, raised agricultural beds,
tracking into national, sectoral and local agroforestation, etc.; and equipping youth with
adaptation budgeting systems. knowledge on disaster risk reduction (DRR)
through voluntary activities. Experiences from
The Youth-Led Adaptation Plan (YLAP), the
similar initiatives such as the LoGIC project will be
Chattogram Hill Tracts Climate Action Plan (CHT-
gathered and used to accelerate youth engagement
CAP) and the Climate Adaptation Plan for Persons
in NAP processes through an inclusive youth
with Disabilities will be developed and the existing
network that is being developed at the local and
Climate Change Gender Action Plan (ccGAP)
national levels for youth engagement in climate
updated in alignment with the NAP, and given high
risk assessment, local adaptation planning, and
priority in socially inclusive NAP implementation.
adaptation tracking and monitoring.
The Local-Level Youth Leadership Programme will
be introduced and accelerated, immediately The NAP has provisions for capacity development
engaging LGIs, CBOs and NGOs. The policy and for women, persons with disabilities, the elderly
regulatory framework will propose the inclusion of and youth, and relevant representatives of
youth voices in NAP institutional arrangements. An different ministries, departments, government
Accelerated Youth Innovation Programme will organizations, NGOs, civil society and the private
help surface youth-led solutions for climate change sector, gender experts, women's organizations,
through extensive action research and field and marginalized groups. For inclusive and
experiments. expedited NAP implementation, awareness-raising
programmes and behavioural change strategies for
Information, education and communications (IEC)
enhanced awareness across society are essential
materials will be made accessible to all considering
and will be done appropriately.
gender, age, ethnicity, language and/or disability.
Inclusion of a climate change adaptation-related The NAP process will emphasize the impactful
syllabus into elementary school curricula, training, engagement of women and other vulnerable
admissions texts, recruitment exams or other groups, including youth, the elderly, diverse ethnic
foundational course may build capacity for communities, persons with disabilities and other
transformation. Other potential areas for youth marginalized groups in decision-making.
inclusion will be: developing career pathways in Furthermore, effective M&E will build on
renewable energy-based technology and generating data and indicators disaggregated by
innovation; sensitizing young farmers, mainly in sex, age and disabilities.
climate-vulnerable areas, with knowledge on
Adaptation for women, the elderly, persons with disabilities and other disadvantaged people
 Ensuring adequate space, facilities and equitable access to disaster preparedness such as through the establishment of
multipurpose and climate-resilient cyclone and flood shelters with safe WASH, lactation and maternities facilities, disability-
friendly entries and rooms, etc.
 Gender-, age- and disability-inclusive search and rescue programmes during disaster periods
 Ensuring better access to inclusive and responsive early warning systems in appropriate languages and modalities
 Building climate-resilient houses and health-care facilities with accessible communication facilities
 Monitoring and surveillance of mental and physical health due to climate-induced disasters
 Green infrastructure development and nature-based solutions for improved well-being
 Increase inclusive coverage of social security and social safety net programmes
 Design and implement specialized training, skills and awareness development programmes
 Design, plan and build capacities for climate-resilient alternative livelihoods
 Prioritize and ensure effective participation in decision-making for adaptation
 Collect and use data and indicators disaggregated by gender, age and disability for M&E
 Generate climate adaptation relevant materials and communicate them to reach people regardless of gender, age, ethnicity,
language or disability
 Prepare local adaptation plans inclusive of the issues and perspectives of women, the elderly, persons with disabilities and
other socially disadvantaged people

119
Copyright: Azim Khan Ronnie / Amazing Aerial Agency

Adaptation Monitoring and

Evaluation
 Adaptation Monitoring and
Evaluation

the same time, the M&E system will act as a tool for
5.1 Purpose of M&E monitoring, evaluating and reporting on
The NAP includes a national M&E system for implementation targets via a set of monitoring
tracking adaptation progress towards achieving indicators. The framework will be further
set goals, deciding the efficacy of implemented reinforced through a Development Results
interventions in reducing the desired level of risk, Framework (DRF) with SMART indicators,
and assessing adaptation priorities. This robust baseline information and target values for the
system will provide stakeholders and short-, medium- and long-terms in next steps of the
policymakers with information on the current NAP implementation.
status of targets and outcomes. In doing so, it will
promote accountability and transparency in public 5.2 M&E Framework
spending, ensuring effective and efficient resource
The NAP has developed a national M&E framework
utilization.
based on a combination of simple and
The Bali Action Plan (2007) established the comprehensive monitoring, a sophisticated
integration of monitoring, reporting and approach to identifying and assessing
verification (MRV) systems in tracking NDC achievements. The NAP followed LEG guidelines
implementation. This refers to the process by under the UNFCCC to develop the framework. The
which a country tracks implementation and first ‘simple’ monitoring system summarizes NAP
subsequent impacts of adaptation and mitigation progress with traffic light colours. The second and
actions and the finance used to support these more comprehensive approach includes a process
actions. The Paris Agreement provided a and outcome or results-based framework to
framework for submitting adaptation monitor and evaluate the efficacy of implemented
communications on a particular frequency to track adaptations against set targets.
the progress of national adaptation actions in
In addition to a log frame, the NAP adopts the
contributing to global efforts.
theory of change concept in structuring M&E and
The NAP M&E system in Bangladesh will be developing it based on and aligned with existing
integrated as one of the key components of the national M&E initiatives. Similar initiatives could
national MRV system, providing a framework for complement the NAP M&E process, such as the
monitoring adaptation implementation. This MRV- SDG trackers where the BBS has collected a large
based system will incorporate the concept of data set on SDG indicators, and environment,
‘learning by doing’ for adaptation, effective climate change and disaster statistics (ECDS) data;
measurement, and the reporting and verification of the inclusion of result-based frameworks in sector
adaptation initiatives, outcomes and impacts. At action plans; the introduction of national priority

121
 indicators in the Perspective Plan and Five-Year  Strategic action not implemented/lack of progress
in delivering results (RED)
Plan; financial tracking with the iBAS++; project
implementation monitoring by the IMED;  Strategic move partially implemented/some
developing an M&E framework for the BDP2100; progress in providing results (AMBER)

and developing MRV for tracking the progress of  Strategic action fully implemented/significant
the GCF country programme and the NDCs. strides in delivering activities, i.e., completed or on-
track (GREEN)
Synchronization in tracking the physical and
financial progress of adaptation will be done The implementation status and threshold for the
integrating the existing iBAS++ with required above three criteria will be set based on weighted
updates to reflect priority thematic sectors of the aggregation techniques generating progress status
NAP. in percentages of 0 to 100, amalgamating Tier 2
M&E reporting. This will present the highest-level
The NAP M&E framework involves a threefold
policymakers with an easy, quick and effective
system to monitor, evaluate and report adaptation
decision-making tool based on simple ‘good-
progress as elaborated below.
moderate-bad’ signals, on which they can make

NAP M&E Framework

simple ‘yes or no’ decisions. Table 5.1 illustrates a
5.2.1 Tier 1: Strategy‐ and policy‐level M&E
summary of strategic actions with this monitoring
Relatively simple strategy- and policy-level M&E system.
will use indicators based on three light traffic
colours, RED, AMBER and GREEN as follows:

122
 Table: 5.1:Example of strategy‐ and policy‐level M&E (Tier 1)
Adaptation strategies Simple indicators of status
Goal 1: Ensure protection against climate change variability and induced natural disasters

S 1.1: Combat cyclonic storm surges, sea-level rise, and salinity

intrusion

S 1.2: Manage floods, erosion and drought risks

S 1.3: Protect lives, livelihoods, infrastructure and ecosystems

against slow-onset and other climate extremities

Goal 2: Develop climate‐resilient agriculture for food, nutrition and livelihood security

S 2.1: Promote the extension of climate-smart agriculture

S 2.2: Develop climate-resilient fisheries, aquaculture and

livestock

S 2.3: Manage sustainable agro-inputs and transformative value

chains

S 2.4: Strengthen extension services for agriculture, fisheries

and livestock

Goal 3: Develop climate‐smart cities for an improved urban environment and well‐being

S 3.1: Promote green and blue infrastructure for the

management and conservation of urban environments

S 3.2: Develop climate-smart cities to increase urban resilience

S 3.3: Develop climate-resilient health-care and WASH facilities

for improved human well-being and livability in cities

Goal 4: Promote nature‐based solutions for the conservation of forestry, biodiversity and the well‐being of
communities

S 4.1: Scale up ecosystem-based adaptation for wetlands

conservation

123
 Adaptation strategies Simple indicators of status

S 4.2: Restore and conserve habitats, ecosystems and

biodiversity

S 4.3: Expand community-based afforestation and/or

reforestation

Goal 5: Impart good governance through the integration of adaptation into the planning process

S 5.1: Reform policies for mainstreaming adaptation

S 5.2: Develop a framework for adaptation monitoring,

evaluation and learning

S 5.3: Engage the private sector in adaptation implementation

S 5.4: Empower local government institutes, community-based

organizations, women, people with disabilities and youth for
locally led adaptation

S 5.5: Enhance climate financing for adaptation

Goal 6: Ensure transformative capacity‐building and innovation for climate change adaptation

S 6.1: Develop transformative capacity and management of

knowledge

S 6.2: Introduce innovation in reducing climate change and

disaster risks and consequential losses and damages

S 6.3: Research and innovation for agriculture, fisheries and

livestock

S 6.4: Advanced research on climate change impacts on

ecosystems and application of ecosystem-based adaptation

S 6.5: Action research for innovation in climate-resilient

infrastructure, improved health and WASH technologies

124
 tier framework maintains a link between the policy
5.2.2 Tier 2: Planning‐level M&E
and project-level frameworks, careful
Tier 2 represents a more in-depth approach than consideration must be given to fixing indicators
Tier 1, in which a decisive outcome for each and establishing a mode for measuring values.
strategy is devised and a set of potential indicators SMART indicators are emphasized in line with the
is selected. Measurements using Tier 2 indicators Tier 2 M&E framework to facilitate tracking the
will be both quantitative and qualitative. Decisions progress of the NAP as a plan, evaluation and
based on them will guide top-level strategic learning, and updating.
choices with more nuance. Findings from this
Table 5.2 provides some examples of an outcome-
framework will not always be as simple as ‘yes or
based framework and potential indicators for a
no’ as the element of ‘maybe’ comes into play. The
planning-level M&E system. Appendix III presents
thought process in making a decision becomes
the Tier II M&E framework with potential
more complex, and, as a result, more
indicators for the rest of the NAP goals.
considerations can be factored into holistically
monitoring and evaluating progress. As the mid-
Table 5.2: Example of planning‐level M&E (Tier 2)

Strategic Adaptation
Outcome Potential indicators
focus strategy

Goal 1: Ensure protection against climate change variability and induced natural disasters

S 1.1: Combat Outcome 1: 1. Affected areas or exposure to different climate change-

cyclonic storm Increased adaptive induced hazards (storm surges, sea-level rise, salinity
surges, sea-level capacity of human, intrusion)
rise and salinity natural and 2. Measurement of discharges, water levels, salinity in
intrusion economic systems designated locations
to reduce risks and 3. Measures regarding infrastructure development
vulnerabilities and (embankment height, number of regulators , access by
ensure protection disability, etc.)
against climate
4. Vulnerable population by sex, age and disability
change-induced
disasters in coastal 5. Losses and damages due to climate change-induced
areas slow-onset and extreme events (coastal areas)
Sectoral

6. Household-level potable drinking water facilities

7. Per capita freshwater availability in salinity-prone
areas
8. Loss of food (crops, fish, meat and eggs) production
9. Number of gender- and disability-inclusive and co-
management initiatives for CCA
10. Income from alternative sources

S 1.2: Manage Outcome 2: 1. Affected areas or exposure to different climate change-

floods, erosion, Increased adaptive induced hazards (floods, erosion and droughts)
and drought capacity of humans, 2. Losses and damages due to climate change-induced
risks natural and slow-onset and extreme events (floodplain and
economic systems drought-prone areas)
to reduce risks and 3. Loss of food (crops, fish, meat and eggs) production
vulnerabilities and
4. Soil moisture content
ensure protection

125
 Strategic Adaptation
Outcome Potential indicators
focus strategy
against climate 5. Groundwater depth
change-induced 6. Number of gender-inclusive and co-managed
disasters in the initiatives for CCA
floodplain or
7. Income from alternative sources
drought areas

S 1.3: Protect Outcome 3: 1. Affected areas or exposure to different climate change-

lives, Enhanced adaptive induced hazards
livelihoods, capacity and 2. Losses and damages due to climate change-induced
infrastructure protection of lives, slow-onset and extreme events (land, coast, hills,
and ecosystems livelihoods and ocean and islands)
against slow- ecosystems against 3. Human health (medical expenses, diseases
onset and other slow-onset and occurrences, mortality rate, risk of disability, etc.)
climate other extreme
4. Ecosystem (water quality, land degradation, soil
extremities events of climate
nutrient, native species, etc.) health
change
5. The environmental flow of rivers and ecosystems
during the dry season
6. Death or injuries and damages due to lightning and
landslides
7. Heatstroke rate during the summer
8. Pre-mature childbirth and high blood pressure or
other comorbidity rates in coastal areas
9. Sea surface temperature and pH level of the ocean
10. Density and diversity of coral reefs
11. Marine stocks

5.2.3 Tier 3: Programme‐ or project‐level M&E

Tier 3 presents the comprehensive and inclusive effectiveness of adaptation actions towards the
programme- and/or project-level M&E ultimate NAP goals.
framework. This is a process-based framework in
Evaluation outcomes under Tier 3 will easily feed
which the outcomes for each programme/project
into the coarser planning level (Tier 2) framework
will be deduced via process(es) that will include an
as the programmes/ projects are directly linked to
input, an activity and an output. These three
the strategies and goals of the NAP. As such, a
elements make up the overall process through
bottom-up process will be followed where the
which outcomes are determined. The indicators
programme-/project-level M&E report will feed
devised thus cater specifically to the outcomes of
into preparing the planning-level M&E report and
each programme/project and make result
the strategy- and policy-level M&E report.
monitoring and evaluation at this level possible.
Programme-/project-level M&E will monitor,
Indicators of outcomes or impacts allow the
evaluate and capture learning about the progress
monitoring and assessment of medium-term
of proposed NAP interventions in different sectors.
results or broad long-term changes and the

126
Table 5.3 illustrates an example of the process and term impacts of adaptation projects, emphasizing
results- or outcome-based framework for gender dimensions.
programme-/project-level M&E following the The Technical Working Group on NAP & NDC
theory of change. implementation under the MoEFCC will be
responsible for the NAP M&E system with the sole
5.2.4 Reporting and verification responsibility of preparing and submitting Tier 1

Table 5.3: Example of programme or project‐level M&E (Tier 3)

Goal Programme/project Process Outcome Possible indicators

S 2.1: Promote the extension of climate‐smart agriculture

Goal 1: Ensure protection against climate change variability

Programme/project Input: Outcome:  Boro rice crop

1: production
 Guidelines for  Agricultural  Irrigation water
Improve irrigation installation of productivity efficiency
water efficiency buried pipes and increased for the  Coverage of buried pipes
and induced natural disasters

water-saving Boro rice crop  Groundwater level

technologies
 Emissions from  Emissions from
 Strengthen agricultural agriculture
extension services practices decrease

Activity:  Resilience
enhanced for the
 Extension of water crop sector
saving technologies
like alternate
wetting and drying
 Installation of
buried pipes, etc.
Output:

 Irrigation water
efficiency increased

The M&E report on the strategy and policy level and Tier 2 M&E reports in coordination with the
will be a very concise and simple summary of the IMED, GED and MoF. The planning-level M&E
planning-level M&E outcomes. Planning-level M&E summary report will be based on the project-level
will be the summary of programme-/project-level Tier 3 summary report prepared by the IMED. The
M&E. Tier 1 and Tier 2 will track progress against financial tracking of projects, programmes and
NAP strategies and Tier 3 against specific plans through iBAS++ will be integrated with NAP
programmes/projects based on the proposed M&E to enable tracking of both the physical and
interventions. Reporting on Tier 3 can include financial progress of adaptation.
cross-learning and data-sharing, documentation of
The IMED will be charged with preparing the
scalable best practices and learning, mapping of
summary Tier 3 M&E report and collecting data
existing and completed projects, and preferably
and information on proposed outcome-based
upazilla-wide statistics. The reporting will also
indicators from relevant multisectoral
include M&E processes (definitions, protocols,
stakeholders at the national and local levels. A
methodologies, etc.) and post-project evaluation
standard format for the IMED will be developed to
through documenting short-, medium- and long-
facilitate this process in line with existing
practices, UNFCCC guidelines and synchronization

127
 with the iBAS++ and Medium-Term Budget actions based on lessons learned. The IMED will
Framework. Responsible entities or agencies for direct local actors in updates or corrections to
implementing the NAP will collect data relevant to tackle any implementation barriers, including
process- and/or outcome-based indicators of a finance-related matters, ensuring robust
programme or specific intervention or project for transparency and accountability. Data collection
tracking adaptation progress internally, following on programme or project monitoring indicators
a comprehensive process and/or outcome-based and evaluations should be carried out monthly.
framework. Data management strategies will be
Monitoring. Evaluation, Accountability and
devised to overcome different challenges in
Learning (MEAL) will be adopted, incorporating a
indicator data collection; new data will need
‘learning by doing’ approach. Proper
identification and necessary cost arrangements in
communication will be implemented to report and
implementing entities. To facilitate this process,
implementing entities will maintain coordination inform stakeholders on NAP progress, including on
with existing relevant national and international the global NAP stocktaking platform through
databases and nodal agencies for data generation submission of biennial reports based on the
and storage such as iBAS++, NWRD, ICRD, BBS, national M&E report and its outcome. The MoEFCC
BBS-ECDS, BMD, DoE, DRIP, GeoDash, BWDB, will publish an annual M&E report to facilitate this
FFWC, WASAs, DPHE, UDD, LGED, RHD, DDM, process. The report will be reflected in the
BIWTA, SoB, IPCC WGI Interactive Atlas, SDG proposed annual national climate status report to
Tracker, BDP2100 Knowledge Portal, World Bank, communicate adaptation progress to global
ADB, FAO-AquaStat etc.. audiences and stakeholders.
Responsible entities will provide collected/
5.2.5 Web‐based monitoring tool
monitored data and information to the IMED as the
national implementation monitoring (impact A dynamic, web-based M&E system will be
monitoring, compliance monitoring, i.e., the developed to support data collection and
Environment and Social Management Framework, monitoring, and updating and generating Tier 1,
Climate Risk Management, etc.) and evaluation Tier 2 and Tier 3 reports with appropriate
agency tracking adaptation programme-/project- weighted aggregation techniques using the values
level M&E towards assessing physical and financial of selected indicators based on a timeline
progress. Monitoring localized adaptation established through a comprehensive study. The
initiatives and locally led monitoring mechanisms proposed system will collect, upload, process and
will be important additions to the NAP M&E update data from relevant stakeholders in the
framework that will be developed later through developed standard results-based framework,
engaging LGIs, district development coordination under the data protocol. The MoEFCC and IMED
committees (DDCC), upazilla and union would jointly develop a standardized protocol for
committees, representatives of communities, data collection, sharing, processing, storing,
NGOs, CSOs and CBOs, and ensuring gender, youth, uploading and updating, and for user rights
disability and social inclusion. by/among critical stakeholders.
Coordinating bodies from the MoEFCC will liaise The initial framework should include baseline data
with the IMED to summarize the Tier 1 and Tier 2 and set major targets for indicators against each
M&E reports. The National Council on strategic action for Tier 1 and Tier 2 and against
Environment and Climate Change (NCECC), the each programme/specific project for Tier 3,
Interministerial Steering Committee on Climate respectively, in different future timelines, i.e., the
Change (ISCCC) and the National Technical 2030s, 2041 and the 2050s to track progress.
Advisory Committee (NTACCC) will regularly Later, interim targets will be set for a yearly
guide national actors after analysis of M&E reports timeline by concerned national focal points to keep
for further updates and/or revisions of NAP up the drive to achieve the major targets of the

128
NAP. Aggregation will follow a bottom-up resilience and sustainable development
approach, i.e., the Tier 3 report will give inputs to gains. This five-year regular revision will be
the Tier 2 report and the Tier 2 report will performed in coordination with the five-
culminate in the Tier 1 report. Any missing year national planning cycle. The revision
baseline data will be collected through developing process will start one year before each five-
standard data collection, and a processing and year planning cycle so that by the time the
sharing protocol. Existing similar initiatives such initiation of each cycle approaches, the
as the SDG trackers, the BDP2100 M&E tool, revision phase is done and mainstreamed
iBAS++ and the NDC MRV tool can be coordinated into the development planning process as
with the NAP M&E tool. To ease the operation of described in Section 4.4. After that, the
web-based monitoring, an online-offline Android- revised NAP will be executed in accordance
based open data kit (ODK) will be developed for with each successive planning cycle. The
quick and effective real-time data collection, MoEFCC will conduct the regular reviews
processing, upload, verification and publishing. and revisions or updates. The annual M&E
and biennial reports produced by the
5.2.6 Capacity development MoEFCC and submitted to the UNFCCC will
substantially complement regular reviews
The NAP M&E Framework will include a
and major revisions or updates.
comprehensive capacity development regime that
will periodically, through structured iteration, The review, revision and update process should
train relevant professionals involved in NAP consider the following issues but is not limited to
implementation and exclusively with M&E. these:
 Addressing the gaps and challenges of the
5.2.7 Revising and updating the NAP previous NAP
The NAP will be considered a living document with  New findings on climate change, and risks
a planning horizon until the 2050s comprising at and vulnerabilities in Bangladesh
least five cycles of five-year updating and revision,  Position of the country in reducing
considering that climate change manifests in anticipated risks and enhancing resilience
diverse ways with varying consequences based on the M&E report
throughout different periods. After a certain  Progress and obstacles in achieving goals
period of execution, the plan must be regularly and strategies
reviewed, revised or updated in an iterative way,  Setting adjusted adaptation standards or
using effective and regular M&E. A feasible tipping points and revision of adaptation
mechanism will be adopted taking into account pathways based on M&E results
progress and addressing past adaptation barriers,  Recommendations for future steps and
new adaptation issues, social and environmental measures
trends, new policies, and national and
 Harnessing climate financing and readiness
international government pledges programmes
Reviews, revisions and updates will take place in  Capacity development, knowledge
the following ways: management and technology transfers
 A regular review and major revision or  Indication for detailed communication and
update at the end of each five-year visibility strategies
implementation cycle that incorporates  Major decisions and agreements in climate
lessons learned during the previous five negotiations under the UNFCCC and COPs
years to increase the plan's effectiveness,  Necessary policies, institutions and
tackle uncertainties posed by climate regulatory support
change, and maximize the country's

129
© CEGIS

Appendices
 Appendix I: BDP2100 and SDG
Alignment

Table AI.1: Alignment of climate stress areas, BDP2100 and hydrologic regions

Linked BDP2100 hotspot Linked hydrological

Climate stress areas
areas regions
South-western coastal area and Sundarbans South-west & South-
Coastal Zone
(SWM) central Region
Southeast and eastern coastal area (SEE) Coastal Zone South-east Region
Chattogram Hill Tracts (CHT) Chattogram Hill Tracts Eastern Hills
river and estuary & north-
River, floodplain, and erosion-prone area (FPE) River systems and estuaries
central region
Haor and flash floods area (HFF) Haor and flash floods areas north-east region
Drought Prone and Barind Area (DBA) Barind and drought prone areas north-west region
Northern, north-western region (NNW) north-west region
Chalan Beel and low-lying area of the north-
Barind and drought prone areas north-west region
western region (CBL)
Char and Islands (CHI) River systems and estuaries river and Estuary
Bay of Bengal and Ocean (BoB)
Urban Areas (URB) Urban areas

The following pages illustrate the alignment of NAP interventions with the BDP2100 and the SDGs.

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
 Appendix II: Summary Portfolio of Adaptation
Interventions

Table AII.1: Water Resources

Cost Implementing entity

BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
WRM1 Integrated  Repair, construct and rehabilitate coastal polders, sea dikes or embankments SWM | SEE CZ 2212 BWDB LGED, RHD, DoE,
141
management of considering sea-level rise and extreme storm surge height under varying climate | CHI 1.8/1.21, DAE, NARS
coastal polders, change scenarios CZ1.44, institutes, BFD,
 Inside and outside polder management for proper drainage systems and sediment CZ1.40, DoF, BFRI, DDM,
sea dikes and
management through innovative and indigenous water resources management CZ1.47 DLS, DPHE, BLRI,
cyclone LGD, DYD, DSS,
shelters against techniques such as tidal river management (TRM)
DWA, SRDI, BMD,
tropical  Repair, construct and rehabilitate cross drainage and water regulation structures SPARRSO, MoD,
cyclone, sea- considering extreme climate change scenarios and advanced technologies or WARPO, DBHWD,
level rise and construction materials MoL PPPA, private
storm surges  Regular and timely operation and maintenance (O&M) of coastal polders sector, NGOs
 Operationalize M&E system for polder/embankment management
 Enhance functional participatory water management and effective co-management of
water regulation structures
 Integrated land-use management with supporting regulations in polder area to guide
adaptive land-use practices
 Encroachment-free khals in connection to polders for maintaining connectivity and
uninterrupted drainage

141
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

 Allocate and mobilize adequate funds for emergency responses and recovery of
damaged polders
WRM2 Management of  Monitoring and mapping of soil and water salinity through in situ low-cost testing SWM | SEE 59 BWDB LGED, RHD, DoE,
freshwater instruments at the field level and GIS mapping at the planning level | CHI DAE, NARS
resources and  Large-scale reservoir development and dredging of rivers for freshwater flow institutes, BFD,
DoF, BFRI, DDM,
monitoring of augmentation in coastal rivers
DLS, DPHE, BLRI,
salinity for  Excavation or re-excavation of dighi, pond, reservoir or construction relevant LGD, DYD, DSS,
reducing infrastructure for freshwater harvesting DWA, SRDI, BMD,
vulnerabilities  Construct heightened dikes or freshwater retention ponds to halt salinity ingress due SPARRSO, WARPO,
in existing and to storm surges DBHWD, SoB, MoL,
potential  Community-based, youth-led and gender-inclusive freshwater pond management and
PPPA, private
salinity-prone sector, NGOs
rainwater harvesting
areas
 Demarcation of potential saline-prone areas, develop and implement freshwater
management plan for smooth transition of freshwater ecosystem to saline water
 Adjusted and adaptive land cover change
 Expand use of deeper groundwater reserves through solar-powered water networks,
advanced water storage through small-scale retention structures, and gender-sensitive
drinking water points
 Introduce community-based, low-cost desalination techniques and freshwater
management for mass-level drinking water supplies
WRM3 Protection and  Strategic climate risk assessment and climate risk-informed development planning for SWM | SEE CZ1.47, MR 271 BWDB LGED, RHD, DoE,
management of areas potentially vulnerable to sea-level rise, extreme storm surges and flooding | CHI 1.6 DAE, NARS
potentially  Construction of climate-induced disaster risk reduction infrastructures (polders, dikes institutes, BFD,
DoF, BFRI, DDM,
vulnerable or embankments, cross-drainage, water regulation, etc.)
DLS, DPHE, BLRI,
areas due to  Demarcate and keep enough ‘room for river’ during infrastructure development for LGD, DYD, DSS,
tropical accommodating excess floods DWA, SRDI, BMD,
cyclone, sea-  Maintain adequate freshwater flow in rivers and wetlands for slowing salinity intrusion SPARRSO, WARPO,
level rise, DBHWD, MoL,
extreme storm PPPA, SoB, private
surges and sector
flooding

142
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
WRM4 Strengthen  Development of storm surge models and impact-based operational early warning and Nationwid 91 BWDB, DoE, DAE, NARS
early warning community-based dissemination systems for cyclonic storm surge to facilitate e BMD institutes, BFD,
and emergency responses DoF, BFRI, DDM,
 Develop and strengthen impact-based early warning, ICT and community-based DLS, BLRI, SRDI,
dissemination
dissemination systems for floods and flash floods SPARRSO, CHTDB,
services for BMDA, ICT, PPPA,
climate change-  Expand hydrometeorological observation networks and strengthen forecast and private sector
induced slow- climate information services through data acquisition and monitoring of local climate
onset and variables, sea surface temperature, sea-level rise, sediment, land subsidence and
sudden salinity intrusion
extreme water  Invest in developing, updating, and strengthening climate products and services (data,
hazards using forecast, analyses, etc.) for emerging climate extremes like heat waves, cold spells,
ICT and hailstorms, salinity ingress, etc.
artificial  Develop space technology, artificial intelligence, crowdsourcing and big data-based
intelligence climate change and impact monitoring tools
 Develop and support a climate change vulnerability and early warning dissemination
network with the involvement of relevant stakeholders
 Installation of the mobile network-connected digital dashboard, voice SMS, mobile
applications
 Increase community volunteering or community-based risk flagging for emergency 143
response.
WRM5 Community-  Identify and evaluate the effectiveness of community-based indigenous techniques for SWM | SEE CZ 30 BWDB, DoE, DDM, DLS,
based rainwater harvesting |CHT | DBA 1.8/1.21, BMDA, DPHE, BLRI, LGD,
rainwater  Restoration and conservation of wetlands and reservoirs for rainwater harvesting CBL| CZ 1.26, LGD, DYD, DSS, DWA,
NNW| CHI CZ1.30 CHTDB SRDI, BMD,
harvesting  Identify and sensitize communities about the benefits of rainwater harvesting under | URB SPARRSO, WARPO,
through climate stress condition DBHWD, PPPA,
indigenous  Implement community-based rainwater harvesting techniques inclusive of gender private sector,
techniques and NGOs
conservation of
wetlands,
reservoirs and
natural springs
for drinking
water supplies
in hard-to-
reach and
water-stressed
areas

143
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
WRM6 Dredging of all  Planned capital and maintenance dredging of major and medium rivers for FPE | HFF CZ4.1 1,501 BWDB WARPO, BIWTA,
major and accommodating and smooth drainage of excess floods during climate-induced extreme DBHWD, RRI, DoE,
medium rivers events RHD, LGED, SoB,
 Proper management and reuse of dredging materials MoD, LGD, BFD,
for
NRCC, DoF, BADC,
accommodating  Regular monitoring of siltation and the connectivity of rivers with natural canals, MoL, PPPA, private
the smooth wetlands or haors for planning dredging sector
drainage of  Allocate and mobilize timely and adequate funds for capital and maintenance dredging
excess floods
during climate-
induced
extreme events
WRM7 Construction  Investigate and pilot eco-engineering solutions (slope protection with vetiver grass or FPE | HFF 754 BWDB LGED, RHD,
and stress-tolerant plants or native species, fish pass, elevated roads or causeway avoiding WARPO, DoE,
rehabilitation of crossing waterbodies, restoration of the connectivity of rivers and khals, earthen DBHWD, BFD, DoF,
embankments, etc.) as flood and drainage management measures BADC, BIWTA,
flood and
 Implement eco-engineering solutions for flood and drainage management measures NRCC, PPPA,
drainage private sector
management
measures with
eco-
engineering
solutions
WRM8 Drainage  Comprehensive climate risk assessment of planned or implemented SWM | SEE CZ 1.11, CZ 326 BEZA LGED, RHD, BWDB,
management of economic/industrial zones and critical infrastructure | FPE | HFF 1.4, MR 3.1 WARPO, PPPA,
economic/indu  Preparation and implementation of inside and outside drainage management plans and |URB private sector
strial zones and creation of appropriate drainage mitigation measures considering extreme climate
critical change scenarios, surrounding hydrological system and settlements
infrastructure,  Maintain adequate opening and operational modalities for water regulation and cross-
and reinforced drainage structures based on climate change scenario modelling
climate  Re-excavation, restoration and conservation of natural canals, wetlands or hydrological
resilience systems for proper drainage
through risk  Awareness-raising for climate risk-informed development
assessment
WRM9 Internal  Assessment of climate risk for the char and islands areas for risk-informed CHI CZ 1.11 461 BWDB LGED, DoE, BFD,
drainage development planning DDM, DLS,
management  Preparation and implementation of inside and outside drainage management plan and DYD,WARPO,
DBHWD, MoD,
and climate- the creation of appropriate drainage mitigation measures considering extreme climate
change scenarios, surrounding hydrological system and settlements MoL, PPPA, private
resilient sector, NGOs
development of

144
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

the char and  Maintain adequate opening and operational modalities for water regulation and cross-
islands areas drainage structures based on climate change scenario modelling of sea-level rise,
extreme storm surges, etc.
 Re-excavation and conservation of natural canals, wetlands or hydrological systems for
proper drainage
WRM10 Protection  Ensure regular and timely O&M of water management and drainage (regulators, FPE | HFF | 1,909 BWDB DBHWD, WARPO,
against flash culverts, etc.) structures, embankments and submersible embankments CHI LGED, RHD,
floods, wave  Develop design guidelines and monitoring tools for construction and regular O&M of CHTDB, DoE, DoF,
DAE, BMD,
action, erosion embankments
SPARRSO, DDM,
and  Participatory conservation of wetlands ecosystems through promoting submersible MoD, BIWTA, BN,
sedimentation embankments and elevated roads with adequate opening for cross drainage BA, MoL, PPPA,
 Development of the karach/hijol belt along the periphery of haor settlements to reduce private sector,
wave action, erosion and consequent land degradation NGOs
 Construction of guide walls for protection from wave action or flash floods in haor areas
 Provisioning of causeways in haor areas for facilitating agricultural and fisheries
production
 Adopt experimental bioengineering and eco-engineering techniques for slope
stabilization of embankments or banks of canals, reducing erosion risk
 Construction, rehabilitation and maintenance of erosion protection structures along 145
erosion-prone rivers
 Indigenous or native vegetation or tree plantation along hill slopes to reduce soil
erosion during excessive rain and flash floods
 Maintaining connectivity of rivers or khals with perennial beels, seasonal wetlands in
haor areas and charas or jhiris in the CHT area
 Development of awareness at the planning and local levels of the principles of ‘living
with floods’ in deeply flooded haor areas ensuring the conservation of rich ecosystems
 Ensure hassle-free land rights to entitled holders after the reemergence of eroded land
 Development of haor, wetland, char-specific WASH technologies focusing on serving
the needs of people living on Aati (in haor) and char
WRM11 Erosion risk  Improvement of the existing erosion prediction model using artificial intelligence for FPE | HFF CC18.5 7 BWDB WARPO, CEGIS,
management predicting riverbank erosion risks under long-term future climate change scenarios FFWC, ICT, LGED,
through  Development of an erosion risk management tool using the state-of-the-art Erosion RHD, LGIs, BMD,
SPARRSO, DDM,
erosion Prediction Model for Bangladesh
BFD, PPPA, private
prediction,  Increase community volunteering or community-based risk flagging for warning sector
improved early dissemination and evacuation

145
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

warning and its  Increase access of communities to disseminated early warning information through the
dissemination use of ICT
WRM12 Sustainable  Innovation and investigation and piloting of bioengineering shoreline protection SWM | SEE CZ 1.3, 755 BWDB WARPO, CEGIS,
shoreline measures |CHT | HFF CC9.17 LGED, RHD, LGIs,
erosion  Prediction of shoreline erosion using the erosion prediction model under climate | NNW BMD, SPARRSO,
DDM, DoE, MoD,
management change scenarios
BFD, BN, BA, BCG,
based on eco- or  Design and implement eco- or bioengineering shoreline protection measures such as MoL, PPPA, private
bioengineering oyster reef, vetiver grass or mangrove plants like Golpata, etc. sector
measures  Regular O&M of protection measures for ensuring durability and sustainability
WRM13 Reclamation  Identify suitable areas for reclamation and development of lands through erosion and SEE |CHI HR2.1/2.2, 490 BWDB BFD, DoE, MoL,
and accretion analysis HR2.4 DAE, DoF, BIWTA,
development of  Land acquisition and stress-tolerant species plantation WARPO, RRI, MoD,
private sector
lands for the  Community-based afforestation and social forestry engaging communities
expansion of
 Conservation of forestry, wetlands and internal drainage channels
afforestation,
agriculture,  Strategic environmental and climate risk assessments for agriculture, shrimp
cultivation and climate-proofed settlements and communication facilities development
shrimp
cultivation and  Internal drainage management and climate proofing of water management and disaster
settlements protection infrastructures
 Expansion of settlements and increased opportunities for livelihood generation
activities
WRM14 River  Assess erosion risk-prone areas through analysis of historical river morphology and FPE | HFF MR 1.1, MR 587 BWDB WARPO, BIWTA,
management bank line shifting 1.46,DP 1.3 DBHWD, RRI, DoE,
through bank  Design riverbank stabilization and training on related structural and non-structural RHD, LGED, LGD,
BFD, NRCC, DoF,
stabilization measures considering the hydromorphological characteristics of rivers and climate
change MoD, MoL, BADC,
and other PPPA, private
ancillary works  Implement river stabilization and training works to provide erosion protection and sector
management of rivers
 Introduce eco-engineering measures for riverbank stabilization and ancillary works
 Ensure regular and timely O&M of protection measures
WRM15 Ecosystem-  Measure sediment loads and assess sediment budget SWM | SEE 83 BWDB BIWTA, DoE, BFD,
based sediment  Identification of approaches for ecosystem-based sediment management such as tidal | CHI DDM, LGED, DYD,
management river management DSS, DWA, SRDI,
WARPO, BN, BA,
along coasts  Piloting and evaluation of lessons learned from ecosystem-based sediment BCG, MoL
and in estuaries management approaches
 Implementation of ecosystem-based sediment management on coasts and in estuaries

146
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
WRM16 Drought  Development of a national drought management master plan DBA|NNW| CZ 1.3, CZ 99 BADC, BWDB, LGED,
management  Groundwater resources mapping, and ensure efficient and conjunctive use of water CBL|CHT|S 1.6 BMDA, WARPO, SRDI,
measures for based on groundwater availability assessment WM CHTDB DPHE, DBHWD,
DDM
enhanced  Restrict groundwater abstraction in depleted areas by introducing water pricing
groundwater policies
recharge and  Formulate strategies, and explore and implement managed aquifer recharge and
increased soil rainwater harvesting
moisture in
 Implementation of Bangladesh Water Rule 2018 for conserving water bodies and
water-stressed ensuring wise use of water
areas
 Coordinated and community-based rainwater harvesting through indigenous
techniques and conservation of springs in CHT
 Introduce and implement shadow water pricing to increase water use efficiency and
ensure conjunctive use of water
 Digging of reservoirs, dighis or mini-ponds for surface water harvesting
WRM17 Development of  Assess meteorological, hydrological and agricultural drought for establishing co- Nationwid MR 1.2 6 BADC BMDA, CHTDB,
a national relation based on seasonal variability e BMD, SPARRSO,
drought  Establish memorandums of understanding and data-sharing protocols with relevant BWDB, LGED,
WARPO, SRDI,
monitoring agencies and knowledge institutes for drought-related data collection, drought
system assessment and monitoring framework development DPHE, DBHWD, 147
CEGIS, DDM, PPPA,
 Develop and launch a national drought monitoring system and operationalize climate private sector
information services for planning and farm-level early warning dissemination
WRM18 Planned,  Implement integrated water resources management for climate change adaptation SWM | SEE 170 BWDB LGED, RHD, MoL,
participatory through optimized use of scarce freshwater resources |CHT | FPE DoE, DAE, BFD,
and  Community-based climate change risk, vulnerability and adaptation need mapping for | HFF | DoF, DDM, DLS,
DBA DPHE, LGD, DYD,
coordinated supporting locally led adaptation
CBL| DSS, DWA, SRDI,
land and water  Climate-sensitive land zoning NNW| CHI BIWTA, WARPO,
resources  Development of gender-inclusive and youth-led functional participatory water and |URB DBHWD, NGOs
management disaster management groups
 Effective co-management of watersheds and water regulation
 Maintain coordination between participatory water management committees (e.g.,
water management groups) and disaster management committees
WRM19 Transboundary  Strengthen bilateral and multilateral water diplomacies with transboundary countries Nationwid 9 JRC BWDB, NRCC,
river basin for enhanced cooperation in basinwide management e DBHWD, BIWTA,
management  Knowledge and information exchange from similar transboundary basin countries MoFA, PMO
and basin-level  Development of negotiation skills among young water professionals
cooperation

147
 Cost Implementing entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
WRM20 Development of  Development of an institutional framework for effective basinwide management within SWM | CHT 21 BWDB LGED, RHD, MoL,
a basinwide and among transboundary countries | FPE | HFF DoE, DAE, BFD,
and  Knowledge-sharing on basinwide management with other similar countries | DBA DoF,DDM, DLS,
CBL| NNW DPHE, LGD, DYD,
participatory  Update the participatory water management framework for supporting participatory DSS, DWA,
watershed basinwide management WARPO, DBHWD,
management  Develop and implement guidelines to restore, harvest and optimize use of water CHTDB, BMDA
framework to resources
restore, harvest
and optimize
the use of water
resources
WRM21 Remodelling of  Climate data downscaling, assessment of anomalies and future climate scenarios Nationwid 542 BWDB LGED, RHD,
water- development e BIWTA, FFWC,
regulating and  Conduct hydrodynamic and hydrological modelling and assess the adequacy of existing WARPO, DBHWD,
MoL, LGD, DDM,
cross-drainage water regulation and cross-drainage structures under climate change scenarios
DoF, PPPA, private
structures  Redesign and implement remodelled water regulation and cross-drainage structures to sector
considering be adequate under future scenarios
climate change  Introduce eco-friendly and composite materials for remodelling water management
scenarios structures
Grand total for water resources (billion BDT) 10,383

148
Table AII.2: Disaster, social safety and security
BDP21 Cost Implementing entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
Lead Supporting
CCAP BDT)
CDM1 Construction and  Rehabilitation of existing cyclone shelters to make the gender- and disability- SWM|SEE|CHI| CC1.4 592 DDM, EED, BWDB, RHD,
rehabilitation of friendly and to serve multiple purposes FPE|HFF LGED DoE, ICT, HBRI,
gender-, age- and  Construction of gender- and disability-friendly, multipurpose and climate-resilient PWD, DWA, DSS,
disability-sensitive cyclone and flood shelters meeting the desired level of shelter density in disaster- DPHE, DAE,
multipurpose, prone vulnerable areas WARPO, DBHWD,
climate-resilient PPPA, MoD, private
and accessible  Provision of safe drinking water, lactation and maternity facilities, gender- and sector, NGOs
cyclone and flood disability-sensitive sanitation, disability accessibility, livestock shelters, solar
shelters with safe energy, etc.
drinking water,  Connecting emergency response services through boat ambulances, boat schools,
sanitation and potable drinking water, medication and sanitation facilities, etc.
livestock shelter
 Repair, rehabilitate or construct access roads to cyclone shelters that are gender-
facilities
and disability-responsive
CDM2 Landslide early  Landslide susceptibility mapping and risk assessment through comprehensive CHT|HFF|NNW 19 DDM CHTDB, RHD,
warning systems inventory development, monitoring and updating on a regular basis LGED, DoE, BFD,
and risk  Landslide risk management in CHT and other hilly areas following government- BRB, BMD,
management approved scientific guidelines and with a proper geotechnical investigation SPARRSO, DBHWD,
measures based on PPPA, MoD, private
eco- or  Knowledge exchange on landslide risk management using bioengineering measures sector
bioengineering with similar disaster-prone countries
measures  Introduce bioengineering measures for landslides, evaluate their effectiveness and
149
implement them accordingly
 Early warning system, ICT and community-based dissemination system developed
for landslides
CDM3 Implementation of  Study on understanding the relationship of climate change and lightning trends in Nationwide 14 DDM LGD, LGED, RHD,
thunderstorm and Bangladesh DBHWD, PWD,
lightning risk  Plantation of palm trees and installation of lightning arresters at the household level BMDA, DAE,
management in haor and other open areas to protect against frequent lightning and CHTDB, MoD,
measures in highly thunderstorms PPPA, private
susceptible areas sector
 Construction of farmers sheds or pedestrian sheds near open areas for protection
against frequent thunderstorms and lightning
 Development of early warning systems, ICT and community-based dissemination
systems for lightning and thunderstorms
CDM4 Protection and  Development of an inventory of existing and potential climate migrants, and Nationwide 124 DDM DSS, DWA, DYD,
enhanced strengthening response and recovery mechanisms LGD, MoL, BBS,
resilience of  Alternative livelihoods, job creation and income-generation activities BWDB, MoA, MoFL,
climate migrants MoEFCC, LGED,
with a particular  Planned internal climate migrant management in urban areas RHD, CHTDB, PMO,
 In-situ adaptation training for livelihoods to discourage mobility MoF, PPPA, MoD,

149
 BDP21 Cost Implementing entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
Lead Supporting
CCAP BDT)
focus on gender  Ex-situ capacity development training for coping with new environments and private sector,
and disability livelihood opportunities NGOs
 Development of index-based insurance mechanisms (such as weather-based crop
insurance) for potential climate migrants and their livelihoods
 Improve the financial condition of climate migrants
 Planned relocation of settlements at high risk of potential cyclonic storm surges,
floods and erosion
CDM5 Gender-, age- and  Development of youth-led volunteer groups for emergency response, rescue and SWM | SEE 20 DDM DSS, DWA, DYD,
disability- evacuation during disasters |CHT | FPE | LGD, BWDB,
responsive, youth-  Gender- and disability-responsive emergency response services through boat HFF | CBL| MoEFCC, LGED,
led disaster ambulances, boat schools, potable drinking water, medication, maternity and NNW| CHI | RHD, BMD,
preparedness and lactation facilities, hygiene and floating or portable sanitation facilities, etc. URB SPARRSO, CHTDB,
emergency rescue PPPA, MoD, private
and evacuation  Regular drills for emergency response, rescue and evacuation sector, NGOs
services
CDM6 Increase the  Build alternative livelihoods and income-generation opportunities for vulnerable Nationwide 535 DDM, MoF, DSS, DWA,
resilience of people inclusive of gender, ethnic communities, persons with disabilities and other LGD DYD, LGD, BWDB,
vulnerable poor socially disadvantaged groups MoEFCC, LGED,
communities by  Climate insurance for small shrimp cultivators, forest resource users, slum dwellers, DAE, BMDA, DoF,
introducing farmers and women DLS, RHD, BMD,
gender-, age- and SPARRSO, MoD,
disability-  Financial incentives and livelihood promotion for women, ethnic communities, BIDA, CHTDB, ICT,
responsive persons with disabilities and socially disadvantaged groups PPPA, private
diversified  Financial subsidies to capture fishers to avoid local moneylending for purchasing sector, NGOs
livelihoods, fishing gear and equipment
effective insurance
 Training for livelihood diversification for jhum cultivators, dry fish industries,
mechanisms and
fishers, farmers, labourers, shrimp cultivators, forest resource users (FRU), women
climate resilience
funds  Provide production inputs (seeds, fishing gear, etc.)
CDM7 Behavioural  Knowledge dissemination and sensitize communities about localized impacts of Nationwide 3 DDM LGD, ICT, MoEFCC,
change and climate change through community-based and participatory risk assessment and DSS, DWA, DYD,
development of mapping of social resources, infrastructure and adaptation techniques CHTDB, MoD,
awareness among  Awareness-raising and behavioural change programmes for accessing cyclone or PPPA, private
vulnerable flood or other disaster shelters and facilities sector, NGOs
communities for
emergency  Raise awareness and encourage social forestry and tree plantation for forest-
responses and dependent livelihood generation and nature-based adaptation
livelihood  Awareness programme for emergency response, evacuation and disaster
protection from preparedness
climate-induced
 Behavioural change program for enhancing proactive adaptation practices based on
disasters
indigenous knowledge

150
 BDP21 Cost Implementing entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
Lead Supporting
CCAP BDT)
 Development of knowledge and communications hub, e-learning modules, posters,
apps, flyers, animated videos or documentaries, websites, ICT based digital facilities,
electronic and print media, community announcements, etc. for awareness-raising
and behaviour change
 Preparation of gender-sensitive communications materials for awareness-building
and knowledge enhancement
CDM8 Increase the  Initiate climate change allowances and insurance under social security/social safety Nationwide 625 DDM, LGD, MoF, PMO,
coverage of social net programmes DSS, DYD, BWDB, LGED,
security/social  Increase the amount/number of beneficiaries considering the vulnerability growth DWA DAE, BMDA, DoF,
safety net rate DLS, RHD, MoD,
programmes for BMD, SPARRSO,
building  Provision of income security for the elderly, widows and persons with disabilities ICT, CHTDB, NGOs
community-based  Generating temporary employment for working-age men and women and
resilience and supporting the healthy development of young mothers and children
adaptive capacity
 Livelihood protection and improvement for communities of the char and islands
areas
CDM9 Halt child abuse,  Awareness-raising among communities and children regarding the effects of climate Nationwide 7 DDM, LGD, DYD, ICT,
early marriage and change on abuse, early marriage or domestic violence DSS, CHTDB, MoD,
domestic violence  Sensitize community representatives for regular grooming of vulnerable families DWA MoLJPA, private
triggered by sector
climate-induced  Inclusion of domestic violence-prone vulnerable families or marginal families in
disasters social safety net programmes 151
 Update education curriculum for knowledge and awareness-building among
children
 Stringent enforcement of laws against domestic violence and child abuse
CDM10 Accelerated  Expand CMSME programmes for women and youth Nationwide 230 DWA, MoF, DSS, LGD,
livelihood  Extension of easy access to microcredit support or start-up loans ICT, DAE, BMDA, DoF,
improvements for DYD, DLS, BIDA, MoD,
women, people  Entrepreneurial training for local resources use (in market promotion) PPPA CHTDB, private
with disabilities  Revetment from taxes and levies sector, NGOs
and young
 Promote community-based farming (CBF) (agriculture, fishery, livestock)
entrepreneurs
through vocational  Capacity development through vocational training on adaptation and ICT
training on
adaptation
practices and ICT
CDM11 Introduction of  Inventory of critical and disaster protection structures Nationwide 23 DDM, DSS, DWA, DYD,
risk transfer and  Develop a framework for the financial protection of critical coastal infrastructure MoF LGD, BWDB,
insurance through risk transfer or insurance mechanisms based on discussion with banks, MoEFCC, WARPO,
mechanisms for financial institutions, NBR and PPPA LGED, DAE, BMDA,
protection of DoF, DLS, RHD,
critical and  Popularize and implement risk transfer or insurance facilities BMD, SPARRSO,

151
 BDP21 Cost Implementing entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
Lead Supporting
CCAP BDT)
disaster protection  Encourage private sector investors to build adaptation or disaster risk reduction BIDA, CHTDB,
infrastructure, infrastructure using risk transfer tools MoD, ICT, MoP,
vulnerable MSMEs PPPA, private
and farmers sector, insurance
companies, NGOs
CDM12 Building climate-  Establishment of low-cost and sustainable climate-resilient houses (such as elevated, Nationwide 160 DDM, LGD, PWD, HBRI,
resilient houses, portable, solar energy-based cookstoves, rainwater harvesting, sanitation facilities, LGED, UDD, MoEdu,
education & etc.) for marginal communities following the guidelines of House Building Research EED, MoEFCC, CHTDB,
communication Institute. RHD WARPO, MoD,
infrastructure in  Building research institutes and other piloted initiatives DBHWD, PPPA,
areas with high private sector,
climate risk  Establishment of climate-resilient education facilities (such as floating or NGOs
dismantlable schools, boat schools, elevated schools with digital multimedia
facilities, home-based digital schools, etc.) for reducing risks to education during
disasters
 Development of climate resilient rural and urban communication infrastructures
 Gender and disability inclusion in developing climate-resilient shelters, houses and
educational facilities
Grand total for disaster, social safety and security (billion BDT) 2,352

Table AII.3: Agriculture

Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
CSA1 Extension of  Improve irrigation water conveyance efficiency through buried pipes, hose pipes, canal SWM | SEE | 313 BADC DAE, LGED, RDA,
climate-smart lining, etc. CHT | FPE | and BWDB, CHTDB,
technologies  Improve on-farm water use efficiency through bund management, leaser levelling, HFF | DBA BMDA DoF, LGD, PPPA,
CBL | NNW | WARPO, private
for increasing volumetric water pricing (prepaid metering), etc.
CHI | URB sector
irrigation  Extension of alternate wetting and drying (AWD) in HYV boro rice cultivation system for
water use improving on-farm water use efficiency
efficiency  Introducing micro-irrigation systems (sprinkler and drip) for increasing water use
efficiency
 Practicing agronomic management (reduce tillage, direct wet seeded rice using drum
seeder, mulching, etc.) for minimizing water loss.
 Training and demonstration of different water saving technologies

152
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
CSA2 Augmentatio  Rehabilitation of existing surface water irrigation projects particularly in Muhuri, Manu, SWM | SEE | DP1.1, 846 BWDB, DAE, LGED, RDA,
n of surface Bhola, Barisal, Chandpur, Meghna-Dhonogoda, Testa and the Ganges-Kobadak (GK) CHT | FPE | BADC CHTDB, DoF,
HFF | DBA
DP1.2, and LGED, NRCC, JRC,
water for Irrigation Project.
CBL | NNW | DP1.4 BMDA WARPO, RRI,
irrigation and  Implementation of the Padma Barrage Project
CHI DBHWD, PPPA,
multipurpose  Implementation of the North Rajshahi Irrigation Project private sector
use  Rainwater harvesting through periodic re-excavation of perennial water bodies (ponds,
beels, canals, rivers, etc.) for year-round surface water availability
 Rainwater harvesting and storing treated wastewater for watering rooftop gardens
CSA3 Extension of  Extension of different stress-tolerant varieties (salinity, heat, cold, flood, lodging, etc.) SWM | SEE | MR12.1, 20 DAE RDA, NARS
stress- through training, field-level demonstrations and input supplies CHT | FPE | institutes, BADC,
HFF | DBA
CC12.37 BMDA, CHTDB,
tolerant, pest  Extension of pest- and disease-resistant varieties through training, field-level
CBL | NNW | DoF, SRDI, DoE,
and disease- demonstrations and input supplies.
CHI | URB PPPA, DoFood,
resistant rice  Extension of biofortified (zinc, iron, protein, etc.) crop varieties through training, field- private sector
and non-rice level demonstrations and input supplies.
crops  Ensure the availability of seeds of different stress-tolerant rice and non-rice crops
CSA4 Introduction  Alternate use of saline and non-saline water in maize, sunflower and wheat cultivation Nationwide 15 DAE RDA, NARS
and scaling in the saline zone institutes, BADC,
up of  Upscaling of floating agriculture for the southern, haor and beel areas BMDA, DoF, NGOs,
CHTDB, BIDA,
innovative  Upscaling of coffee, cashew nut, mixed fruit and other high-value crop cultivation in the
and
PPPA, private 153
hill and terrace region sector
indigenous  Extension of the Sorjan method in the southern region
agriculture
 Upscaling of sack gardening in the char island and southern region
 Extension of community seedbeds in haor, beel and floodplain areas
 Promotion of sandbar agriculture in char areas
 Introduction of hydroponic farming and upscaling of rooftop gardening in urban areas
 Extension of high-value fruit and vegetable cultivation in the barind and north-western
region
CSA5 Crop  Extension of family nutrition gardens in homestead and uncultivated fallow land SWM | SEE | 15 DAE BADC, BMDA,
diversificatio  Introduction of BARI, BRRI and other agricultural universities and private organizations CHT | FPE | NARS institutes,
n/intensificat to develop a quadruple cropping pattern HFF | DBA BADC, DoF,
CBL | NNW | DBHWD, MoL,
ion for  Extension of relay and mixed cropping in all regions CHI NGOs, CHTDB,
natural PPPA, DoFood,
 Strengthen vegetable cultivation in peri-urban areas
resources private sector
optimization
and reduction

153
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
of climate
stress
CSA6 Farm  Extension of auto transplanter/seed drill use to minimize the time gap between two SWM | SEE | 106 BADC, RDA, NARS
modernizatio seasons and labour costs CHT | FPE | BMDA, institutes, NGOs,
n/mechanizat  Expansion of mechanical weeders and threshers to reduce the labour crisis and HFF | DBA DAE CHTDB, BIDA,
CBL | NNW | PPPA, private
ion to reduce minimize cost
CHI sector
climate  Expansion of combine harvesters/reapers for quick harvesting during disaster periods
vulnerability and to reduce the time gap between two seasons
 Introduction of mechanical grain dryer for haor, chalan beel and low-lying areas
 Promotion of jute ribbon retting to minimize the quantity of water for rotting and
environmental pollution
 Expansion of solar irrigation pumps for reducing biofossil energy sources
 Promotion of small tool packages (foot pump and hand sprayer, budding knife, bush
cutter, etc.) in hilly regions
 Crop insurance for climatic stress-prone areas
 Introduction of UAV technologies for precision use of agrochemicals
CSA7 Increased  Establishment of mobile soil testing labs at the union level SWM | SEE | 103 BADC, DAE, BMDA, NARS
fertilizer use  Increase fertilizer use efficiency by using fertilizer deep placement technology CHT | FPE | SRDI institutes, NGOs,
efficiency for HFF | DBA CHTDB, DoE, BFD,
 Subsidy for urea super granule and nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium (NPK) Guti CBL | NNW | DoF, PPPA, private
enhancing briquette machines and fertilizer deep placement (FDP) applicator CHI sector
production
 Extension of the use of the leaf colour chart (LCC) for optimizing urea fertilizer use and
minimizing the cost of production
 Fertilizer application based on prior soil testing for minimizing the use of chemical
fertilizers
 Combined application of organic and inorganic fertilizers considering the integrated
plant nutrient system (IPNS)
 Application of biochar for crop production and soil health improvement
 Application of nano fertilizer/pesticides for the effective use of fertilizers
 Awareness development for the application of an optimum dose of organic fertilizer for
increasing soil water-holding capacity
 Development of fertilizer storage facilities to maintain the quality and ingredients of
respective fertilizes (e.g., quality can degrade due to high temperatures)
 Mouza/blockwise fertilizer dose recommendations should be prepared for optimum use
of chemical fertilizers
CSA8 Extension of  Good agricultural practices (GAP) for all regions SWM | SEE | 25 DAE, RDA, NARS
good CHT | FPE | CHTDB institutes, BMDA,
HFF | DBA

154
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
agricultural  Modern agricultural technology for hills (MATH) and sloping agricultural land CBL | NNW | DoE, NGOs, PPPA,
practices, technology (SALT) for the hilly regions CHI private sector
modern
agricultural
technology
and sloping
agricultural
land
technology
CSA9 Strengthening  Location-specific pest and disease outbreak alerts Nationwide 15 DAE ICT, BMD,
and  AEZ based Real-time agro-met services SPARRSO, BADC,
development DoF, FFWC, BWDB,
 AEZ specific crop modelling for CC stress management based on agroecological zones DDM, BMDA,
of impact-
 Benchmark survey and mapping on GHG emissions and climate-induced hazards CHTDB, DoE, PPPA,
based early private sector
(salinity, droughts, floods, storm surges, etc.)
warning
systems and  Database generation of micro-level data on soil and crops for better management of CC
impacts
data
management  Land zoning and land-use planning database development
for
agriculture
CSA10 Improvement  Establishment of regulated markets, provision for grading and standardization of Nationwide 145 BADC, RHD, LGED, LGD, 155
of storage or produce, standardization of weights and measures, and daily broadcasting of market DAM, BRTA, BIWTA,
post-harvest prices of agricultural products DAE MoS, ICT, CHTDB,
 Construction of community seed storage, cold storage, godown and food silos in BIDA, PPPA,
facilities,
different climatic stress zones private sector
transport,
communicati  Freezing vans, extra compartments attached to passenger trains for carrying vegetables
ons and e- and fruits
commerce-  Construction of farm-level roads particularly in haor and low-lying areas
based market  Adaptation policy for market price support for producers and consumers
facilities for
agricultural
products
CSA11 Development  Development/promotion of agro-processing industries (fruits, vegetables, cereals and Nationwide 52 BADC, BSCIC, NGOs,
of agrofood pulses, etc.) in rural areas/CHT DAM, CHTDB, BIDA, MoI,
processing  Industrialization based on different crop zones and production (e.g., mango in Rajshahi, DAE PPPA, private
sector
industries litchi in Dinajpur, etc.)
based on  Household-based mini-processing factories developed (jam, jelly, etc.)
climate-

155
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
sensitive crop
zoning
CSA12 Development  Development of e-commerce facilities Nationwide 11 DAM, DWA, DSS, DSW,
of e-  Engagement of women, people with disabilities and youth in online/offline agriculture DAE, MoWCA, DYD,
commerce marketing system ICT CHTDB, BIDA,
BADC, BMDA,
and  Engagement of women, people with disabilities and youth in different value chain PPPA, private
engagement systems as value chain actors sector, NGOs
of women,
people with
disabilities
and youth in
e-commerce-
based
entrepreneur
ship
Grand total for agriculture (billion BDT) 1,666

Table AII.4: Fisheries, aquaculture and livestock

BDP21 Cost Implementing Entity

Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
CCAP BDT) Lead Supporting
CFL1 Extension of  Identify and select simultaneous culture of fish or shellfish along with other culture SWM | SEE | 162 DoF BFRI, BFDC, MoA,
climate- systems in light of integrated fish farming (IFF) CHT | FPE | LGD, BMDA,
resilient  Identify and demonstrate suitable state-of-the-art aquaculture technology HFF | DBA CHTDB, MoWR,
CBL | NNW | MoEFCC, MoI, MoS,
technology  Facilitate mangrove ecosystem-friendly aquaculture (i.e., silvofishery) in existing coastal CHI | URB NGOs, PPPA,
for combating farms private sector
climate-  Maintain sufficient water in ponds
related
 Species diversification in coastal aquaculture
stresses in
aquaculture  Select and develop stress-tolerant species of commercially important fish for extension
 Facilitate in developing and extension of stress-tolerant functional aqua-feed
 Emphasize and facilitate mechanization, automation and technology (e.g., Fourth
Industrial Revolution, sensors, IOT, etc.) to combat climate-related stresses in
aquaculture
 Introduce IMTA (integrated multi-trophic aquaculture in suitable areas

156
 BDP21 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
CCAP BDT) Lead Supporting

 Utilize solar energy for avoiding GHG .

CFL2 Development  Develop and disseminate stressor-based early warning systems for fisheries SWM | SEE | 88 DoF BFRI, BFDC, LGD,
of climate-  Restore connectivity between habitats and increase room for water HFF | DBA MoA, MoWR,
ready open CBL | NNW | MoEFCC, BMDA,
 Restore habitats for the conservation of aquatic resources under conservation CHI | BoB | CHTDB, MoI, MoS,
water programmes (e.g., sanctuaries, marine protected areas (MPA), ecosystem-based URB NGOs, PPPA,
fisheries fisheries management) to enhance productivity private sector
management  Stock enhancement of threatened fish species
 Climate-responsive hilsa fishery management
 Open water fisheries resource mapping

CFL3 Development  Identify and select mariculture species and their extension SWM | SEE | 45 DoF BFRI, BORI, BFDC,
and  Develop a leapfrogging approach for coastal fisheries management BoB BCG, BMA, BN,
management MoS, MoI, MoEFCC,
 Develop an integrated approach for mangrove fisheries management MoFA, MoA,
of coastal and
 Seaweed farming as a sustainable blue food and the pathway to carbon neutrality. BWDB, CHTDB,
marine NGOs, private
fisheries to sector 157
foster the
blue economy
CFL4 Validation  Identify the selected indigenous technologies practising currently SWM | SEE | 14 DoF BFRI, BFDC, BORI,
and extension  Conduct stakeholder surveys and accumulate information by stress area CHT | HFF | DAE, LGD, DSS,
of indigenous DBA DWA, DYD, CHTDB,
 Upscale selected indigenous technologies for battling climatic stress CBL | NNW BMDA, DBHWD,
knowledge-
MoEFCC, private
based sector, NGOs
adaptation
techniques to
combat
climatic
effects on
fisheries

157
 BDP21 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
CCAP BDT) Lead Supporting
CFL5 Monitoring,  Develop a Fourth Industrial Revolution (4th IR) and Internet of things (IOT) based SWM | SEE | 246 DoF BFRI, BFDC, DoE,
evaluation monitoring tool for monitoring and surveillance of illegal and indiscriminate fishing CHT| DBA BFD, BCG, BN, Port
and activities CBL | NNW | Authority, BIWTA,
 Identification of monitoring parameters/indicators by consulting line agencies CHI | BoB | BWDB, MoA,
enforcement
URB CHTDB, NGOs
to ensure the  Determination of monitoring locations and frequency of monitoring
conservation
of fish
biodiversity
and habitat
CFL6 Development  Identify suitable area for shrimp zoning in the reclaimed land of the coastal region with SWM | SEE | 7 DoF BFRI, BFDC, LGD,
of shrimp befitting planning BoB MoL, MoA, MoS,
culture  Identification of criteria for delineating the shrimp zone with a multicriteria analysis BORI, BMA, NGOs,
WARPO, DBHWD,
planning and (MCA)
CHTDB, BMDA,
zoning  Engagement of different relevant stakeholders from farmers to line and research MoI, MoEFCC
agencies

CFL7 Improvement  Establish fish storage facilities Nationwide 288 BFDC, ICT, RHD, LGED,
of post-  Develop e-commerce-based fish market facilities DoF LGD, BRTA,
harvest BIWTA, MoS, DSS,
 Create fish transport with freezing facilities DWA, DYS, CHTDB,
facilities and
BMDA, BIDA,
e-commerce- PPPA, private
based market sector
facilities for
fisheries and
aquaculture
CFL8 Development  Make arrangement for value addition to fisheries products Nationwide 46 BFDC DoF, BFRI, NGOs,
of fish  Identify the components of the value chain and their functions BIDA, PPPA,
industries private sector,
 Identify the actors of the value chain and their roles and responsibilities MoL, MoEFCC,
based on
 Engage relevant stakeholders and interact with them for stocktaking of relevant BWDB, WARPO,
climate- DBHWD, CHTDB,
information
sensitive crop BMDA, MoS,
zones BIWTA, ICT, BIDA,
MoI, PPPA, private
sector
CFL9 Extension of  Extension of stress-tolerant livestock and poultry breeds Nationwide 41 DLS BLRI, LGD, BADC,
climate-  Extension of climate-smart farmhouses (heat/cold minimization with local and low-cost DAE, DoF, BMDA,
stress- technology) in rural areas CHTDB, knowledge
institutes,
tolerant  Extension of stress-tolerant high-yielding fodder cultivation in climate-stressed regions academia and

158
 BDP21 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
CCAP BDT) Lead Supporting

livestock and  Promotion and extension of hydroponic fodder cultivation for meeting fodder demand universities, NGOs,
poultry during disasters LGED, PWD, HBRI,
breeds, farms,  Development and extension of dietary feed manipulation PPPA, private
sector
feed and  Extension of community-based livestock and poultry farm management systems to
fodder minimize climate hazard impacts
CFL10 Development  Location-specific pest and disease outbreak alerts Nationwide 11 DLS ICT, BMD,
of a national  Livestock and poultry census by upazilla and update it SPARRSO, BLRI,
livestock and LGD, BADC, DAE,
 Livestock and poultry pest and diseases database development DoF, BMDA,
poultry
 National livestock and poultry demand analysis based on population growth CHTDB, MoEFCC,
database and PPPA, private
information sector
CFL11 Extension of  Extension of country-hen rearing at the household level for meeting family demand as Nationwide 120 DLS BLRI, LGD, BADC,
indigenous well as economic return DAE, DoF, BMDA,
and advanced  Extension of local promising cattle breeds in all suitable areas CHTDB, MoL,
MoEFCC,
livestock and  Extension of buffalo farming in different climate-stressed areas knowledge
poultry institutes,
 Extension of advanced livestock farming for combating climatic stresses
farming academia and
practices  Engagement of youth and women in advanced livestock and poultry farm management
universities, NGOs,
 Awareness-building on livestock and poultry deworming and vaccination private sector 159
 Application of Internet of things-based farm management systems
 Extension of climate-smart poultry hatchery management
 Resilience-building through feed intake (vitamin C during cold weather and saline
during hot weather)
 Promotion and extension of green feed additives for climate resilience and sustainable
livestock production
 Application of climate-smart biotechnological tools
 Extension of silage preparation technology to farmers
 Use of AI techniques to develop climate stress-tolerant breeds
 Establishment of silo pits under every upazilla livestock office to provide silage to local
farmers
CFL12 Climate-  Construction of killas for livestock shelter during natural disasters (cyclone, floods, etc.) Nationwide 207 DLS LGED, BLRI, DDM,
resilient  Community-based shelter management for livestock PWD, HBRI, DAE,
infrastructure BADC, MoEFCC,
 Feed/fodder storage capacity-building in disaster-prone areas to support disaster CHTDB, RHD,
development responses PPPA, private
for the safety sector, NGOs
 Infrastructure for rapid-response mobile veterinary services during disasters
of livestock

159
 BDP21 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain 00 (billion
CCAP BDT) Lead Supporting

and poultry
during
disasters
CFL13 Development  Development of livestock product processing and storage industries to reduce loss from Nationwide 135 DLS LGD, BLRI, BSCIC,
of livestock climatic or any other hazards (e.g., COVID-19) DDM, PWD, HBRI,
product  Development of a livestock product transportation system (e,g., freezing van, road DAE, BADC, BFDC,
MoEFCC, BIDA,
processing communication system, etc.)
CHTDB, PPPA,
industries  Development of e-commerce-based livestock and poultry products marketing systems BIWTA, private
and  Development of household-based mini milk- and meat-processing industries led by sector, NGOs
transportatio youth and women
n systems
 Private sector investment in livestock and poultry product marketing systems and
processing industries
 Development of milk-processing factories (cheese, UHT, chocolate, etc.) in the milk
production zone
 Awareness-building programme to popularize processed milk products (e.g., cheese can
be included in school feeding programmes)
 Development of community-based livestock product marketing systems
Grand total for fisheries, aquaculture and livestock (billion BDT) 1,410

Table AII.5: Urban areas

BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity

Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting
CRC1 Improvement  Construct and rehabilitate adequate coverage of artificial drainage networks in all major URB UA 1.3, 1,914 LGD UDD, PWD, BIWTA,
of natural and cities through water modelling under extreme climate change scenarios LGED, RHD, BWDB,
UA10.3, DBHWD, WARPO,
artificial  Maintain enough room for rivers flowing through cities for accommodating excess flood UA11.1,UA MoL, DoE, PPA,
stormwater volume during an extreme event
3.1,UA private sector
drainage  Revitalization of rivers or wetlands flowing inside or surrounding any city through
networks for regular dredging or re-excavation 23.1,CC9.18
reducing  Integrated solid waste and urban drainage management for sustainable drainage system
vulnerabilitie development following 3R (reduce, recycle, recovery) principles
s to urban  Awareness raising and citizen behaviour change to avoid illegal waste dumping into
flooding and drains or khals

160
 BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting

drainage  Regular cleaning of khals or canals inside the city to maintain adequate drainage
congestion capacity, navigability and connectivity with rivers (where appropriate)
 IT-based monitoring mechanisms for urban drainage clogging, reporting, evaluation and
rehabilitation
 Improvement of storm water drainage system using smart warnings and pumping
stations
 Climate-proofing of water management infrastructure supporting improved drainage
 Develop required infrastructures and purchase machineries for garbage cleaning on a
regular basis and during extreme rainfall events
CRC2 Expansion  Conservation of urban wetlands or khals; develop walkway and recreational facilities URB UA 9.1, UA 189 LGD UDD, PWD, BWDB,
and along the banks of khals or wetlands DBHWD, WARPO,
1.1 DoE, BFD, LGED,
conservation  Urban landscaping through green and blue infrastructure to reduce the heat island
RHD, MoL, DYD,
of green and effect, pollution, human health discomfort, etc.
DWA, DSS, BA,
blue  Expansion of green building and green roofs to reduce the urban heat island effect and BAF, BN, BCG, PPA,
infrastructure enhance cooling, carbon sequestration and energy efficiency private sector
for  Support rooftop gardening or plantations, installation of solar energy, and biodiversity
improvement conservation through tax instruments
of urban  Design smart villages and smart cities with a 10 percent provision for protected areas
environments 161
 Community conservation area or OECM and 25 percent of area as green space (rooftop
and drainage
garden, hanging garden, greening office and academic compounds, greening military
systems compounds, urban green parks or garden development, etc.) along with water-sensitive
planning
 Plant suitable species of trees or grass on roadsides or road islands
 Promote environmentally friendly vehicles and mass transport to reduce emissions and
pollution
 Expansion and commercialization of urban agriculture through rainfed rooftop and
vertical farming for boosting leafy vegetable production and food security
 Development of climate-smart solar energy-based utilities and installation of lightning
arresters in residential and commercial buildings
 Strict monitoring and enforcement of land cover change per DAP or structural plan to
reduce encroachment on permeable open land, khash lands or green areas

161
 BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting
CRC3 Stormwater  Preparation of stormwater management guidelines based on low-impact development URB 37 LGD UDD, PWD, BIWTA,
management concepts and operationalization LGED, RHD, BWDB,
in cities  Feasibility study and implement different low-impact development (LID) measures such DBHWD, WARPO,
MoL, DoE, PPA,
through as permeable pavement, rooftop rainwater harvesting and use for households,
disconnecting direct runoff, green parks or playgrounds, bioswale or bioretention cells, private sector
attenuating
peak flow and reservoirs, green rooftops, etc.
allowing  Develop the capacity of city managers to understand low-impact development and its
infiltration in operation
line with the
concept of
low-impact
development
CRC4 Development  Take stock of baseline information and needs of city dwellers in all 43 major urban URB 4 LGD UDD, PWD, BIWTA,
of city climate areas for preparing city climate action plans LGED, RHD, BWDB,
action plans  Develop climate action plans for municipalities DBHWD, WARPO,
MoL, DoE, PPA,
for major  Climate risk and vulnerability assessments and mappings for cities private sector
urban and
 Stocktaking of resilient Infrastructure and other adaptation need from the urban areas
peri-urban
areas  Integrate water and climate-smart city development concepts into DAP or other
required urban development policy
emphasizing
the resilience  Adopt climate and disaster risk recovery mechanisms for urban slum dwellers, the
of urban-poor urban poor and climate migrants
communities  Adopt low-impact development principles, 3R principles, and urban green and blue
and climate conservation and expansion
migrants  Develop implementable actions for the short, medium and long term for climate-
resilient city development that enhances the resilience of the urban poor and climate
migrants along with implementation mechanisms and financing modalities
CRC5 Expand  Expand the use of deeper groundwater reserves through solar-powered water URB 65 LGD DSW, Mow CA,
innovative networks, advanced water storage through small-scale retention structures and BIWTA, LGED,
climate- rainwater harvesting, climate-resilient latrines, and gender-sensitive drinking water RHD, BWDB,
points for marginal urban communities to reduce the health risks of climate change DBHWD, WARPO,
resilient,
 Establish sheds with improved gender- and disability-sensitive WASH facilities for Moll, DoE, BIDA,
gender-, age- UDD, PPA, private
and reducing heat stress and lightning risk and supporting physical well-being
sector
disability-  Introduce community-based low-cost desalination techniques and freshwater
sensitive management for mass drinking water supplies among coastal city communities
WASH
technologies
and facilities

162
 BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting

for urban
communities

CRC6 Increase  Operationalize new WASAs for climate-sensitive water supply services URB 593 LGD DSW, MoWCA,
access to  Development of climate-smart WASH (Water, Sanitation and Hygiene) technologies and BIWTA, LGED,
water supply, infrastructure to increase the resilience of urban citizens RHD, BWDB,
DBHWD, WARPO,
sanitation  Expand coverage of piped water supplies and improved sanitation in all major cities MoL, DoE, BIDA,
and hygiene UDD, PPA, private
 Develop smart metering systems for water services through assessments of shadow
services in water prices sector
cities for
 Managed aquifer recharge (MAR) and rainwater harvesting for artificial groundwater
reducing
recharge in urban areas
exposure to
flooding and  Ensure implementation/enforcement of the Bangladesh National Building Code (BNBC)
and MAR strategy
waterborne
diseases  Establishment of dense pedestrian sheds in urban areas with improved gender-sensitive
during or WASH facilities for reducing heat stress and lightning risk and supporting physical well- 163
being
after extreme
weather  Increase the efficiency of water use through sustainable management of water
events resources and locally led adaptation practices
 Reduce leakage, repair and provide O&M regularly to halt outbreaks of waterborne
diseases from WASH-related service infrastructure
 Develop climate-resilient and portable public sanitation facilities for marginal people
and slum communities
 Encourage the private sector to invest in expansion of the city water supply and
sanitation services through PPP modalities
 Gender- and disability-responsive WASH service expansion
CRC7 Adopt  Impact assessments of climate change and interventions in water and hydrological URB UA 9.3, UA 13 LGD UDD, PWD, BIWTA,
integrated systems in the upstream and downstream of urban and peri-urban areas to avoid any LGED, RHD, BWDB,
1.2 DBHWD, WARPO,
water consequences downstream
 Maintain coordination and collaboration among development initiatives in urban and MoL, DoE, private
management
peri-urban areas sector
for urban and
peri-urban  Decentralize management adaptation by LGIs
areas

163
 BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting

 Management of water resources, urban drainage system and waste in an integrated

fashion
 Raising awareness among city dwellers and other relevant stakeholders regarding the
importance of integrated water and urban development plans

CRC8 Carry out  Assess impacts of climate change on the well-being of children and youth URB 138 LGD, DWD, DSS, MoYS,
initiatives to  Expansion of green area, biodiversity or green parks, walkways or bicycling facilities DYD DoE, BFD, UDD,
improve the with separate lanes, sports playground and recreational facilities for improvement in PWD, PPPA,
private sector
well-being of the physical health of children and youth
children and  Update education for children to understand climate change and adaptations for
youth and building proactive coping mechanisms
reduce the  Initiatives for children and youth in sports, cycling, swimming and other physical
effects of exercise
climate stress  Expand development programmes for children and youth
 Expand youth entrepreneurship programmes and innovation labs
 Youth leadership development programmes
 Engage youth in the nursery development programme
CRC9 Improvement  Understand and regularly assess the adverse impacts of extreme climate events on URB 52 DGHS ICCDRB, IEDCR,
of mental health inclusive of gender and disability issues BMD, SPARRSO,
surveillance,  Development of advanced and web-based surveillance and early warning systems and WARPO, DWA,
DYD, DSS, CEGIS,
early warning monitoring of psychosocial impacts and mental health risks under extreme climatic
event LGD, DoE, BIDA,
systems and PPPA, ICT, private
monitoring of  Extension of telehealth services for accessing health services sector
psychosocial  Mental health-boosting programme through the development of pollution-free cities
impacts and and expanding green and blue infrastructure
mental health
risks from
extreme
weather
events
CRC10 Extension of  Implementation of feasibility assessments of eco-engineering and environmentally URB 58 LGD DoE, HBRI, City
resilient and friendly measures for infrastructure and communication Development
eco-friendly  Preparation of guidelines for implementing eco-engineering measures and updating Authority, NBR,
IRD
materials and relevant building code like BNBC
engagement  Implement the eco-engineering measures as per developed guidelines
of the private

164
 BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting

sector  Develop proper policy support for producing resilient and eco-friendly brick and other
through construction materials
incentives  Preparation of guidelines for use of eco-friendly materials
and tax  Introduce incentives and tax rebate mechanisms to develop investment ecosystems for
rebates for the private sector
climate-  Popularize and extend eco-friendly materials for climate-resilient infrastructure
resilient development
infrastructure
development
in urban
areas
CRC11 Establishmen  Operational framework development for building climate-resilient health-care facilities URB 214 HED DPHE, ICDDRB,
t of climate- (HCFs) as per WHO guidelines and ensuring the inclusion of women, people with IECDR, SREDA,
resilient diverse gender identities, children, the elderly and persons with disabilities MoPEMR, LGD,
 Establish climate-resilient Health Care Facilities (HCFs), including infection prevention LGED, RHD, DoE,
health-care
and control (ipc) ICT, BFD, BIDA,
facilities in PPPA, private
urban areas  Scenario-based stress test assessments for the health-care system, including in light of sector, MoI, DSW,
the COVID-19 pandemic or sudden shocks, to formulate adaptations MoWCA
 Develop and plan a one health approach to address emerging and re-emerging diseases
and infections (COVID-19, SARS, zika, etc.) due to climate calamities
165
 Identify and initiate climate-smart approaches including WASH interventions to combat
cholera and other neglected diseases (filaria, kalazar, etc.) and to minimize risks from
antimicrobial resistance (AMR)
 Develop special arrangements for emergency neonatal and post-neonatal services
 Initiatives for dense community clinics with local health workers helping women,
children, the physically challenged and pregnant women during climatic hazards
 Expand renewable energy-based power supplies and green buildings for hospitals or
clinics through the private sector
CRC12 Development  Develop specific emergency health-care facilities and infrastructure based on spatial URB 30 DGHS ICCDRB, IEDCR,
of heatwave vulnerability BMD, SPARRSO,
and disease  Improve accessibility and communication facilities to obtain emergency services from WARPO, CEGIS,
LGD, DoE, BIDA,
outbreak health-care facilities
PPPA, ICT, private
advisory  Establish a correlation between heatwaves and disease outbreaks through extensive sector, DSW,
services for research MoWCA
city dwellers  Develop climate and health data sharing protocols and MoUs with relevant agencies,
research and knowledge institutes

165
 BDP2100 Cost Implementing Entity
Code Interventions Activity Domain CCAP (billion
BDT) Lead Supporting

 Review existing health-related advisory services and develop a framework for heatwave
and disease outbreak advisory services with health improvement guidelines
 Establish ICT-based dynamic heatwave and disease outbreak advisory services with
PPP modalities
 Popularize and extend advisory services to citizens
Grand total for urban areas (billion BDT) 3,307
Table AII.6: Ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity

Cost Implementing Entity

BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
EWB1 Extension  Mangrove plantation at possible foreshore mudflats areas along the tidal rivers SWM | SEE | 32 BFD BFRI, BNH, BWDB,
and  Mangrove plantation at foreshores of stable char lands and mudflats of newly accreted CHI LGD, LGED, RHD,
expansion of char lands DSS, DWA, DYD,
BPC, MoL, MoDMR,
the coastal  Conservation and restoration of the Sundarbans ecosystem and biodiversity MoA, MoFL, MoI,
greenbelt for MoS, PPPA, private
 Expand mangrove plantation along embankments of large aquaculture dike toes
protecting sector, NGOs
coastal  Assessment of annual accretion rate along the coastline for new mangrove plantation
habitats,  Enforcement of laws to protect artisanal areas of the coastline from fishing and thereby
including the improve flora and fauna (by the Navy, Coast Guard, fisheries officers, mobile courts)
Sundarbans,  Identify biologically important char lands
mangroves,  Restrict human interventions and perform biological health monitoring of identified
salt marshes, important biodiversity-enriched char lands
etc.
EWB2 Community-  Low-carbon farming through reducing tilling, planting longer-rooted crops and Nationwide 32 BFD BFRI, BNH, CHTDB,
based incorporating organic materials into the soil DBHWD, WARPO,
afforestation  Suitable mangrove plantations at possible spaces in homesteads and along pond banks BWDB, LGD, LGED,
RHD, DSS, DWA,
and in polder areas
DYD, BMDA, MoL,
reforestation  Ornamental and fruit plantations in all institutional yards MoDMR, MoA,
for  Timber and fuel-yielding plantations on hill slopes and in valleys MoFL, MoI, MoS,
biodiversity PPPA, private
 Swamp plantations in all institutional small village platform ridges
conservation, sector, NGOs
enhancement  Bamboo and areca plantations in fallow lands and along village roadsides
of ecosystem
resilience and
increased

166
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

carbon
sequestration

EWB3 Expand  Introduce a nominal payment for ecosystem services (PES) for all tourists and Nationwide 53 BFD BFRI, BNH, CHTDB,
ecosystem- industries in and around the Sundarbans, beach areas, hill areas and wetlands DBHWD, BWDB,
based  Expand agroforestry practices in all homesteads and aquaculture area and mangrove LGD, LGED, RHD,
DSS, DWA, DYD,
adaptation plantation in coastal belt
BMDA, BPC, MoL,
for the  Retain rainwater in deep parts of large wetlands through restoration and bank MoDMR, MoA,
restoration of stabilization MoFL, MoI, MoS,
mangroves,  Retain rainwater through excavation of ponds and trenches alongside cultivable land PPPA, private
hill areas and and ponds sector, NGOs
wetlands to  Provision of rainwater harvesting in all buildings in urban areas and incentives offered
tackle the (for example, a reduced holding tax) by municipal authorities
adverse
impacts of
climate 167
change
EWB4 Extension  Identify law enforcement challenges, responses and collaboration concerning Nationwide 57 DoE BFD, BNH, BFRI,
and environmental crimes CHTDB, BMDA,
expansion of  Links to national and regional forestry, biodiversity and land-use policies DBHWD, WARPO,
LGIs, MoLJPA,
the coastal  Expand required manpower and equipment support to the DoE and BFD to enforce private sector,
greenbelt for environmental regulations and monitoring NGOs
protecting  Establishment of permanent sample plots in different hotspots for periodically
coastal monitoring biodiversity
habitats,
 Establishment of a biodiversity monitoring network and demonstration projects
including the
Sundarbans,  Development of strategies for the conservation and management of private forests
through government legislation and support
mangroves,
salt marshes,  Development of awareness-building programmes for stakeholders to reduce
etc. environmental crimes
 Develop a separate environmental policing system to stop smuggling or trafficking to
overseas markets
 Establish environmental courts in every district and organize specialist knowledge and
training for judicial officials

167
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
EWB5 Community-  Policy for water diplomacy and transboundary negotiation for the use of upstream Nationwide 16 BWDB, RRI, JRC, BFD,
based water with equal rights WARP CHTDB, DBHWD,
afforestation  Create inland water sources for major rivers through re-excavation of large beels, baors O LGD, BMDA, LGIs,
MoA, MoFL, MoI,
and and canals
MoS, NRCC
reforestation  Participatory watershed management through step farming and terrace plantations for
for increasing stream water in hilly areas
biodiversity  Develop ecological hydrographs for all large floodplains
conservation,
 Intensive community consultation and involvement of local knowledge to enhance and
enhancement maintain floodplain ecosystems
of ecosystem
resilience and
increased
carbon
sequestration
EWB6 Restore eco-  Delineation and mapping of small-scale catchment areas in major watersheds Nationwide 42 BWDB DoE, BFRI, BNH,
hydraulics for  Trend analysis of the spatial and temporal connectivity of wetlands with other CHTDB, DBHWD,
wetlands, waterbodies for the last 30 years WARPO, BWDB,
LGD, LGED, RHD,
rivers and  Policy upgradation and enforcement for ensuring upstream fresh water e-flow over the BMDA, NRCC, MoA,
canal year MoFL, MoI, MoS,
systems,  Collection and monitoring of regular data on key parameters of a watershed such as: PPPA, private
including water availability and discharge volume; annual precipitation surplus (precipitation sector
through the minus evapotranspiration); annual runoff; timing (seasonality) of water surplus during
establishment the year and precipitation intensity for future planning and management
of  Evaluation of the functionality and rehabilitation of old hydraulic structures within the
connectivity polder area to raise the freshwater table
and  Removal of infilled debris (garbage and construction site infill) and illegal
protection of encroachments from wetlands by restoration of lateral connectivity between the river
wetlands and floodplain wetlands for increasing floodplain productivity, nutrient exchange and
dispersal of biota
 Implementation of EbA for restore water in feasible wetlands
 Wetlands and rivers should be promoted by recognized scientists and academia for
protection and ‘eco-development’
 Regular monitoring of water quality and nutrition for protecting wetland ecosystems
and biodiversity
 Development of pollution control and prevention tools and technologies from
agriculture, industry and the urban sector

168
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

 Promote scientific research to enhance wetland resource value, improve benefits to

neighbouring communities and strengthen the capacity of the wetland to play
ecological, socioeconomic and hydrological functions
EWB7 Development  Development of MIS including historical land use and land cover maps of forest area SEE | CHT | 19 CHTDB DoE, BFRI, BNH,
of  Development of a future land-use plan for hill and forest management planning HFF | NNW , BFD DBHWD, LGD,
multifunction LGED, RHD, DSS,
 Development of a management programme related to controlling soil erosion, DWA, DYD, BMDA,
al hill and overexploitation and the loss of soil fertility, and improving soil & water quality MoL, MoA, MoI,
forest PPPA, private
 Introduce multilayer agroforestry involving local communities, including women
management sector, NGOs
and  Introduce combined cultivation of swamp tree and cereal/vegetable crops and duck
rearing at possible kandas within the haor areas
conservation
system  Restoration of degraded hills by the historical management system of village common
forests (VCF)
EWB8 Management  Expansion of marine protected area (MPAs) in the Bay of Bengal by at least 20 percent BoB 16 DoE, BFRI, DBHWD,
of marine  Control fishing and other extractive activities in MPAs considering the major fish DoF BWDB, LGD, DSS,
protected species’ breeding seasons DWA, DYD, MoI,
MoS, BN, BCG,
areas and  Introduce registration and tracking systems for all fishing boats using modern BMA, BORI, PPPA,
development technology private sector,
of a NGOs
monitoring
 Promotion of sustainable marine ecosystem management through incorporation of 169
decisions and recommendation by different international conferences and conventions
system to
protect the
rights of
fishing
communities
EWB9 Adopt other  Strengthen the existing biodiversity conservation programme for the Sundarbans and SWM | CHT | 13 BFD DoE, BFRI, BNH,
effective other coastal areas HFF | CHI | CHTDB, DBHWD,
area-based  Assimilation of 20 percent of mangrove plantations (except in the Sundarbans) as URB BWDB, LGD, LGED,
RHD, DSS, DWA,
conservation reserve forest
DYD, BMDA, MoL,
measures to  Create an artificial mangrove forest to expand the Sundarbans for high ecosystem MoDMR, MoA,
fulfil the services value, such as water provision and carbon sequestration MoFL, MoI, MoS,
biodiversity  Special conservation program for conserving flora and fauna within declared protected PPPA, private
framework areas and other biodiversity hotspots sector, NGOs
target  Plantation in the hilly areas to protect topsoil erosion from the hills
 Declare char lands with high biodiversity significance as protected areas and deploy
required human resources to conserve them
 Establish at least one botanical garden in each district town

169
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

 Development of the National Land Use Plan and Land Use Plan Act
EWB10 Combat  Demarcation and monitoring of degraded areas using remote sensing CHT | HFF | 5 BFD DoE, BFRI, BNH,
desertificatio  Bamboo plantation along allow lands and hill toes DBA CHTDB, DBHWD,
n through LGD, DSS, DWA,
 Declare Ratargul Forest and other prominent swamp forests as protected areas and DYD, BMDA, MoL,
planting deploy required human resources to conserve them MoA, PPPA, private
regenerative sector, NGOs
 Plant neem, babla and bamboo along fallow lands and terraces
indigenous
species  Promotion of government, NGO and local people working together to achieve self-
reliance in forest products and maintenance of the ecological balance
EWB11 Conservation  Expand agroforestry practices in all homesteads and aquaculture areas SWM | SEE | 13 DAE BFD, BFRI, BNH,
of  Introduce innovative agricultural practices to support agroecosystems CHT | FPE | DoE, RDA, CHTDB,
agroecosyste HFF DBHWD, LGD, DSS,
 Establishment of a monitoring and warning system for agricultural wild plant CBL | NNW | DWA, DYD, BMDA,
ms through conservation sites CHI MoFL, PPPA,
expanded private sector,
 Strengthening the social forestry system
agroforestry, NGOs
good  Introduce floating garden in wetlands for commercial cultivation
agricultural
practices and
regenerative
agriculture
EWB12 Development  Development of national guidelines for wetland management following the RAMSAR SWM | SEE | 8 DBHW DoE, BFD, BFRI,
of a guidelines CHT | HFF | D BNH, CHTDB,
participatory  Conduct ecological and socioeconomic baseline surveys for developing systematic CBL | URB DBHWD, WARPO,
BWDB, LGD, LGED,
wetlands planning for sustainable wetland resource off-take and effective monitoring systems
RHD, DSS, DWA,
management  Recognize the condition of wetlands prior to disturbance, importance to fish and aquatic DYD, BMDA, MoL,
framework functions, crucial to degradation, pressures on the ecological services and related MoDMR, MoA,
for the physical, chemical and biological characteristics. MoFL, MoI, MoS,
sustainable  Assessment of wetland vulnerability, sensitivity and adaptive capacity to provide vital PPPA, private
management information for determining wetland resource off-take and designing appropriate sector, NGOs
of wetlands interventions
 Formulate water and wetland management committees consisting of different
livelihood groups at the union level across the country with the support of local
administrations
 Development of a participatory wetlands management framework that will provide
guidance to stakeholders on how human activities within the wetland system will be
regulated, threats to the conservation of the wetland could minimized, and local people
empowered to actively participate in the management, monitoring and use of wetland
resources

170
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
EWB13 Conservation  Promote participatory forestry through cash for work systems or financial incentives CHT HR14.3 38 CHTDB DoE, BFD, BFRI,
of village  Enhancement of forest-dependent jobs by reforesting vacant local lands and enhancing BNH, CHTDB, LGD,
common tree cover, inside and outside village areas LGED, RHD, DSS,
DWA, DYD, MoL,
forests  Organize training, provide modern technologies and IT infrastructure to young MoA, MoFL, PPPA,
through community members for proper conservation, monitoring and evaluation of village private sector,
community- common forests NGOs
based spring,  Assessment of local needs and indigenous knowledge-based resource conservation
watershed techniques for intensifying planting to avoid depleting the natural resources of
and watersheds
agricultural  Promote VCF programmes in national or regional plans to increase the area without
landscape interfering with the physical and environmental characteristics of reservoirs
management,  Development of a constant regional funding mechanism and capitalization of traditional
and soil local institutions to increase the total number of VCF
conservation
 Develop a crop calendar for harvesting and new plantation/farming times by the
in the executive committee every year before starting extraction and commercial selling
Chattogram
Hill Tracts
EWB14 Halda River  Assessment of the baseline status of the Halda River through identification, SEE | CHT 52 BWDB MoFL, DoE, BFRI,
ecosystem categorization and valuation of ecosystem services (ESs) (provisioning, cultural, BNH, CHTDB,
restoration regulating and support services) DBHWD, NRCC, 171
 Restore and protect the connectivity of four surrounding rivers (Sangu, Chandkhali, LGD, LGED, RHD,
and
Sikalbaha and Karnaphulli) with Halda River for facilitating the migration of carp fish to DSS, DWA, DYD,
conservation MoL, MoA,, MoI,
the Halda River for breeding
MoS, PPPA, private
 Assess the water availability of the Halda River for future e-flow calculation sector, NGOs
inventories of pollution sources, loads and anthropogenic pressures
 Control of pollution using treatment plants and regular monitoring of water quality and
fish and benthic biodiversity
 Promote and provide financial support for annual fingerlings stocking programmes
 Inventories of commercial endangered species for awareness-building and undertaking
stocking programmes
 Redesigning of the hydraulic structures following NbS
EWB15 Watershed  Assessment of the baseline status of Kaptai Lake including an inventory of resources CHT | SEE 24 BWDB BFRI, BNH, BPC,
management and identification of threats and challenges CHTDB, DBHWD,
of Kaptai  Multilayer plantation/reforestation with indigenous trees within the catchment area of BWDB, LGD, LGED,
RHD, DSS, DWA,
Lake for major streams to reduce soil erosion
DYD, BMDA, MoL,
ecosystem  Establish vegetative barriers by building contour bunds along contours for erosion and MoDMR, MoA,
resilience and planting horticultural contour species on bunds

171
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

water  Irrigation water management through drip and sprinkler methods MoFL, MoI, MoS,
retention  Survey, mapping and cataloguing of aquatic biological resources NGOs

EWB16 Monitoring of  Monitoring of physical and biological parameters at marine-protected areas, St. Martins BoB 8 DoE DoF, BFRI, BNH,
sea surface Island and surrounding areas on a half-yearly basis in collaboration with neighbouring BWDB, WARPO,
temperature countries where applicable MoS, MoI, BN, BCG,
 Demonstration projects on typical coastal and offshore marine ecosystems conservation BMA, BORI, BMD,
and other
and restoration and establishment of a system for monitoring SPARRSO, PPPA,
physical and private sector
biological  Establishment of a national biodiversity information management system
parameters
and the
marine
species
composition
in the Bay of
Bengal
EWB17 Develop and  Development of ocean ecosystem management policies, guidelines and institutional BoB 9 DoE, DoF, BFRI, BNH,
update ocean capacities BORI BWDB, WARPO,
ecosystem  At an initial stage, formulate a three to five year plan for a blue economy project MoS, MoI, BN, BCG,
BMA, BORI,
management involving the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock, Ministry of Finance, Ministry of
Shipping, Ministry of Water Resources, Ministry of Planning and Ministry of ICT for maritime
policies, universities
guidelines technological support
and  Formulate a panel of experts from diversified fields (marine biologists, ecologists,
institutional fisheries and aquaculture specialists, marine trade experts, economists [nature and
capacities for resources], macroeconomists) for monitoring and evaluating the sustainable blue
economy project. No policy/action should be taken without the approval of the expert
management
panel
of the blue
economy
EWB18 Development  Develop a Sundarbans gene bank with the support of IUCN Nationwide 37 BFRI DoE, BNH, CHTDB,
of species or  Allocate the required budget for BFRI to research gene pool development and gene DBHWD, BWDB,
gene conservation WARPO, BORI,
LGD, BMDA, MoL,
inventories  Captive breeding and reintroduction of endangered animal species MoDMR, MoA,
and recovery MoFL, MoI, MoS,
 Designate experimental populations of listed species to further the conservation and
plans for recovery of those species BMD, SPARRSO,
endangered PPPA, private
species due to sector, NGOs,
climate maritime
change universities

172
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting
EWB19 Restoration  Biodiversity conservation programme for St. Martins Island CHI | BoB 21 DoE, BFRI, BNH, BPC,
of the coral  Use proper management to protect coral reefs from abiotic stresses, such as low or high BFD LGD, DSS, DWA,
reef temperatures, deficient or excessive water, high salinity, heavy metals and ultraviolet DYD, MoL, MoA,
MoFL, MoI, MoS,
ecosystem radiation
PPPA, private
and  Coral plantation at different suitable places of St. Martin Island sector, NGOs
associated  Conservation of coral-dependent flora and fauna in the inshore habitats of the island.
fish and
 Monitoring of coral diversity and habitats and the abundance of coral-dependent flora
benthic
and fauna and benthic communities
communities
in the St.
Martin
Islands
EWB20 Revitalization  Identification and mapping of natural springs and waterbodies and their status, CHT |DBA 13 BMDA, DoE, BFRI, CHTDB,
of natural characteristics and connectivity, considering different hydrological regions CHTDB BWDB, WARPO,
springs and  Restoration of surface freshwater sources through identification of new interventions , LGD NRCC, LGED, RHD,
MoA, MoFL, PPPA,
sustainable considering nature-based solutions
private sector,
management  Establishment of water treatment and effluent treatment plants where required to NGOs
of maintain water quality
waterbodies  Development of nature-based small- and medium-scale river basin/watershed
for reducing
173
management programmes considering the challenges of climate change for the
water restoration and conservation of ecosystems and biodiversity
scarcity, and  Integration of ecology with hydrology for improvement of predictive abilities for large-
the scale, long-term processes as a background for sustainable management
restoration
and
conservation
of ecosystems
and
biodiversity
EWB21 Development  Development of a national database/management information system through Nationwide 7 DoE ICT, BMD,
of a national collecting baseline information about the biodiversity of wetlands, oceans and coastal SPARRSO, BFRI,
management areas BNH, CHTDB,
 Preparation of biodiversity and habitat maps under different ecosystems considering DBHWD, BWDB,
system for
the detailed description and status of species WARPO, BORI,
wetlands, LGD, BMDA,
biodiversity,  Identification and application of traditional and modern tools for monitoring the status MoDMR, MoA,
oceans and of wetlands, oceans and coastal biodiversity MoFL, MoI, MoS,
coastal CEGIS, PPPA,
information private sector,

173
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP
BDT) Lead Supporting

for NGOs, maritime

supporting universities
monitoring
and
surveillance
Grand total for ecosystems, wetlands and biodiversity (billion BDT) 515

174
Table AII.7: Policies and institutions
Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
PIN1 Preparation  Comprehensive assessment of dynamic adaptive pathway to identify tipping points and Nationwide 2.2 MoEFC Cabinet Division,
of a roadmap assess the effectiveness of adaptation C, MoP, PMO
for  Development of sector-specific implementation guidelines for the approved NAP MoF
implementing  Development of the three-tier M&E framework as proposed in the NAP based on SMART
the NAP indicators and a development results framework based on a theory of change
PIN2 Development  Development of the Climate Change Policy Regime and make it operational Nationwide 9 MoEFC MoP, MoLJPA,
of a  Formation of the proposed institutional arrangement for the NAP, appointing the C MoWCA, MoCHTA,
regulatory respective chairperson, member secretary and members from sector ministries, MoLGRDC, MoWR,
MoA,
and departments and line agencies, the private sector, youth, women, CBOs, NGOs, academia,
universities, prominent experts, knowledge institutes, development partners, media, MoFL,MoWCA,
institutional MoYS, MoDMR,
framework CSOs, etc. as mandated by the proposed policy regime
Cabinet Division,
for advancing  Update the ‘allocation of business' of the MoEFCC for the smooth implementation of the PMO and other
the NAP NAP and NDC in a coordinated way with IMED, MoP, GED and other sector ministries relevant
and departments ministries, private
 Ensure landownership rights and planned urbanization in CHT sector, NGOs,
CBOs, CSOs
 Update the National Environment Policy (2018) as an umbrella policy document for
updating oversight of the NAP implementation
 Update the Bangladesh Climate Change Trust Act (2010) to widen the scope for
harnessing international climate fund for the BCCTF
175
 Expand collaboration and networking with the MoEFCC, MoP, MoF and other sector
ministries and line agencies, knowledge and research institutes from the public and
private sectors, LGIs, CSOs, CBOs, development partners, NGOs, women, youth,
academia, universities and media
 Ease collaborative climate change research and innovation project formulation and
operation with national and transnational partners
 Development of a youth-led climate negotiator pool for COP and international outreach,
communication and negotiation
 Increased collaboration with the Global Center on Adaptation (GCA), CVF, GWP, and
another international global adaptation forums
 Empower LGIs for local-level climate change adaptation implementation
 Devise strategies, dedicated funds and a task force to ensure enhanced financing for
smooth implementation of the NAP
PIN3 Update and  Introduce a climate change impact and risk assessment framework (CCIRAF) into the Nationwide 6.85 MoEFC MoLJPA, MoWCA,
reform existing disaster impact assessment (DIA) framework to enable a comprehensive C, MoP MoCHTA,
policies and assessment of climate change impacts and risks through pre-feasibility and feasibility MoLGRDC, MoWR,
MoA,
plans for
MoFL,MoWCA,

175
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
mainstreamin studies as obligatory risk screening tools for project appraisal and mainstreaming into MoYS, MoDMR,
g climate DPP formulation Cabinet Division,
change  Develop a method and mainstream climate change risk adjusted economic and financial PMO and other
analysis (NPV, IRR and BCR) analysis and costing for DPP formulation relevant
adaptation
ministries, private
 Develop an integrated agriculture development plan for adaptive farming practices in sectors, NGOs,
areas potentially affected by saltwater intrusion and/or climate stress CBOs, CSOs
 Update the log frame in light of the theory of change
 Mainstream the Climate and Environmental Fiscal Framework into the budgeting
system
 Mainstream and implement the updated Climate Change Gender Action Plan (ccGAP)
 Development of a gender-responsive budgeting system
 Develop and implement the Youth-Led Adaptation Plan (YLAP)
 Develop and implement the Chattogram Hill Tracts Climate Action Plan (CHT-CAP) to
facilitate adaptation for ethnic communities
 Climate Adaptation Plan for Persons with Disabilities
 Mainstream the City Climate Action Plan (City CAP)
 Develop separate sectoral NAPs for WASH and infrastructure
 Update BCCSAP as the sector action plan on climate change adaptation and mitigation to
support ADP
 Inclusion of green growth strategies into sectoral development and action plans
 Development or updating of agriculture policy conducive to crop diversification and
intensification in fallow land in the dry season in climate-stressed areas (due to saline,
drought, irrigation)
 Integration of climate-smart agricultural practices into the development planning
process
 Development of an updated jalmohal policy or leasing system management policy and
ensure its effective implementation in restricting leaseholders from drying beels for
overfishing
 Banning the use of illegal fishing nets or fishing with poison
 Ensure the coordination of the Department of Fisheries and Department of Agriculture
 Extension of proper land management for fisheries and agriculture
 Promote rainwater harvesting systems at the building design level
 Mainstream climate change issues into city development plans or local city development
practices
 Mainstream OECM policies to make green spaces a mandatory 25 percent of urban areas
for smart city development

176
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
 Transform/reform local disaster management coordination and decision-making
mechanisms through decentralization and co-management, enforcing the standing
order on disasters (SOD), establishing a digital disaster information centre in each
union, capacity-building for disaster management committees, enhancing humanitarian
coordination, etc.
 Update the Standing Order on Disasters (2019), integrating emerging threats from
lightning
 Development of appropriate policies for the conservation of ocean ecosystems and
fostering the blue economy in the Bay of Bengal
 Improve policy, legal, regulatory and institutional frameworks to increase the resilience
of essential ecosystems
 Establish synergies with the health NAP and other aligned policies and plans
PIN4 Operationaliz  Develop and operationalize the proposed M&E framework of the NAP at the national Nationwide 6.5 MoEFC MoP, Cabinet
e the NAP level (Tier 1), planning level (Tier 2), and programme or project level (Tier 3) in C, Division, PMO, all
monitoring, collaboration with IMED and sector ministries IMED relevant ministries
 Action research and development of dynamic M&E indicators and tools for data and line agencies,
evaluation
collection, processing, uploading, updating and report generation (based on a weighted PPPA, private
and learning sector
framework aggregation of indicator data) per the prescribed process and outcome-based reporting
framework
based on a
theory of  Collect, update and report sex-, age- and disability-disaggregated data and information
change. on selected SMART indicators to facilitate the M&E process based on a given frequency 177
 Development of a NAP M&E dynamic web-based portal and Android-based apps to
support M&E operational processes
 Building capacity among officials of the MoEFCC and other relevant sector ministries,
departments or divisions and IMED to understand the ‘theory of change’ and the NAP
M&E framework
 Develop an internal and external auditory mechanism for M&E verification, climate
investment allocation and utilization, maintaining transparency
 Ascertain roles and responsibilities for M&E among key stakeholders, and develop data
sharing, updating, access protocols and coordination mechanisms among all data-
generating agencies or key implementers of NAP
 Capacity-building for responsible agencies, ministries and officials for involvement in
operational NAP M&E
PIN5 Reform local  Engagement of women, youth, people with diverse gender identities, persons with Nationwide 34.3 LGD, MoEFCC, DSW,
government disabilities and CBOs in identifying, planning and designing adaptation activities and MoP MoWCA, Cabinet
institutes their implementation Division, PMO, all
 Development of WASAs in all divisional cities and city corporations/municipal water relevant ministries
towards the
supply authorities as subordinate bodies of divisional WASAs and line agencies,
inclusion of PPPA, private
community- sector

177
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
based  Development of a water supply, sanitation and regulatory authority to develop and
organizations, implement volumetric pricing and sanitation policy
women,  Encourage a decentralized environment and climate change management system
people with through developing capacities among local government officials, community
disabilities representatives, NGOs and private sector actors
and youth in  Establish a gender-responsive community resilience fund (GrCRF) for mobilization and
the utilization of resources for implementing locally led adaptation through LGIs, CBOs,
implementati NGOs and private actors
on of locally  Support co-management and participatory resource management
led committees/associations or groups (on agriculture, fisheries, livestock, ecosystems,
adaptation water, disasters, etc.) for effective climate risk management
 Assess locally led adaptation needs, and develop and implement the Local Adaptation
Programme of Action (LAPA)
 Local-level youth leadership programme engaging LGIs, CBOs and NGOs
 Encourage and ensure the participation of local-level stakeholders and
vulnerable/voiceless people including women, persons with disabilities and youth in
policy dialogues and needs assessment consultation processes
PIN6 Innovative,  Introduce index-based insurance mechanisms (such as crop insurance) for recovery of Nationwide 72.4 MoF NBR, BB, MoEFCC,
appropriate losses and damages due to a sudden extreme shock or disaster Cabinet Division,
and enhanced  Develop policy and incentive tools to popularize urban nature-based solutions and PMO, PPPA,
private sector
financial green infrastructure at the community level
instruments  Introduce and enforce seasonal and annual ban periods for fishery locations or habitat-
for specific conservation and provide incentives/subsidies to fishers following payment for
supporting ecosystem services (PES) or beneficiary pay principles
climate  Provide subsidies to fishers for promoting the use of aerators to maintain oxygen levels
change in depleted ponds or gher
adaptation  Provide incentives to farmers for adoption of new stress-tolerant varieties or breeds
 Gender-responsive and inclusive index-based insurance mechanisms
 Develop VAT and other tax instruments, green or climate bonds and/or suitable risk
transfer tools through collaboration with NBR, MoF, Bangladesh Bank and the private
sectors for CCA implementation
 Provide a ‘climate resilience allowance’ for vulnerable communities for emergency
response and recovery, and adoption of adaptation technologies
PIN7 Private sector  Popularize incentives and modalities for private sector engagement (PSE) in adaptation Nationwide 8.5 MoF NBR, BB, MoEFCC,
finance in through PPPA, development cooperation and innovative tax or VAT instruments Cabinet Division,
leading the  Engage the private sector in the supply of modern fishing nets, technologies, quality fish PMO, PPPA,
private sector
implementati seed and fish feed to marginal fishers through innovative mechanisms like development
on of climate cooperation as per the Kampala Principles

178
 Cost Implementing Entity
BDP2100
Code Interventions Activity Domain (billion
CCAP Lead Supporting
BDT)
change  Introduce incentive mechanisms, risk transfer mechanisms, innovative taxes or
adaptation financing instruments for encouraging private sector engagement (PSE) in the
expansion of climate-smart agricultural practices, agricultural mechanization, agrofood
product generation, marketing and distribution, block production, climate advisory
services, reused materials for product generation, etc.
 Climate-resilient construction materials and infrastructure development, launching
green product, etc.
 Introduce no-cost agricultural inputs (quality seed, fertilizers, insecticides) to marginal
farmers, and popularize e-commerce-based entrepreneurship, floating agriculture, etc.
 Awareness-raising of PSE for climate change adaptation through PPP modalities
 Promote private sector contributions to climate financing, banking on development
cooperation or SDG achievement
 Update and advertise PPP guidelines among private sector stakeholders to build
awareness and subsequently select potential investors
 Explore and collaborate with countries like Turkey or Japan with significant experience
of PPPs project implementation for knowledge exchange on PPPs for adaptation
initiatives
 Encourage the private sector to participate in a voluntary carbon market to support the
PES mechanism for communities to conserve forests, mangroves, etc.
 Introduce resilience, debt swap, green bonds, etc. for private sector involvement
179
 Invest in extensive research for inventing advanced technologies, bankable products,
and new goods and services
 Provide skills development and alternative livelihood generation for people in the
informal sectors and/or CMSMEs
 Ease lending policy and improve access to credit facilities
Grand total for policies and institutions (billion BDT) 140

179
 Table AII.8: Capacity development, research and innovation

Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting
CDR1 Transformative  Integrate CCA into the development planning Nationwide 12.5 MoEFCC, MoP, Cabinet Division, PMO,
capacity process, the M&E of different sectoral projects, MoF government and non-
development meeting agendas, annual reporting, etc. governmental knowledge
 Develop the institutional adaptive capacity of sector and training institutes like
and knowledge
departments, agencies and research institutes for CreLIC, CECCR, NILG,
management BPATC, CEGIS, etc., MoPA,
for integrating implementing CCA and its M&E
private sector,
climate change  Develop a system-level transformative capacity universities, academia
adaptation into development regime through mainstreaming CCA
planning learning and effective practices into day-to-day
activities & enhanced climate financing
processes and
climate financing  Establish transformative ‘learning and practice
spheres’ and ‘self-assessment and evaluation
mechanisms’ to enable proactive learning of CCA
knowledge, assess individual skills, utilize skills
efficiently for climate actions and integrate them
into office responsibilities
 Include climate change-related courses in education
or training curriculum from the elementary level,
and in recruitment exams and foundational training
for public administrative services
 Monitor and evaluate skills, knowledge and
behavioural changes among concerned officials from
the public and private sectors as an integral part of
system-level planning and capacity building
 Develop e-learning modules for CCA and integrate
them into the training courses of different
government, vocational and private training
institutes
 Deploy a dedicated multidisciplinary and multilevel
expert pool, engaging experts from different
thematic sectors, to support the MoEFCC in NAP
implementation, which may undergo reform at
regular intervals
 Develop a regular capacity-building programme for
national and local CCA project focal of NAP in regular
frequency
 Capacity development of local government
institutions (union parishad, paurashava, and city

180
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting
corporation) on designing, operating and managing
locally led adaptation
 Strengthen the institutional capacity of finance
institutes and potential private sector financial
services institutes for enhanced climate financing,
and access to, mobilization and utilization of
national and international funds for supporting the
smooth implementation of the NAP
 Capacity development program for enhanced
financing
 Encourage gender-responsive and youth-led
adaptation and emergency disaster response
mechanisms
 Support proactive adaptation practices through
developing strategies to promote behaviour change
among citizens
 Arrange and disburse enhanced financing provisions
for research and innovation for up-to-date CCA
related data, knowledge, innovative adaptation
techniques, and information generation 181
 Develop adequate staffing at the planning and field
levels for CCA implementation, extension and
mainstreaming
 Develop special programmes at schools, colleges and
universities for conducting research and awareness-
raising on CCA and subsequent knowledge
management
 Increase coordination and collaboration among
sector ministries, departments or line agencies,
research and knowledge institutes, private sector
firms, NGOs, development partners, etc. regarding
CCA related research, planning, design,
implementation and monitoring
 Capacity development of MoEFCC officials, especially
for implementing monitoring of the NAP and climate
negotiations
 Support the development of a youth-led negotiator
pool for communicating and leadership in CCA
related negotiation processes

181
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Support national- and local-level gender inclusion

and a youth leadership programme
 Generate advanced and innovative knowledge, and
collect data on indigenous adaptation practices
(such as local varieties); store, process and
disseminate or otherwise extend knowledge widely
 Develop different climate products and information
services (EWS for climate hazards) using AI, ICT,
space technology and/or big data so that climate
risks inform decision-making, field-level adaptation
and emergency responses
 Institutional capacity-building for extensive research
on the Bay of Bengal and its ocean ecosystem and
dynamics in a collaborative and coordinated manner
with other relevant knowledge institutes
 Implement a transformative capacity-building action
plan and knowledge management plan at the
MoEFCC

CDR2 Awareness-  Capacity development of officials from the public Nationwide 7.2 LGD, DSS, MoEFCC, BWDB, DAE,
raising, and private sectors to access, mobilize and use DWA, DYD BFDC, DoF, DLS, ICT,
training on climate finance LGED, RHD, CHTDB,
 Strengthen extension services for the field-level BMDA, PPPA, private
skills for
demonstration of innovative adaptation practices, sector
enhanced
adaptive use of ICT or mechanization, and ensure easy access
to field-level officers for emergency advisory
capacities and
services
improved
diversified  Field-level demonstrations or hands-on training on
agriculture, fisheries, livestock, water management-
livelihoods at
related advanced and climate-smart technology, and
the community use of mechanization
level
 Training and awareness-raising on EbA, homestead
gardening, social forestry and/or community-based
afforestation and ecosystem conservation
 Training on alternative income generation activities
for forest-dependent communities
 Arrange training/capacity-building on
understanding climate financing for local

182
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting
people/communities, persons with disabilities,
women and people with diverse gender identities
 Arrange regular capacity-building training on
climate change and adaptation for officials in the
public and private sectors
 Arrange regular CCA events/seminars/awareness-
raising programmes at the local/community level for
raising awareness on CCA;
 Capacity-building or skills development training
engaging LGIs, CBOs and NGOs, farmers, fishers,
women, people with diverse gender identities, youth
and ethnic communities on:
 Advanced agriculture, livestock and
aquaculture technology
 Using stress-tolerant varieties or breeds
 Climate-smart agricultural practices
 Mechanized agriculture
 Crop diversification or mixed farming
 Organic farming or hydroponic agriculture 183
 Floating agriculture or vegetable cultivation
 Homestead vegetable farming
 Livestock rearing and feeding
 Homestead or HYV fodder cultivation
 Fish feeding and dry fish processing
 Net, trap-making and fish-processing
techniques
 Pearl harvesting and mariculture
 Alternative income generation activities like
handicrafts, CMSMEs, shopkeeping, flower
gardening, garland preparation, sewing,
rickshaw pulling, crop harvesting, etc.
 Arrange community-based alternative livelihoods
training for people affected by floods, erosion and
droughts
 Gender mainstreaming and skills development
programme

183
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Participation of youth and ethnic communities in

awareness programmes with special attention to
local knowledge and culture
CDR3 Coordinated  Undertake nationwide climate change-related Nationwide CC1.3 44.5 Government All relevant ministries, line
research, field- knowledge demand assessment at the system, and non- agencies dedicated to
level institutional and individual/community levels governmental service extension, the
through regular surveys research and private sector, academia,
demonstration
 A central knowledge hub on climate change (CKHCC) knowledge universities
s, knowledge institutes
management or a climate change information and knowledge
management (CCIKM) portal with easy accessibility
and
at both the national and local levels
communication
of adaptation at  Initiatives for preparing a central database on losses
and damages due to climate-induced disasters
the local level
 Encourage interactions, transfers of innovative
technology and knowledge, learning from
indigenous know-how, and the development of skills
and awareness
 Promote collaborative and individual research and
innovative studies, publications on climate-smart
technologies, and priority research areas for
different sectors, making provision for increased
opportunities through scholarships, grants or
fellowships
 Capacity-building and technology transfer through
establishing the Bangladesh Climate Change
Knowledge and Technology Network, (B-CCKTN)
collaborating with the UNFCCC’s Climate Change
Knowledge and Technology Network (CCKTN)
 Establishment of the Climate Change Research and
Innovation Fund (CCRIF) to emphasize climate
change-related research initiatives
 Increase coordination and strengthen local
government institutes (LGIs), local government
administrations, MoEFCC and other key
stakeholders in maintaining climate change
adaptation-specific knowledge and communications,
and sustainable knowledge management
 Develop a communications strategy and action plan
for adaptation to support effective adaptation

184
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting
communication on local, regional, national and
international platforms.
CDR4 Capacity  Raising awareness among city dwellers about Nationwide 4.5 MoEFCC All relevant ministries, line
development climate change impacts, low-impact development, agencies dedicated to
for the expansion of green coverage and household-level service extension, the
waste management private sector, academia,
implementatio
 Capacity development of local government universities, government
n of nature- and non-governmental
based solutions institutions for supporting implementation of LLA
and NbS research and knowledge
and locally led institutes
adaptation  Training on understanding and sensitizing NbS and
LLA
Mobilize resources for implementation of NbS and
LLA
CDR5 Generation of  Establish and strengthen a climate simulation lab for Nationwide 5 MoEFCC BMD, SPARRSO, ICT,
national, data storage, processing, modelling, downscaling CEGIS, knowledge
regional and and analysis institutes, academia,
 Publish the national climate outlook report every universities, BFD, SoB,
local-level
year, including a mapping of spatial and temporally MoA, MoFL, MoLGRDC,
evidence and MoI, MoS, CHTDB, BMDA,
scenario-based variable historical climate and climate change trends
DBHWD, WARPO, BWDB,
climate (diurnal variations, month, season, annual,
FFWC
185
extremities), evidence, variability and future
information projections
through
 Nationwide sector-specific local-level climate change
climate
risk and vulnerability mapping for multihazards
downscaling with regular updating
and publication
of a national
climate
outlook, risk
and
vulnerability
atlas
CDR6 Research on  Development of a regional climate model (RCM) for Nationwide 3.5 BWDB MoEFCC, BMD, SPARRSO,
the impact of understanding the interactions of land, water, the ICT, CEGIS, knowledge
climate change ocean and atmosphere with higher confidence and institutes, academia,
generating future climate anomalies under different universities, BFD, MoL,
on land and
scenarios MoA, MoFL, MoLGRDC,
water MoI, SoB, MoS, CHTDB,
resources  Research on composite materials for construction of
water management structures BMDA, WARPO, DBHWD

185
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Research on the effective of community-based

rainwater-harvesting technology
 Research on low-cost desalinization tools for
supplying drinking water to coastal households
 Comprehensive research and investigation to
understand ocean dynamics in the Bay of Bengal
(ocean circulation, marine meteorology, chemical
and physical oceanography, marine observations) to
explore opportunities for the blue economy
 Research on promoting the cultivation of oyster
reefs to combat erosion in coastal areas as the first
line of defense
 Study on hydrometeorology, sedimentology, geology
and geomorphology to assess current and predict
future absolute and relative sea-level rise
 Research on eco-engineering or bioengineering
measures for facilitating flood and erosion
protection
 Field-based research on managed aquifer recharge
(MAR) and potential contaminant filtration
technology
 Study on sediment dynamics, delta formation and
progradation for the Bengal Delta
 Study on climate change impact assessments on land
& water for supporting sectoral climate change risk
assessment
 Develop a business model to use abundant water
during the monsoon, engaging the private sector
 Development of an Earth observatory, Bangabandhu
Satellite, artificial intelligence (AI), crowdsourcing
and a big data-based climate monitoring tool
CDR7 Action research  Research on managed aquifer recharge for artificial Nationwide 60 BARC RDA, NARS institutes,
and field storage of water to improve the groundwater table academia, universities,
demonstration  Research on developing stress-tolerant (salinity, knowledge institutes,
CHTDB, BMDA, WARPO,
s on climate- water stagnant, heat, cold, lodging) crop varieties
(rice and non-rice) DBHWD, SRDI, BMD,
smart SPARRSO, private sector
agriculture  Research on agronomic practices to reduce stress
(salinity, submergence, drought, stagnant water,

186
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting
heat, cold, lodging) on crop phenology and
production
 Research on pest-/disease-resistant varieties to cope
with the coming adverse situation
 Crop zoning research on climate-stressed regions to
increase cropping intensity
 Research on developing short-duration HYV rice and
non-rice crops considering climatic variability
 Research on sowing/transplanting times to escape
climatic stress
 Strengthen research facilities to reduce the gap
between research outcomes and field-level yields
 Research on farm mechanization using renewable
energy (solar, wind, etc.)
 Research on the pull-push pest infestation
management system
 Research on fall army worm management for
sustainable maize production
 Research on soil nutrient management for 187
sustainable crop production
 Research on existing cropping patterns to introduce
new or incorporate short-duration leafy vegetables
for increasing system productivity
 Research on sustainable soil health management and
crop production
 Research on management approaches for reducing
climate stress effects on crops
 Adoption of the 4Rs approach for fertilizer
application (right time, right place, right rates and
right source) to reduce climate risks
 Research on soil–crop–water management to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions
 Research on land use and agroforestry for
sustainable production
 Strengthening research on precision agriculture
using GIS, RS and UAV technology to face the 4IR
challenges

187
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Research on indigenous technologies to improve and

expand in other areas
CDR8 Research and  Assess climate change impacts on food nutrients, Nationwide 15 BFRI DoF, BFDC, BWDB,
innovation biological process, habitat and fish migration, and WARPO, DBHWD, BoRI,
related to crop and fish production maritime institutes,
 Research on developing stress-tolerant fish varieties BIWTA, MoI, MoA,
climate-
with high-yielding genotypes MoEFCC, SPARRSO, BMD,
resilient PPPA, private sector,
fisheries and  Develop biological corridors for fish movement academia, universities,
aquaculture  Research on population dynamics and the migratory knowledge institute
routes of climate-sensitive fish species
 Research on climate-sensitive feed management
practices
 Develop early warning and dissemination systems
and climate information services
 Research on the natural kuchia breeding sites
 Research on socioeconomic suitability and
acceptability of climate-smart technologies
 Research on identifying intersaline convergent zones
CDR9 Research and  Research on the development of climate-stress- Nationwide 54 BLRI DLS, NARS institutes,
innovation tolerant livestock and poultry breeds other livestock and
related to  Research on the development of climate-smart poultry research
institutes, MoA, MoWR,
climate-smart livestock and poultry fodder and feed
LGD, CHTDB, BMDA,
livestock and  Research on community-based cooperative livestock MoEFCC, BMD, SPARRSO,
poultry and poultry farming practices to reduce climate risks PPPA, private sector,
 Research on converting manure into renewable academia, universities,
energy and biofertilizer and its impact on animal- knowledge institutes
derived products
 Research on CC induced/ emerging and re-emerging
livestock and poultry pest and diseases (including
zoonotic disease) and climate-smart management of
these pests and diseases
 Research on CC impact on livestock and poultry
production and reproductive systems of livestock
and poultry
 Research on subsistence livestock and poultry
farming systems to meet household level nutritional
uptake

188
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Research on the immunological status and vaccine

scheduling of livestock and poultry
 Research on the immunological status and vaccine
scheduling of livestock and poultry
 Research on natural feed additives derived from
bioactive components (secondary metabolites)
combating CC impacts
 Research on feed intake to adapt to the CC effect
 Study on livestock and poultry disease surveillance
 Study on roof sprinklers for heat mitigation in
livestock and poultry farmhouses
 Research on climate change impacts on the
nutritional aspects of feed and fodder
 Research on genotypes for livestock and poultry to
adapt to adverse climatic conditions
 Develop a heat-/cold-tolerant housing system for
livestock and poultry
 Research on indigenous/local adaptation technology
to develop and extend in other areas 189
 Research on livestock rearing times (brooding in the
case of poultry, etc.) to reduce livestock and poultry
production loss due to excess heat or cold
 Research on local livestock breeds (meerkadim
cows, sheep, goats, etc.) to increase milk and meat
production
 Study on herd health management for disease-free
livestock and poultry production(milk, meat and
eggs)
 Study on climate-induced pests and diseases and
management systems to reduce climate risks
 Capacity-building on disease outbreaks among
livestock and poultry
CDR10 Action research  Intensive research on the sensitivity of different Nationwide 4.5 MoEFCC Research centres, all
for locally led construction materials to different climate stresses relevant ministries and
and indigenous and to identify climate-stress-resistant options line agencies, knowledge
 Research on ecosystem-based shoreline protection institutes like CEGIS,
climate change
(oyster reefs, vetiver grass or other native plants) academia, universities
adaptation

189
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Research on nutritional benefits from seaweed

 Research on locally available indigenous plant
species to assess water- and soil-holding capacity for
seed storage and reforestation
 Study to create an inventory of locally led and
indigenous adaptation practices in CHT, coastal
areas, haors and the barind area
CDR11 Action research  Identify the gaps, possibilities and challenges in Nationwide 8 MoEFCC Research centres, all
for developing potential application of EbA and NbS. relevant ministries and
and exploring  Development of a national framework for effective line agencies, knowledge
institutes like CEGIS,
the potential implementation of EbA and NbS in different sectors
academia, universities,
use of  Assess and develop a valuation of ecosystem private sector
ecosystem- services in ecologically important areas to identify
based EbA and NbS.
adaptation and  Assess and identify new interventions considering
nature- based nature-based solutions
solutions  Development and implementation of an integrated
plan for green growth strategies
CDR12 Research on  Determination of the distribution of biodiversity in Nationwide 15 BWDB, BORI, WARPO, BMD, SPARRSO,
climate change the past and future BFRI MoL, CEGIS, IWM,
impacts on  Assessment of adverse impacts on coral reef DBHWD, RRI, MoS, MoI,
maritime institutes, MoA,
land, water and ecosystems and reef fish biodiversity due to the
increasing temperature and acidity of the ocean BFD, DoF, CHTDB, BMDA,
ocean other knowledge
ecosystems  Identify the vulnerability of freshwater ecosystems institutes, academia,
to climate change and promote long-term increases universities
in fish-production through EbA and NbS
 Analysis of the economic crisis of fish farmers due to
climate change
 Integration of climate-proof agriculture and
aquaculture with other sectors to support
ecosystems and biodiversity
 Proper and accurate risk assessments considering
local-level ecosystems
 Exploration of the carbon sequestration process in
terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems
 Analysis of climate change impacts on the
phenological behavior of indigenous plant species

190
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Advances in biotechnological tools for improving the

abiotic stress tolerance of ecosystems
CDR13 Research and  Identify major constraints/limitations and assess Nationwide 21 BFRI BNH, BFD, BRB, BJRI, SCA,
popularize needs for scientific research on climate-stress- BSRI, BTRI, CHTDB, BMDA,
climate-stress- tolerant plant species DBHWD, BMD, SPARRSO,
 Analysis of current scenarios, progress and LGD, DDM, DoE,
tolerant plant
prospects of developing technologies for combating knowledge institutes,
species academia, universities,
climate stress on ecosystems in Bangladesh
private sector
 Construction of a plant stress research centre or
laboratories considering the service area of major
ecosystems
 Analysis of the ecophysiology of abiotic and biotic
stress on pollination and fertilization of major plant
species through scientific research
 Popularization of newly developed climate-stress-
tolerant plant species through proper training for
environmental and social acceptance
CDR14 Research on  Action research for innovating climate-resilient and Nationwide 6 LGD BFD, DoE, UDD, PWD,
and piloting of eco-friendly construction materials for climate- LGED, RHD, BWDB,
resilient infrastructure WARPO, BMD, SPARRSO, 191
climate-
 Research and piloting of eco-engineering measures DBHWD, MoDMR,
resilient
(such as plantation of vetiver grass or native species, knowledge institutes,
infrastructure, academia, universities,
improved use of biodegradable geo-textiles, oyster reef
cultivation, golapata plantation, eco-friendly bricks private sector
health
or construction materials, etc.) to develop climate-
measures and resilient infrastructure
WASH
 Research on identifying and driving design
technologies
parameters for making different infrastructure
climate-resilient and updating design guidelines for
them
 Study the impact of climate change on malnutrition,
premature child death, heat stress or increased
heatstroke, mental health or trauma and links to
adaptation
 Investigate human health and comfort during
extreme changes in climate (e.g., sudden significant
variations in diurnal temperature or sudden cold or
heatwaves, etc.) and potential adaptation

191
 Implementing Entity
BDP2100 Cost (billion
Code Interventions Activity Domain
CCAP BDT)
Lead Supporting

 Research the sensitivity of changes in climatic

parameters and the effect on pathogens and
contaminants of drinking water
 Research climate-adaptive, resilient, potable safe
drinking water technologies, safely managed
sanitation technologies and hygiene technologies
that could be initiated for locally led adaptation
CDR15 Action research  Research on: Nationwide 4 LGD BFD, DoE, UDD, HBRI,
for low-impact  Sustainable drainage systems (SUDS) for rural PWD, LGED, RHD, BWDB,
development and urban areas WARPO, DBHWD, BMD,
knowledge institutes,
techniques,  Smart residential and commercial building academia, universities,
green private sector
 Sustainable climate-resilient house for coastal,
infrastructure floodplain and hilly areas
and integrated
 Climate and environmentally friendly vehicles
drainage
management  Development of stormwater drainage and
for smart city management models for all major cities
considering future climate scenarios, and
development
formulate mitigation measures for urban
drainage problems
 Low-impact development techniques (green
roofs, rainwater harvesting, bioswale, permeable
pavement or foot paths, etc.) and their efficacy for
reducing urban drainage problems in different
cities
 Impact of green and blue infrastructure in
improving the urban environment and
biodiversity
 Integrated waste and drainage management
Grand total for capacity development, research and innovation (billion BDT) 265

192
 Appendix III: Planning Level M&E
Framework for NAP

Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators

focus
Goal 1: Ensure protection against climate change variability and induced natural disasters
S 1.1: Combat cyclonic Outcome 1: Increased 1. Affected areas or exposure to different climate
storm surges, sea-level adaptive capacity of
change-induced hazards (storm surges, sea-level
rise and salinity human, natural and
rise, salinity intrusion)
intrusion economic systems to
reduce risks and 2. Measurement of discharges, water levels, salinity
vulnerabilities and in designated locations
ensure protection
against climate change- 3. Measures regarding infrastructure development
induced disasters in (embankment height, number of regulator,
coastal areas access by disability, etc.)
4. Vulnerable population by sex, age and disability
5. Losses and damages due to climate change-
induced slow-onset and extreme events (coastal
areas)
6. Household-level potable drinking water facilities
Sectoral

7. Per capita freshwater availability in salinity-

prone areas
8. Loss of food (crops, fish, meat and eggs)
production
9. Number of gender- and disability-inclusive and
co-management initiatives for CCA
10. Income from alternative sources
S 1.2: Manage floods, Outcome 2: Increased 1. Affected areas or exposure to different climate
erosion and drought adaptive capacity of change-induced hazards (floods, erosion and
risks human, natural and
droughts)
economic systems to
2. Losses and damages due to climate change-
reduce risks and
vulnerabilities and induced slow-onset and extreme events
ensure protection (floodplain and drought-prone areas)
against climate change- 3. Loss of food (crops, fish, meat and eggs)
induced disasters in the production
floodplain or drought 4. Soil moisture content
areas 5. Groundwater depth

193
 Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
6. Number of gender-inclusive and co-managed
initiatives for CCA
7. Income from alternative sources

S 1.3: Protect life, Outcome 3: Enhanced 1. Affected areas or exposure to different climate
livelihoods, adaptive capacity and change-induced hazards
infrastructures and protection of life,
ecosystems against livelihoods and 2. Losses and damages due to climate change-
slow-onset and other ecosystems against induced slow-onset and extreme events (land,
climate extremities slow-onset and other coast, hills, ocean and islands)
extreme events of
climate change
3. Human health (medical expenses, diseases
occurrences, mortality rate, risk of disability,
etc.)
4. Ecosystem (water quality, land degradation, soil
nutrient, native species, etc.) health
5. The environmental flow of rivers and
ecosystems during the dry season
6. Death or injuries and damages due to lightning
and landslides
7. Heatstroke rate during the summer
8. Pre-mature childbirth and high blood pressure
or other comorbidity rates in coastal areas
9. Sea surface temperature and pH level of the
ocean
10. Density and diversity of coral reefs
11. Marine stocks
Goal 2: Develop climate‐resilient agriculture for food, nutrition and livelihood security
S 2.1: Promote Outcome 1: Increased 1. Food and nutrition security
extension of climate- agricultural productivity 2. Irrigation water use efficiency
smart agriculture and resilience, and
reduced emissions from
3. Irrigation from surface water and groundwater
the adoption of climate- sources
smart agriculture (CSA) 4. Contribution of agriculture sectors to the
practices national economy
5. Pest and disease outbreak occurrences
6. Number of organic farms
7. Degree of adoption of climate-smart
agricultural practices
8. Yield reduction due to crop loss
9. Crop production and demand
10. Malnutrition of children
11. Women engaged in agricultural practices
12. Poverty incidence or dynamics of farmers
13. Functional early warning system (EWS) and
climate information services (CIS) for
agriculture

194
Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
14. Farming income from alternative sources
15. Agricultural emissions
16. Crop variety
17. Surface to groundwater usage ratio
18. Crop diversification
19. Tools and technologies
S 2.2: Develop climate- Outcome 2: Enhanced 1. Food and nutrition security
resilient fisheries, climate resilience in 2. Contribution of aquaculture, fisheries and
aquaculture and aquaculture, fisheries
livestock sectors to the national economy
livestock and livestock
3. Condition of agricultural input supplies (feed,
medicine, vitamins, etc.) during and after
disasters
4. Pest and disease outbreak occurrences
5. Degree of adoption of climate-smart practices
for fisheries, aquaculture and livestock
6. Number of climate-resilient poultry or livestock
sheds
7. Production of fisheries, aquaculture, livestock
and poultry
8. Production loss in fisheries, aquaculture,
livestock and poultry
9. Malnutrition of children
10. Protein deficiency
11. Use of modern technologies for fisheries,
aquaculture and livestock
12. Women’s engagement in fisheries and livestock
13. Number of vaccination or deworming
programmes
14. Number of fry release programmes
15. Number of crossbreeds
16. Number of native fish species and mother
fisheries
17. Number of beel sanctuaries
18. Shrimp and marine production
19. Contribution of F&A to the blue economy
20. Poverty incidence or dynamics of farmers and
fishers
21. Functional early warning systems (EWS) and
climate information services (CIS) for fisheries
and livestock
22. Income of livestock farmers and fishers from
alternative sources

195
 Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
S 2.3: Manage Outcome 3: 1. Contributions of the agriculture, livestock and
sustainable agro-inputs Abundance of quality fisheries sectors to the national economy
and transformative inputs for agriculture,
2. Registered farmers and fishers in e-commerce
value chains fisheries and livestock,
services
and transformed value
chains 3. Number of SMEs, CMSMEs related to agriculture
and fisheries
4. Number of vegetable, fish and poultry farms
5. Number of hatcheries
6. Supply of agricultural inputs (feed, medicine,
fertilizer, pesticides, etc.) during and after
disasters
7. Pest and disease outbreak occurrences
8. The density of climate-resilient road and
communications networks
9. Poverty incidence or dynamics of farmers and
fishers
10. Functional early warning dissemination
systems (EWDS) and climate information
services (CIS) for agriculture, fisheries and
livestock
11. Income of farmers and fishers from alternative
sources
12. Income of farmers and fishers from e-commerce
13. Production price and market price
S 2.4: Strengthen Outcome 4: Improved 1. Number of stress-tolerant crop varieties, breeds
extension services for extension services and fish species
agriculture, fisheries related to agriculture,
2. Degree of adoption of stress-tolerant crop
and livestock fisheries and livestock
varieties, breeds and fish species
3. Number of extension officials per farmer or
fisher
4. Number of climate-resilient poultry or livestock
sheds
5. Yield gap in climate stress areas
6. Poverty incidence or dynamics among farmers
and fishers
7. Functional early warning systems (EWS) and
climate information services (CIS) for
agriculture, fisheries and livestock
8. Income of farmers and fishers from alternative
sources
9. Number of cases of conflict resolution among
farmers and fishers
10. Net cultivable area for agriculture, fisheries and
livestock
11. Awareness of farmers, fishers, women, people
with diverse gender identities, people with
disabilities and communities regarding modern
and advanced technologies

196
Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
12. Mechanization status
13. Number of research and capacity-building
initiatives
14. Number of field-level research studies
Goal 3: Develop climate‐smart cities for an improved urban environment and well‐being
S 3.1: Promote green Outcome 1: Improved 1. Number of climate-resilient road and
and blue infrastructure urban environment and infrastructure design guidelines
for urban resilient urban
2. Number of climate-proofed road and
environmental infrastructure
communications facilities
management and
conservation 3. Number of climate-resilient cross-drainage
infrastructures
4. Length of environment-proofed flood and
coastal embankments or polders
5. Rainwater harvesting coverage
6. Length of excavation or re-excavation of local
canals to maintain connectivity with rivers
7. Number of reservoirs
8. Length of green belts
9. Use of vetiver grass or plants for embankment
protection
10. Number of climate-resilient water and flood
management structures
11. Number of green buildings or LEED-certified
buildings
12. Coverage of climate-resilient WASH facilities for
the urban poor
13. Number of rooftop gardens
14. Green GDP
15. Losses and damages to roads and infrastructure
due to climate hazards
S 3.2: Develop climate- Outcome 2: Enhanced 1. Losses and damages due to urban floods
smart cities to increase urban resilience and 2. Coverage of climate-resilient urban drainage or
urban resilience improved standard of
stormwater management facilities
living
3. Urban green areas
4. Number of green building or LEED-certified
buildings
5. Number of cities or municipalities under
dedicated solid, liquid and e-waste management
6. Contributions of the urban economy to the
national economy
7. Living standards, public and mental health
8. Occurrence of vector or waterborne diseases
9. Coverage of metropolitan slum area
10. Coverage of climate-resilient WASH facilities for
the urban poor

197
 Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
11. Cities or municipalities have stormwater
management guidelines considering climate
change
12. Urban population
13. Number of rooftop gardens
14. Green GDP
15. Emissions and pollution in cities
16. Retention times
17. Renewable energy contribution
18. Rainwater harvesting facilities
19. Flood zoning coverage
20. Water supply and sewerage system coverage
21. Heat island/temperature monitoring
22. Population density
23. Traffic delays
24. Solid waste management
S 3.3: Develop climate- Outcome 3: Improved 1. Living standards, public and mental health
resilient health care and human health, livability 2. Coverage of climate-resilient WASH facilities for
WASH facilities for and well-being
the urban poor
improved human well-
being and livability in 3. Number of cancer patients
cities 4. Number of blood pressure and diabetic patients
5. Number of organic farms
6. Number of floating vegetable gardens
7. Number of youth-led nurseries or horticultural
initiatives
8. Occurrence of vector or waterborne diseases
9. Coverage of climate-resilient health-care
facilities
10. Mortality rate
11. Premature childbirth rate
12. Number of cases of resolved social conflicts
13. Human Development Index
14. Health-care digitalization coverage
15. Health-care facilities count (hospitals, health
complexes, satellite clinics, etc.)
16. Awareness campaigns
Goal 4: Promotion of nature-based solutions for the conservation of forestry, biodiversity
and the well-being of communities
S 4.1: Scale up Outcome 1: Increased 1. Forest coverage
ecosystem-based use of nature-based
2. Coverage of hill forest and social forestry
adaptation for wetlands solutions and
conservation conservation of 3. Number of EbA initiatives
biodiversity ensured 4. Length and width of green belts along the
coastal belt
Outcome 2: Increased 5. Number of migratory birds, Gangetic dolphins
practice of ecosystem- and tigers
based adaptation for

198
Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
reducing climate change 6. The abundance of native flora and fauna
risks
7. The density and composition of climate-
sensitive trees
8. Carbon sequestration from mangroves and
forests
9. Valuation of ecosystem services
10. Areas of permanent water bodies
11. The abundance of native fish and aquatic
species
12. Terrestrial and aquatic habitat condition
13. Wetland coverage
14. Macrofauna and microfauna count
S 4.2: Restore and Outcome 3: Critical 1. Forest coverage
conserve habitat, and fragile ecosystems 2. Ecologically reserved areas and wetlands
ecosystems and restored and conserved
biodiversity
3. Number of migratory birds, Gangetic dolphins
and tigers
4. The abundance of native flora and fauna
5. Density and composition of climate-sensitive
trees
6. Air, water, and soil nutrient quality
7. Marine stocks, coral reefs and benthic
community status in ocean
8. Monitoring and enforcement report for eco-
tourism
9. Carbon sequestration from mangroves and
forests
10. Valuation of ecosystem services
11. Contribution of the blue economy to the
national economy
12. Number of industries with functional ETPs
installed
13. Areas of permanent water bodies
14. The abundance of native fish and aquatic
species
15. Terrestrial and aquatic habitat condition
S 4.3: Expand Outcome 4: Expansion 1. Forest coverage
community-based of forest coverage,
2. Coverage of hill forests and social forestry
afforestation and/or mangroves and
reforestation biodiversity 3. Number of EbA initiatives
4. Encouragement of entrepreneurship for women
Outcome 5: Community and youth through organic farming, nursery,
and youth-led etc.
conservation of nature 5. Length and width of green belts along the
for improved well being coastal belt
6. Number of migratory birds, Gangetic dolphins
and tigers
7. An abundance of native flora and fauna

199
 Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
8. Density and composition of climate-sensitive
trees
9. Air, water and soil nutrient quality
10. Income from alternative sources
11. Marine stock, coral reefs and benthic
community status in the ocean
12. Carbon sequestration from mangroves and
forests
13. Valuation of ecosystem services
14. Contribution of the blue economy to the
national economy
15. Terrestrial habitat condition
16. Encouragement of entrepreneurship for women
and youth through organic farming, nurseries,
etc.
17. Air, water, and soil nutrient quality
18. Number of urban farms, vertical garden, and
rooftop garden
19. Human health index
20. Environment pollution
21. Waste management
22. Clean khal length
23. Mental health index/mental patient density
24. Youth engaged in sports
25. Number of urban parks or playgrounds
26. Addiction rates
27. Substance use: smoking, alcohol, drugs
Goal 5: Impart good governance through the integration of adaptation into the planning process
S 5.1: Reform policies Outcome 1: New or 1. Approved and operational policy and
for mainstreaming updated policies, plans, institutional framework
adaptation regulations and
2. Mandatory climate impact and risk assessment
institutions developed or
framework (CIRAF) developed and integrated
reformed to support
mainstreaming of the into the DPP process for project appraisal
NAP into government 3. Number of climate risk-informed updated
risk-informed planning policies and planning initiatives
and implementation
4. Number of private sectors led adaptation
Institution

processes
initiatives for CCA
5. Number of youth-led CCA initiatives
6. Participation of women and people with diverse
gender identities in CCA initiatives
7. Number of co-management initiatives for CCA
8. Reformed and operational institutional
arrangements for the NAP
9. Value added or other tax instruments
S 5.2: Develop a Outcome 2: Effective 1. Regular M&E reports at the national, planning
framework for and robust M&E for and project levels
climate change

200
Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
adaptation monitoring, adaptation developed to
evaluation and learning support the national
monitoring, reporting
and verification system
S 5.3: Engage the Outcome 3: Private 1. Number of private sector-led adaptation
private sector in sector-led CCA initiatives initiatives
adaptation implemented
2. Private sector financing
implementation
3. Awareness of private sector stakeholders
4. Updated CSR policies
5. VAT or other tax instruments
S 5.4: Empower local Outcome 4: 1. LGI-led CCA initiatives
government institutes, Decentralized
2. Development and implementation of LAPA
community-based environmental and
organizations, women, climate change 3. WASAs in all divisional cities
people with disabilities management ensured 4. Number of private sector-led adaptation
and youth for locally led initiatives
adaptation Outcome 5: Locally led, 5. Number of youth-led CCA initiatives
gender-, disability- and
6. Development and implementation of YLAP-CC
youth-inclusive
adaptation initiatives 7. Participation of women, people with diverse
increased gender identities and people with disabilities in
CCA initiatives
8. Number of co-management initiatives for CCA
9. Engagement of NSOs and CBOs in CCA
S 5.5: Enhance climate Outcome‐6: 1. Available risk transfer tools
financing for adaptation Adaptation investment 2. Green bonds or resilience bonds
gap declines
3. Contributions from domestic sources
4. Private sector investment in adaptation
5. Contributions of development partners and
international funds
6. Rate of access to readiness support

Goal 6: Ensure transformative capacity‐building and innovation for climate change adaptation
S 6.1: Develop Outcome 1: A paradigm 1. National climate status report published and
transformative shift in capacity communicated annually
capacities and development and
2. Collaboration and networking among the public
management of behavioural change
happens and persists and private sector, NGOs, civil society and
knowledge
over time academia
3. Knowledge exchanges and technology transfer
Outcome 2: Sustainable programmes through transitional cooperation
CCA knowledge 4. Number of CCA related training between
management ensured involving government and private sector
officials
Outcome 3: Capacity 5. related knowledge demand, supply, and
development at the
communication
individual, institutional
and process levels 6. National adaptation communication to the
UNFCCC

201
 Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
7. Inclusion of CCA in the elementary level
syllabus, public service recruitment exams,
foundation courses, training institutes, etc.
8. Inclusion of CCA in vocational education
9. CCA communication through digital, print and
electronic media
10. Number of peer-reviewed CCA related research
papers and journals
11. Number of field-level demonstrations to
farmers, fishers, marginal people, women and
people with diverse gender identities, people
with disabilities and youth
12. Number of capacity-building initiatives or
hands-on training on alternative income
generation activities
13. Number of system-level transformative
capacity-building initiatives
S 6.2: Introduce Outcome 4: 1. Number of peer-reviewed research papers or
innovation in reducing Development of journals related to CCA
climate change and innovative technologies
2. Tools/methodologies
disaster risks and and adaptation practices
consequent losses and to support risk-informed 3. Risk reduction
damages planning and damage 4. Damage mitigation
mitigation 5. Number of local, national and international
seminars, workshops, trainings or conferences
6. Number of climate-resilient guidelines
7. Number of climate change risk-informed
planning and implementation initiatives
8. Awareness of communities, marginalized
people, women, people with diverse gender
identities, youth and ethnic groups
S 6.3: Research and Outcome 5: 1. Number of stress-tolerant crop varieties, breeds
innovation for Development of tools and fish species
agriculture, fisheries and methodologies, and 2. Degree of adoption of stress-tolerant crop
and livestock increased capacities of varieties, breeds and fish species
actors to improve
3. Number of extension officials per farmer or
research and extension
services related to
fisher
agriculture, fisheries and 4. Number of climate-resilient poultry or livestock
livestock sheds
5. Yield gap in climate stress areas
6. Poverty incidence or dynamics among farmers
and fishers
7. Functional early warning systems (EWS) and
climate information services (CIS) for
agriculture, fisheries and livestock
8. Income of farmers and fishers from alternative
sources
9. Number of cases of conflict resolution among
farmers and fishers

202
Strategic Strategic actions Outcome Potential indicators
focus
10. Net cultivable area for agriculture, fisheries and
livestock
11. Awareness of farmers, fishers, women, people
with diverse gender identities, people with
disabilities and communities regarding modern
and advanced technologies
12. Mechanization status
13. Number of research and capacity-building
initiatives
14. Number of field-level research studies
S 6.4: Advanced Outcome 6: 1. Terrestrial and aquatic habitat condition
research on climate Knowledge generated on 2. Sensitivity of different flora and fauna to
change impacts on ecosystem sensitivity to
climate-related changes to land, wetlands and
ecosystems and climate change and its
the ocean
application of impacts
ecosystem-based 3. Number of peer-review publications related to
adaptation climate change impacts on ecosystems
4. Increased institutional capacity of BFD, BFRI,
etc.
5. Developed EbA options
6. Ecosystem resilience
7. Species suitability of plants
8. Threatened species of flora and fauna
9. Well-managed marine or ocean ecosystems
S 6.5: Action research Outcome 7: Scientific 1. Coverage of climate-resilient urban drainage or
for innovation in knowledge and
stormwater management facilities
climate-resilient guidelines for climate-
infrastructure, resilient health, adaptive 2. Coverage of climate-resilient WASH facilities for
improved health and rural and urban WASH rural areas and the urban poor, women, people
WASH technologies infrastructure, and urban
with diverse gender identities and people with
development
disabilities
3. Climate-resilient health-care facilities
4. Cities or municipalities having stormwater
management guidelines that consider climate
change
5. Number of climate-resilient LID design
guidelines
6. Reports or peer-reviewed publications on
climate-resilient infrastructure development
7. Number of climate-resilient infrastructures
8. Innovative tools and methodologies
9. Research budgets

203
204
 Appendix IV: Portrait of Adaptation
Initiatives

Shelter for Landless, Homeless and Displaced People under Ashrayan Project at Langolerhat, Rangpur

205
 Inclusion of Autism & Disability for Climate Adaptation and Resilience Building by Mrs Saima Wazed

Specially Designed Machang House, Bandarban Hill District

206
Buildings with Modern Facilities for Climate Refugees under Ashrayan Khurushkul Special Project, Cox’s Bazar

Mujib Killa in Raised Land of Northeastern Haor Areas for Crop Storage & Giving Shelter to Livestock

207
 Earthen Embankment of Coastal Polder for Protecting Agriculture Lands

Gender Inclusive Social Safety Net Program for Improved Livelihoods and Resilience

208
 Year Round Vegetable Farming with Stress Tolerant Seeds

School cum Multi-purpose Cyclone Shelter at Putiakhali, Jhalakathi

209
 Floating Agriculture as Nature based Solutions in Southwestern Part of Bangladesh

Coastal Embankment Improvement for Combating Sea Level Rise, Storm Surge and Salinity Intrusion

210
 Friendship Multi-purpose Cyclone Shelter in the Coastal Belt

Community based Coastal Afforestation and Greenbelt Development

211
212
 Appendix V: Glimpses of Stakeholder
Consultation for NAP Formulation

Community Consultation at Satkhira

Stakeholder Consultation at Ashuganj, Brahmanbaria Community Consultation at Patharghata, Barguna

213
 Stakeholder Consultation at Bandarban Community Consultation at Char Fassion, Bhola

Consultation with Youth at Shymnagar, Satkhira Stakeholder Consultation at Lalmonirhat

Stakeholder Consultation at Kurigram Consultation with Persons with Disabilities

214
 Consultation with Development Partner Stakeholder Consultation at Gopalganj

Inter-ministerial Steering Committee Meeting for NAP Consultation with Private Sector

Consultation with MoEFCC Officials Final Dissemination and Validation Workshop

215
 Pre-validation Workshop of NAP National Mainstreaming Dialogue for NAP

National Mainstreaming Dialogue for NAP Validation with Water Resources Sector

Validation with Agriculture Sector Consultation for Gender Mainstreaming in NAP

216
 References

Adnan, M.S.G., Dewan, A., Zannat, K., Abdullah, A. Y. M. (2019). The use of watershed geomorphic data in
flash flood susceptibility zoning: a case study of the Karnaphuli and Sangu river basins of Bangladesh.
Natural Hazards. 99. 425–448. 10.1007/s11069-019-03749-3.

Ahmed, A.U., Alam, M., Rahman, A.A. (1999). Adaptation to Climate Change in Bangladesh: Future Outlook.
Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-015-9325-0_9

Ahmed, Mahfuz; Suphachalasai, Suphachol. 2014. Assessing the Costs of Climate Change and Adaptation in
South Asia. © Asian Development Bank

ASC. (2015). Progress in Preparing for Climate Change: 2015 Report to Parliament. United Kingdom

BBS. (2016). Bangladesh Disaster-related Statistics 2015: Climate Change and Natural Disaster
Perspectives. Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Statistics and Informatics Division, Ministry of
Planning, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka Bangladesh

BBS. (2017). Bangladesh Statistics, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Dhaka Bangladesh

BBS (2022a). Key findings and detailed tables on Bangladesh Disaster-related Statistics 2021: Climate
Change and Natural Disaster Perspectives. Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Statistics and Informatics
Division, Ministry of Planning, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka,
Bangladesh.

BBS, (2022b). Statistical Yearbook Bangladesh 2021, Statistics and Informatics Division (SID), Ministry of
Planning, Dhaka, Bangladesh.

BHWDB. (2012). Master Plan of Haor Area: Volume I Summary Report, Ministry of Water Resources,
Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka, Bangladesh

BWDB. (2014). Annual Flood Report 2014, Flood Forecasting and Warning Center, BWDB, Dhaka,
Bangladesh

Brammer H (1996) The geography of the soils of Bangladesh. University Press Limited, Dhaka

Caesar, J., Janes, T. (2018). Regional Climate Change over South Asia. In: Nicholls R., Hutton C., Adger W.,
Hanson S., Rahman M., Salehin M. (eds) Ecosystem Services for Well-Being in Deltas. Palgrave
Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-71093-8_11

217
 CEGIS (2010). Final Report on Impacts of Climate Change on the Morphological Process of the Main Rivers
and Meghna Estuary of Bangladesh. Asian Development Bank, Pilot and Demonstration Activities
(PDA) Programme.

CEGIS. (2013). Assessing the Economic Impact Of Climate Change On Agriculture, Water Resources And
Food Security And Adaptation Measures Using 5 Seasonal And Medium Range Of Forecasts. Dhaka.

CEGIS (2021). CEGIS Technical Note: Impacts of projected Sea Level Rise on coastal embankments, CEGIS,
Dhaka, Bangladesh.

CEGIS (2022a). CEGIS Technical Note: Recent Climatic Trend in Bangladesh, CEGIS, Dhaka, Bangladesh.

CEGIS (2022b), Climate Change Vulnerabilities Assessment for 9 LIUPC Cities and Infrastructure
Assessment (Draft) for United Nations Development programme, Dhaka.

Dewan, A., Kiselev, G. et. al. (2021). Surface Urban Heat Island Intensity In Five Major Cities of Bangladesh:
Patterns, drivers and trends. Sustainable Cities and Society 71(1)

Dewan A, Hossain MF, Rahman MM, Yamane Y, Holle RL (2017) Recent Lightning-Related Fatalities and
injuries in Bangladesh. Weather Clim Soc 9(3):575–589

DoE. (2020). Impacts of Projected Sea Level Rise on Water, Agriculture and Infrastructure Sectors of the
Coastal Region. Draft Final Report

DoF. 2020. Yearbook of Fisheries Statistics of Bangladesh, Department of Fisheries, Dhaka, Bangladesh

DoF. 2021. Yearbook of Fisheries Statistics of Bangladesh, Department of Fisheries, Dhaka, Bangladesh

DBHWD. (2012). Master Plan of Haor Area, Volume I, CEGIS/Bangladesh Haor and Wetland Development
Board

DMIC, 2013. Situation Report on Tornado in Brahmanbaria, DMIC, Ministry of Disaster Management and
Relief, Dhaka.

EACC. 2010. Economics of Adaptation to Climate Change, World Bank Study

Ezaz, T.G., Zhang, K., et. al. (2021). Spatiotemporal Changes of Precipitation Extremes in Bangladesh During
1987–2017 and Their Connections with Climate Changes, Climate Oscillations, and Monsoon
Dynamics.
Global and Planetary Change, Volume 208, 2022, 103712, ISSN 0921-
8181. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloplacha.2021.103712.

Fernandes, J., Kay, S., Hossain, M., Ahmed, M., Cheung, W., Lazar, A., Barange, M. (2015). Projecting marine
fish production and catch potential in Bangladesh in the 21st century under long-term
environmental change and management scenarios. ICES Journal of Marine Science. 73.
10.1093/icesjms/fsv217.

Finch JD, Dewan AM. (2003). Tornadoes in Bangladesh and East India. Available from:
http://bangladeshtornadoes.org/climo/btorcli0.htm.

Fox-Kemper, B., H. T. Hewitt, C. Xiao, G. Aðalgeirsdó ttir, S. S. Drijfhout, T. L. Edwards, N. R. Golledge, M.

Hemer, R. E. Kopp, G. Krinner, A. Mix, D. Notz, S. Nowicki, I. S. Nurhati, L. Ruiz, J-B. Sallé e, A. B. A.

218
 Slangen, Y. Yu, 2021, Ocean, Cryosphere and Sea Level Change. In: Climate Change 2021: The Physical
Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Sixth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Masson-Delmotte, V., P. Zhai, A. Pirani, S. L. Connors, C.
Pé an, S. Berger, N. Caud, Y. Chen, L. Goldfarb, M. I. Gomis, M. Huang, K. Leitzell, E. Lonnoy, J. B. R.
Matthews, T. K. Maycock, T. Waterfield, O. Yelekçi, R. Yu and B. Zhou (eds.)]. Cambridge University
Press.

GED. (2012). Bangladesh Climate Public Expenditure and Institutional Review. Dhaka: General Economics
Division (GED), Planning Commission, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

GED, 2014. Towards Resilient Development: Scope for Mainstreaming Poverty, Environment, Climate
Change and Disaster in Development Projects, General Economic Division (GED), Planning
Commission, Ministry of Planning, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka, p. 130

GED. (2018a). Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100. Dhaka: General Economics Division (GED), Planning
Commission, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

GED. (2018b), Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100: Baseline Studies; Volume 2: Disaster and Environmental
Management. Dhaka: General Economics Division (GED), Planning Commission, Government of the
People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

GED. (2020a). Second Perspective Plan of Bangladesh, 2021-2041. Dhaka: General Economics Division
(GED), Planning Commission, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

GED. (2020b). Sector Action Plan on Environment and Climate Change. Dhaka: General Economics Division
(GED), Planning Commission, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

GoB. (2010). Climate Change Trust Act, 2010 (Act No. 57 of 2010).

Holle, R. L., Dewan, A., Said, R., Brooks, W. A., Hossain, M. F., & Rafiuddin, M. (2019). Fatalities related to
lightning occurrence and agriculture in Bangladesh. International Journal of Disaster Risk
Reduction, 41, 101264

Hossain PR, Amjath-Babu TS, Krupnik TJ, Braun M, Mohammed EY and Phillips M (2021) Developing
Climate Information Services for Aquaculture in Bangladesh: A Decision Framework for Managing
Temperature and Rainfall Variability-Induced Risks. Front. Sustain. Food Syst. 5:677069

IFRC. 2021. Final Report, Bangladesh: Cyclone Amphan. International Federation of Red Cross and Red
Crescent Societies.

IPCC. (2014). Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the
Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Core Writing Team, R.K.
Pachauri and L.A. Meyer (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland, 151 pp.

IPCC. (2021). Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of the Working Group I to the
Sixth Assessment Report.

IPCC (2022). Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group
II to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [H.-O. Pörtner,
D.C. Roberts, M. Tignor, E.S. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, A. Alegría, M. Craig, S. Langsdorf, S. Löschke,
V. Möller, A. Okem, B. Rama (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press. In Press.

219
 Islam, S. A., Mohammed, K .et. al. (2018). Future Floods in Bangladesh under 1.5°C, 2°C, and 4°C Global
Warming Scenarios. Journal of Hydrologic Engineering 23(12):04018050. DOI:
10.1061/(ASCE)HE.1943-5584.0001705

Islam, S., Murshed, S.B, et. al. (2014). Impact of Climate Change on Heavy Rainfall in Bangladesh. Institute
of Water and Flood Management (IWFM), BUET.

Islam, Shafi & Gnauck, Albrecht. (2009). Threats to the Sundarbans Mangrove Wetland Ecosystems from
Transboundary Water Allocation in the Ganges Basin: A Preliminary Problem Analysis. International
Journal of Ecological Economics and Statistics (IJEES). 13. 64-78.

IUCN (2021). Nature-based Recovery Initiative. Technical Paper No. 2. Nature-based Solutions for recovery
– Opportunities, policies and measures

Karmakar, Samarendra & Das, Mohan. (2019). Study on Heat Waves and Associated Large-scale
Circulations in Bangladesh. 10.13140/RG.2.2.13090.86720.

Karim, M.F. and Mimura, N. (2008) Impacts of Climate Change and Sea-Level Rise on Cyclonic Storm Surge
Floods in Bangladesh. Global Environmental Change, 18, 490-500.

Khan, A. E., Scheelbeek, P. F., Shilpi, A. B., Chan, Q., Mojumder, S. K., Rahman, A., Haines, A., & Vineis, P.
(2014). Salinity in drinking water and the risk of (pre)eclampsia and gestational hypertension in
coastal Bangladesh: a case-control study. PloS one, 9(9), e108715.
https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0108715

LEG. (2012a). National Adaptation Plans: Technical Guidelines for the National Adaptation Plan Process.

LEG. (2012b). The National Adaptation Plan Process: A Brief Overview.

Mazumder, Arnab & Sikder, Md & Islam, Md. Saiful & Mohon, Munjurul & Talukder, Sajid. (2021). Lightning
in Northeast Bangladesh: Relation with Climatic Variables, Consequences And Adaptation.
10.47253/jtrss.v9i2.

MCPP. 2021. draft Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan, Bangladesh Secretariat, Dhaka Bangladesh

Ministry of Economy. (2017). Fiji’s National Adaptation Plan Framework. Government of Fiji.
https://cop23.com.fj/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/NAP-Framework-Fiji.pdf

Ministry of Economy. (2018). Republic of Fiji National Adaptation Plan: A Pathway Towards Climate
Resilience. Suva, Fiji: Government of Fiji. https://www4.unfccc.int/sites/NAPC/
Documents/Parties/National%20Adaptation%20Plan_Fiji.pdf

Mitchell, T., Tanner, T. and Lussier, K. 2007. We Know What We Need: South Asian Women Speak Out On
Climate Change Adaptation. Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, UK.

MoDMR. (2020). National Plan for Disaster Management (2021-2025). Action for Disaster Risk
Management Towards Resilient Nation, Ministry of Disaster Management and Relief.

MoEF. (2005). National Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA). Dhaka: Ministry of Environment, Forest,
Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.
https://unfccc.int/resource/docs/napa/ban01.pdf

220
MoEF. (2009). Bangladesh Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan 2009. Dhaka: Ministry of Environment,
Forest, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.
https://moef.gov.bd/site/page/97b0ae61-b74e-421b-9cae-f119f3913b5b/BCCSAP-2009

MoEF. (2013). Climate Change Gender Action Plan (ccGAP). Dhaka: Ministry of Environment, Forest,
Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

MoEF. (2015). Roadmap for Developing a National Adaptation Plan for Bangladesh. Dhaka: Ministry of
Environment, Forest, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

MoEF. (2017). Bangladesh Country Investment Plan for Environment Forestry and Climate Change. Dhaka:
Ministry of Environment, Forest, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

MoEFCC. (2018a). Nationwide Climate Vulnerability Assessment in Bangladesh. Dhaka: Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.
https://moef.gov.bd/sites/default/files/files/moef.portal.gov.bd/notices/d31d60fd_df55_4d75_bc
22_1b0142fd9d3f/Draft%20NCVA.pdf

MoEFCC. (2018b). Third National Communication of Bangladesh to the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change. Dhaka: Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change,
Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

MoEFCC. (2020a), Projections of Sea Level Rise and Assessment of it’s Sectoral Impact, Department of
Environment, Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People’s
Republic of Bangladesh.

MoEFCC. (2020b), Update of Bangladesh Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan (Draft), Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

MoEFCC. (2022a), Transformative Capacity Building Action Plan for Climate Change Adaptation, Dhaka:
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People’s Republic of
Bangladesh

MoEFCC. (2022b), Knowledge Management Plan for Climate Change Adaptation, Dhaka: Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh

MoF. (2014). Climate Fiscal Framework. Dhaka: Ministry of Finance, Government of the People’s Republic
of Bangladesh.

MoF. (2018). Public Climate Finance Tracking in Bangladesh, Ministry of Finance, Dhaka, Bangladesh

MoF. (2020). Bangladesh Climate Fiscal Framework. Dhaka: Ministry of Finance, Government of the
People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

MoF. (2021). Climate Financing for Sustainable Development (Budget Report 2021-22). Dhaka: Finance
Division, Ministry of Finance, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

NAP Global Network. (2017). A Framework for Gender-Responsive National Adaptation Plan (NAP)
Processes. https://napglobalnetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/napgn-en-2017-a-
framework-for-gender-responsive-nap-processes.pdf

221
 NWMP. (2001). National Water Management Plan, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of the
People’s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka, Bangladesh

OECD. (2015). G20-OECD Work on Long-term Financing. https://www.oecd.org/g20/topics/financing-for-

investment/g20-oecd-long-term financing.htm

PROVIA. (2014). Supporting NAP development with the PROVIA Guidance: A user companion.
https://www4.unfccc.int/sites/NAPC/Documents/Supplements/PROVIA-NAP-user-companion-
2014.pdf

Rashid HE (1991) Geography of Bangladesh. University Press Limited, Dhaka

Rahman, M. R. (2015). Climate Change in Bangladesh: a Spatio-temporal Analysis and Simulation of Recent
Temperature and Rainfall Data Using GIS and Time Series Analysis Model. Theoretical and Applied
Climatology, Springer Link, vol-128, pp 27-41.

Rodell, M. (2018). Emerging trends in Global Freshwater Availability. N A T U R E, 22.

https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-018-0123-1

Roy, K., Gain, A.K., Mallick, B. et al. (2017). Social, Hydro-ecological and Climatic Change in the Southwest
Coastal Region of Bangladesh. Regional Environmental Change 17, 1895–1906 (2017).
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-017-1158-9

Salam, M., Krupnik, T., Montes, C., Nessa, B., Khatun, M. T., Ali, M. P., Shahrin, S., Mannan, M., Hassan, S.M. Q.,
Aziz, M., Uddin, M. (2019). Potential Impact of Climate Change on Crop Insect Pests and Diseases in
Bangladesh: Future Scenarios and Strategies for Climate Services. In: Climate change and Bangladesh
agriculture: Adaptation and Mitigation Strategies, KGF, Dhaka.

Saroar MM, Routray JK (2012) Impacts Of Climatic Disasters In Coastal Bangladesh: Why Does Private
Adaptive Capacity Differ? Reg Environ Chang 12(1):169–190

SRDI. (2010). Saline Soils of Bangladesh. SRMAF Project, Ministry of Agriculture, Government of the
People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

Sridevi, et. al. (2021). Role of river Discharge And Warming On Ocean Acidification and pCO2 levels in the
Bay of Bengal. Tellus B: Chemical and Physical Meteorology.
https://doi.org/10.1080/16000889.2021.1971924

Ullah, M.W., Ahmed, F. and Sourav, M.S.H., 2015. Ecosystem Based Planning And Management Of Resources
For Deltaic Countries. 5th International Conference on Water and Flood Management, Institute of Water and
Flood Management, Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology, Dhaka.

UNDP. (2009). Capacity Development: a UNDP Primer

UNEP. (2021). Guidelines for Integrating Ecosystem-based Adaptation (EbA) into National Adaptation
Plans (NAPs). https://wedocs.unep.org/handle/20.500.11822/36703

UNFCCC. (2015a). The Paris Agreement. Available at: https://unfccc.int/resource/docs/2015/

cop21/eng/l09r01.pdf

222
UNFCCC. (2015b). Strengthening Gender Considerations In Adaptation Planning And Implementation In
The Least Developed Countries. Available at: https://unfccc.int/files/
adaptation/application/pdf/21673_unfccc_leg_gender_low_v5.pdf.

UNFCCC. (2020). Building capacity in the UNFCCC process. https://unfccc.int/topics/capacity-

building/the-big-picture/capacity-in-the-unfccc-process.

UN RC Bangladesh (2022). Bangladesh: 2022 Severe Flash Flood, Office of the UN Resident Coordinator
Situation Update #2 (22 June 2022), available at:

WMO. (2003). Integrated Flood Management Case Study-Bangladesh: Flood Management, World
Meteorological Organization and Global Water Partnership Associated Programme on Flood
Management

WHO. (2020). WHO Guidance for Climate Resilient and Environmentally Sustainable Health Care Facilities.
World Health Organisation.

WMO. (2021a). State of the Climate in Asia 2020. WMO-No. 1273. World Meteorological Organisation.

WMO. (2021b). State of Climate Services Report. World Meteorological Organisation.

World Bank. (2010). The Cost of Adapting to Extreme Weather Events in a Changing Climate.

World Bank. (2021). “Clement, Viviane; Rigaud, Kanta Kumari; de Sherbinin, Alex; Jones, Bryan; Adamo,
Susana; Schewe, Jacob; Sadiq, Nian; Shabahat, Elham. 2021. Groundswell Part 2: Acting on Internal
Climate Migration. World Bank, Washington, DC. © World Bank.
https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/36248 License: CC BY 3.0 IGO.”

223
© CEGIS

Abbreviations and
Acronyms

© CEGIS
 Abbreviations and Acronyms

3R Reduce, Recycle and Recovery

4th IR Fourth Industrial Revolution
ACI Advanced Chemical Industries
ADB Asian Development Bank
ADP Annual Development Program
ADCOM Adaptation Communication
AEZ Agro-Ecological Zones
AF Adaptation Fund
AI Artificial Intelligence
AIGA Alternative Income Generation Activities
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
AMR Anti-Microbial Resistance
AR6 Sixth Assessment Report of the IPCC
ARI Agricultural Research Institute
ARI Acute Respiratory Infection
ASC Adaptation Sub-Committee
AWD Alternate Wetting and Drying
BADC Bangladesh Agricultural Development Corporation
BARI Bangladesh Agricultural Research Institute
BB Bangladesh Bank
BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics
BBS-ECDS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics-Environment, Climate Change and Disaster
B-CCKTN Bangladesh Climate Change Knowledge and Technology Network
BCCRF Bangladesh Climate Change Resilience Fund
BCCSAP Bangladesh Climate Change Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan
BCCT Bangladesh Climate Change Trust
BCCTF Bangladesh Climate Change Trust Fund
BCR Benefit Cost Ratio
BDP2100 Bangladesh Delta Plan 2100
BDRS Bangladesh Disaster Related Statistics
BDT Bangladeshi Taka
BEPZA Bangladesh Export Processing Zones Authority

225
 BEZA Bangladesh Economic Zones Authority
BFD Bangladesh Forest Department
BFDC Bangladesh Fisheries Development Corporation
BFIDC Bangladesh Forest Industries Development Corporation
BFRI Bangladesh Fisheries Research Institute
BGMEA Bangladesh Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association
BIDA Bangladesh Investment Development Authority
BIDS Bangladesh Institute of Development Studies
BINA Bangladesh Institute of Nuclear Agriculture
BIWTA Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority
BKMEA Bangladesh Knitwear Manufacturers and Exporters Association
BLRI Bangladesh Livestock Research Institute
BMD Bangladesh Meteorological Department
BMDA Barind Multipurpose Development Authority
BNBC Bangladesh National Building Code
BoB Bay of Bengal
BoI Board of Investment
BOO Build-Own-Operate
BOOT Build-Own-Operate-Transfer
BOT Build-Operate-Transfer
BP Blood Pressure
BPH Brown Plant Hopper
BRAC Bangladesh Rural Advancement Committee
BRRI Bangladesh Rice Research Institute
BSCIC Bangladesh Small and Cottage Industries Corporation
BSEC Bangladesh Securities and Exchange Commission
Bt Brinjal Bacillus thuringiensis Brinjal
BUET Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology
BUILD Business Initiative Leading Development
BWDB Bangladesh Water Development Board
BYLC Bangladesh Youth Leadership Center
CBO Community-based Organization
CBL Chalan beel and low-lying area of north-western region
CCA Climate Change Adaptation
CCAFS Climate Change, Agriculture and Food Security
CCAP Climate Change Action Plan
ccGAP
Climate Change Gender Action Plan

CCIKM Climate Change Information and Knowledge Management

CCIRAF Climate Change Impact and Risk Assessment Framework
CCKTN Climate Change Knowledge and Technology Network
CCM Climate Change Mitigation
CCRIF Climate Change Research and Innovation Fund

226
CCU Climate Change Unit
CCW Climate Change Wing
CDD Consecutive Dry Days
CDIA Climate and Disaster Impact Assessment
CDP Committee for Development Policy
CDSP Char Development and Settlement Project
CECCR Center of Excellence for Climate Change Research
CEGIS Centre for Environmental and Geographic Information Services
CEIP Coastal Embankment Improvement Project
CGIAR Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research
CHT Chattogram Hill Tracts
CHI Char and Islands
CHT-CAP Chattogram Hill Tracts Climate Action Plan
CHTDB Chattogram Hill Tracts Development Board
CIRAF Climate Impact and Risk Assessment Framework
CIS Climate Information Services
City-CAP City Climate Action Plan
CKHCC Central Knowledge Hub of Climate Change
CKHCC Central Knowledge Hub of Climate Change
cm Centimeter
CMA Conference of the Parties serving as the Meeting of the Parties to the Paris Agreement
CMSMEs Cottage, Medium, small and micro-enterprises
CNRS Center for Natural Resource Studies
CoP Conference of the Parties
CPEIR Climate Public Expenditure and Institutional Review
CPP Cyclone Preparedness Programme
CPUE Catch Per Unit Effort
CRA Climate Risk Assessment
CRI Climate Risk Index
CReLIC Climate Resilient Local Infrastructure Center, LGED
CRF Climate Resilience Fund
CRSA Climate Resilient and Smart Agriculture
CSA Climate Smart Agriculture
CSO Civil Society Organization
CSER Corporate Social Environment Responsibility
CSMES Cottage, Small and Medium Enterprises
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CTCN Climate Technology Center and Network
CVF Climate Vulnerable Forum
CWC Central Water Commission
D/S Drainage Structure
DAE Department of Agricultural Extension
DAE Direct Access Entity

227
 DAM Department of Agricultural Marketing
DAP Detailed Area Plan
DAPP Dynamic Adaptive Policy Pathway
DBA Drought Prone and Barind Area
DBFOM Design-Build-Finance-Operate-Maintain
DBHWD Bangladesh Haor and Wetland Development Board
DCCI Dhaka Chamber of Commerce & Industry
DDM Department of Disaster Management
DGC Delta Governance Council
DGHS Directorate General of Health Services
DIA Disaster Impact Assessment
DLS Department of Livestock Services
DO Dissolved Oxygen
DoE Department of Environment
DoF Department of Fisheries
DoL Department of Labour
DPHE Department of Public Health Engineering
DPP Development Project Proforma
DRF Development Result Framework
DRIP Disaster and climate Risk Information Platform
DRR Disaster Risk Reduction
DSS Department of Social Services
DYD Department of Youth Development
EACC Economics of Adaptation to Climate Change
EbA Ecosystem-based Adaptation
ECA Ecologically Critical Areas
ECC Environment and Climate Change
ECDS Environment, Climate Change and Disaster Statistics
EEZ Exclusive Economic Zone
EFCC Environment, Forestry and Climate Change
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMS Environmental Management System
ERD Economic Relations Division
ERMT Erosion Risk Management Tool
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
EVI Environmental Vulnerability Index
EWDS Early Warning Dissemination System
EWS Early Warning System
F&A Fisheries and Aquaculture
FAD Fish Aggregating Device
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
FBCCI Federation of Bangladesh Chambers of Commerce & Industries
FD Fishery Demonstrator

228
FFWC Flood Forecast and Warning Centre
FGD Focused Group Discussion
FPE River, floodplain and erosion prone area
FWG Facilitative Working Group
FY Fiscal Year
G20 Group of Twenty
GAP Good Agricultural Practices
GBM Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna
GCA Global Center on Adaptation
GCF Green Climate Fund
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GED General Economics Division, Bangladesh Planning Commission
GEF Global Environment Facility
GII Gender Inequality Index
GIS Geographic Information System
GNI Gross National Income
GoB Government of Bangladesh
GRCRF Gender Responsive Community Resilience Fund
GRF Global Refugee Forum
GSP Global Support Programme
GW Groundwater
GWP Global Water Partnership
HAI Human Assets Index
HCF Health Care Facility
HFF Haor and flash floods area
HYV High-Yielding Variety
iBAS++ Integrated Budget and Accounting System
ICDDRB International Centre for Diarrhoeal Disease Research, Bangladesh
ICM Integrated Crop Management
ICRD Integrated Coastal Resources Database
ICT Information and Communications Technology
IDB Islamic Development Bank
IDCOL Infrastructure Development Company Limited
IEC Information, Education and Communication
IFC International Finance Corporation
IFRC The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
IMED Implementation Monitoring & Evaluation Division, Ministry of Planning
IMTA Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture
INDC Intended Nationally Determined Contributions
INGO International Non-Governmental Organization
IOT Internet of Things
IPC Infection Prevention and Control
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

229
 IPM Integrated Pest Management
IRR Internal Rate of Return
ISCCC Inter-ministerial Steering Committee on Climate Change
ISAP-CC Integrated Section Action Plan on Climate Change
IT Information Technology
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
IWRM Integrated Water Resources Management
KABIKHA Food for Work
KII Key Informant Interview
km Kilometer
LAPA Local Adaptation Program of Action
LCIPP Local Communities and Indigenous Peoples Platform
LDC Least Developed Country
LDCF Least Developed Countries Fund
LEC Local Executive Committee
LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design
LEG Least Developed Countries Expert Group
LGD Local Government Division
LGED Local Government Engineering Department
LGI Local government institution
LGRD Local Government and Rural Development
LID Low Impact Development
LLA Locally-Led Adaptation
LoGIC Local Government Initiatives on Climate Change
LUE Land Use Efficiency
M&E Monitoring and Evaluation
MAR Managed Aquifer Recharge
MATH Modern Agricultural Technology in the Hills
MCA Multi- Criteria Analysis
MCCI Metropolitan Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Dhaka
MCPP Mujib Climate Prosperity Plan
MDGs Millennium Development Goals
MEAL Monitoring. Evaluation, Accountability and Learning
MSME Medium, Small and Micro Enterprises
mm Millimeter
Mm3 Million Meter Cube
MoA Ministry of Agriculture
MoC Ministry of Commerce
MoD Ministry of Defense
MoDMR Ministry of Disaster Management and Relief
MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
MoF Ministry of Finance
MoFL Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock

230
MoI Ministry of Industries
MoL Ministry of Land
MoLGRDC Ministry of Local Government, Rural Development and Co-operatives
MoP Ministry of Planning
MoPEMR Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources
MoWCA Ministry of Women and Children Affairs
MoWR Ministry of Water Resources
MPA Marine Protected Area
MRV Measurement, reporting and verification
NAC National Agriculture Council
NAP National Adaptation Plan
NAPA National Adaptation Plan of Action
NARS National Agricultural Research System
NBR National Board of Revenue
NbS Nature based Solution
NCECC National Council on Environment and Climate Change
NDA National Designated Authority
NDC Nationally Determined Contribution
ND-GAIN Notre Dame Global Adaptation Initiative
NEC National Executive Committee
NECCC National Environment and Climate Change Council
NGO Non-Government Organization
NIE National Implementing Entities
NNW Northern north-western region
NPK Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P) and Potassium (K)
NPV Net Present Value
NSCC National Steering and Coordination Committee
NSO Neighborhood Service Organization
NTACCC National Technical Advisory Committee on Climate Change
NWMP National Water Management Plan
NWRC National Water Resources Council
NWRD National Water Resources Database
ODK Open Data Kit
O&M Operation and Maintenance
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OECM Other Effective Area based Conservation Measures
PA Protected Area
PDSI Palmer Drought Severity Index
PEC Project Evaluation Committee
PES Payment for Ecosystem Services
PFM Public Financial Management
pH Potential of Hydrogen
PIC Project Implementation Committee

231
 PKSF Palli Karma-Sahayak Foundation
PMO Prime Minister's Office
PPP Public-Private Partnership
PPPA Public Private Partnership Authority
ppt Parts Per Trillion
PPTAF Public-Private Partnership Technical Assistance Financing
PROVIA The Programme of Research on Climate Change Vulnerability, Impacts and Adaptation
PSE Private Sector Engagement
PSF Private Sector Facility
PWD Public Works Department
R&D Research and Development
RAS Re-circulatory Aquaculture System
RCM Regional Climate Model
RDA Rural Development Academy
REDD+ Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation
RHD Roads and Highways Department
RRI River Research Institute
RS Remote Sensing
SALT Sloping Agricultural Land Technology
SAP Sector Action Plan
SARS Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome
SDG Sustainable Development Goal
SDII Simple Daily Intensity Index
SEZ Special Economic Zone
SLR Sea Level Rise
SMART Specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound
SME Small and Medium Enterprise
SMS Short Message Service
SNAP Stocktaking for National Adaptation Planning
SoB Survey of Bangladesh
SOD Standing Order on Disasters
SPARRSO Bangladesh Space Research and Remote Sensing Organization
SPEC Special Project Evaluation Committee
sq. km. Square Kilometer
SRDI Soil Resource Development Institute
SSD Security Service Division
SSP Shared Socioeconomic Pathway
SST Sea Surface Temperature
SUDS Sustainable Drainage System
SUHII Surface Urban Heat Island Intensity
SWM Southwestern coastal area and Sundarbans
SEE Southeast and eastern coastal area
TAC Technical Advisory Committee

232
TRM Tidal River Management
UAV Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
UDD Urban Development Directorate
UN United Nations
UNCC United Nations Climate Change
UNCED United Nations Conference on Environment and Development
UNDP United Nations Development Programme
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
USD United States Dollar
USG Urea Super Granule
URB Urban Areas
VAT Value-Added Tax
VCF Village Common Forests
VGF Viability Gap Financing
WARPO Water Resources Planning Organization
WASA Water and Sewerage Authority
WASH Water, Sanitation and Hygiene
WGI Working Group I
WGII Working Group II
WHO World Health Organization
WMO World Meteorological Organization
WRM Water Resources Management
YLAP Youth-led Adaptation Plan

233
 Glossary

Term Definition

Adaptation limits The point at which an actor’s objectives (or system needs)
cannot be secured from intolerable risks through adaptive
actions.

Adaptation pathway An adaptation pathway is a planning approach addressing

the uncertainty and challenges of climate change decision-
making. It enables consideration of multiple possible futures
and allows analysis/exploration of the robustness and
flexibility of various options across those multiple futures.

Adaptation strategy An adaptation strategy is a programme, project or approach

that has been developed to respond to anticipated climate
change impacts in a specific area of potential concern.

Adaptation tipping point An adaptation tipping point is reached when the magnitude
of external change is such that a policy no longer can meet
its objectives, and new actions are needed to achieve the
objectives.

Adaptive capacity The ability of systems, institutions, humans and other

organisms to adjust to potential climate change induced
hazards and damages, take advantage of opportunities or
respond to consequences.

Adaptive management Refers to the process of iteratively planning, implementing,

and modifying strategies for managing resources in the face
of climate uncertainty and climate change. Adaptive
management involves adjusting approaches in response to
observations of the negative effects of climate change in the
system brought on by resulting feedback effects and other
variables.

Autonomous adaptation Adaptation in response to experienced climate change and

its effects, without planning explicitly or consciously focused
on addressing climate change. It is also referred to as
spontaneous adaptation.

© CEGIS

235
 Term Definition

Climate anomaly The change or the difference between the average climate
over a period of several decades or more, and the climate
during a particular month or season.

Climate change Climate change refers to a change in the state of the climate
that can be identified (e.g., by using statistical tests) by
changes in the mean and/or the variability of its properties,
and that persists for an extended period, typically decades
or longer. Climate change may be due to natural internal
processes or external forces such as modulations of the solar
cycles, volcanic eruptions and persistent anthropogenic
changes in atmospheric composition or land use.

Climate change adaptation An adjustment process to the actual or expected climate and
its effects. In human systems, adaptation seeks to moderate
harm or exploit beneficial opportunities. In natural systems,
human intervention may facilitate adjustment to the
expected climate and its effects.

Climate change commitment The further change in temperature after the atmospheric
composition is constant is referred to as the constant
composition temperature commitment or climate change
commitment. The constant emission commitment is the
committed climate change that would result from keeping
anthropogenic emissions constant and the zero-emission
commitment is the climate change commitment when
emissions are set to zero.

Climate change impacts The effects on natural and human systems of extreme
weather and climate events and of climate change. Impacts
generally refer to effects on lives, livelihoods, health status,
ecosystems, economic, social and cultural assets, services
(including environmental) and infrastructure due to the
interaction of climate changes or hazardous climate events
occurring within a specific period and the vulnerability of an
exposed society or system.

Climate change mitigation Climate change mitigation means avoiding and reducing
emissions of heat-trapping greenhouse gases into the
atmosphere to prevent the planet from warming to more
extreme temperatures.

Climate change scenario A plausible and often simplified representation of the future
climate, based on an internally consistent set of
climatological relationships that has been constructed for
explicit use in investigating the potential consequences of
anthropogenic climate change, often serving as an input to
impact models.

236
Term Definition

Climate change trend Changes in climate that show a similar direction over time.
An observed/historic trend could be, for example, the later
arrival of rainfall over the last five years. Projected trends
give a possible future direction, e.g., decreasing rainfall in
summer. If combined with a data range, such trends can help
to devise adaptation measures.

Climate Hazard The potential occurrence of a natural or human-induced

climate event or trend, or climate change impact, which may
cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts as well as
losses and damages to property, infrastructure, livelihoods,
service provision and environmental resources.

Climate model (spectrum or hierarchy) A numerical representation of the climate system based on
its physical, chemical and biological properties, interactions,
feedback processes, and accounting for some of its known
properties. Climate models are applied as a research tool to
study and simulate the climate, and for operational
purposes, including monthly, seasonal and interannual
climate predictions.

Climate resilience The capacity of a socioecological system to cope with a

hazardous climate event, responding or reorganizing in
ways that maintain its essential function, identity and
structure while also maintaining the capacity for adaptation,
learning and transformation.

Climate‐resilient development Climate-resilient development means ensuring that people,

communities, businesses and other organizations are able to
cope with current climate variability as well as adapt to
future climate change, preserving development gains and
minimizing damages. Climate-resilient development is
about adding the consideration of climate impacts and
opportunities to development decision-making to improve
development outcomes, rather than implementing
development activities in a completely new way.

Climate risk The potential for climate change impacts where something
of value is at stake and where the outcome is uncertain,
recognizing the diversity of values. Risk is often represented
as the probability of occurrence of hazardous climate events
or trends multiplied by the impacts if these events or trends
occur. Risk results from the interaction of vulnerability and
hazard.

237
 Term Definition

Climate signal Climate signals are defined as long-term trends and

projections that carry the fingerprint of climate change.
Examples of observable long-term trends linked to climate
change include rising sea levels, an increase in the frequency
of extreme precipitation events and warming sea surface
temperatures.

Climate vulnerability The degree to which a system is susceptible to,

and unable to cope with, adverse effects of climate change,
including climate variability and
extremes. Vulnerability is a function of the character,
magnitude and rate of climate change and the variation to
which a system is exposed, its sensitivity and its adaptive
capacity.

Cold spell A cold spell is a distinctive type of extreme atmospheric

event that manifests as anomalous low-temperatures over
consecutive days. Even during periods of global warming,
extreme cold temperatures continue to increase, with a
stronger tendency for cold spell occurrences in certain
regions of the world.

Community‐based adaptation (CbA) Ideally, CbA is a community-led and -driven process. It is a

partnership between institutions and communities rather
than something done for and imposed upon local peoples.
The processes of assessment, planning, intervention and
evaluation must be participatory, including all sections of
local society, and incorporating peoples’ diverse priorities,
concerns, perspectives and cultures.

Contextual vulnerability (starting‐point A present inability to cope with external pressures or

vulnerability) changes, such as changing climate conditions. Contextual
vulnerability is a characteristic of social and ecological
systems generated by multiple factors and processes.

Coping capacity The ability of people, institutions, organizations and systems

to address, manage and overcome adverse climate
conditions in the short to medium term by using available
skills, values, beliefs, resources and opportunities.

Coping mechanism The use of available skills, resources and opportunities to

address, manage and overcome adverse climate conditions,
which aims to achieve the basic functioning of people,
institutions, organizations and systems in the short to
medium term.

Direct access entity (DAEs) Direct access entities are subnational, national or regional
organizations nominated by developing country national
designated authorities (NDAs) or focal points. Organizations
nominated to become direct access entities may be eligible

238
Term Definition

to receive GCF readiness support. This funding is designed

to help organizations in developing countries prepare to
become accredited entities as well as helping those already
accredited to strengthen their organizational capacities.

Disaster risk reduction (DRR) Disaster risk reduction is aimed at preventing new and
reducing existing disaster risks and managing residual risks,
all of which contributes to strengthening resilience and
therefore to the achievement of sustainable development.

Dry spell One form of drought is the interruption of the rainy season
by a so-called dry spell. A dry spell can be defined as a
sequence of dry days, including days with less than a
threshold value of rainfall.

Ecosystem‐based adaptation (EbA) Ecosystem-based adaptation uses the range of opportunities

for the sustainable management, conservation and
restoration of ecosystems to provide services that enable
people to adapt to the negative impacts of climate change.

Exposure The presence of people, livelihoods, species or ecosystems,

environmental services and resources, infrastructure, or
economic, social or cultural assets in places that are exposed
to the negative effects of climate change, with the potential
to be adversely affected.

Future projection A projection is a potential future climate event, often

computed with the aid of a model. Climate projections are
simulations of the Earth’s climate in future decades
(typically until 2100) based on assumed scenarios for the
concentrations of greenhouse gases, aerosols and other
atmospheric constituents that affect the planet’s radiative
balance.

Hard adaptation limit No adaptive actions are possible to avoid intolerable risks.

Locally led adaptation (LLA) Locally led adaptation (LLA) can unlock, support and
leverage the enormous potential and creativity of
communities to develop and implement solutions. Shifting
power to local stakeholders, without expecting them to
shoulder the burdens of adaptation, can catalyze adaptation
that is effective, equitable and transparent.

Low‐regret policy Refers to a policy that would generate net social and/or
economic benefits under the current climate and a range of
future climate change scenarios.

239
 Term Definition

Maladaptive actions (maladaptation) Actions that may lead to an increased risk of adverse
climate-related outcomes, increased vulnerability to climate
change or diminished welfare, now or in the future.

Multilateral implementing entity (MIE) Organizations both national and international can access
funds from the GCF once they are accredited or qualified
for sufficient fiduciary capacity, showing they can be
trusted with donors’ funding. One of the ways to
access the fund is the international access track for
international entities, including United Nations
organizations, multilateral development banks (MDB),
international financial institutions and regional institutions,
which are also called multilateral implementing entities.
(MIE). The multilateral implementing entities (MIE)
presently operating in Bangladesh are: Agence Française de
Développement (AFD), Asian Development Bank (ADB),
Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit
(GIZ) GmBH, European Investment Bank (EIB), Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), HSBC
Holdings plc, International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development (IBRD) and International Development
Association (IDA) - World Bank (WB), International Finance
Corporation (IFC), International Fund for Agricultural
Development (IFAD), International Union for Conservation
of Nature (IUCN), Japan International Cooperation Agency
(JICA), Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau (KfW), United
Nations Development Programme (UNDP), United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP), World Food Programme
(WFP), World Meteorological Organization (WMO).

National designated authority (NDA) National designated authorities (NDAs) are government
institutions that serve as the interface between a country
and the GCF. They provide broad strategic oversight of the
GCF’s activities in the country and communicate the
country’s priorities for financing low-emission and climate-
resilient development. In November 2014, the Economics
Relations Division (ERD) under the MoF was nominated by
the Government of Bangladesh to be the national designated
authority (NDA) to the Green Climate Fund (GCF).

National implementing entity (NIE) National implementing entities (NIE) are accredited entities
that are expected to mobilize and manage GCF finance in a
country. Their primary roles are to develop and submit
funding proposals for projects and programmes; oversee
project and programme management and implementation;
deploy a range of financial instruments (grants, concessional
loans, equity and guarantees) and mobilize private sector
capital. Two institutions in Bangladesh are accredited as
NIEs. The NIEs are: Infrastructure Development Company

240
Term Definition

Limited (IDCOL) and Palli Karma-Sahayak Foundation

(PKSF).

Nature‐based solutions (NbS) Nature-based solutions are actions to protect, sustainably

manage and restore natural and modified ecosystems that
address societal challenges effectively and adaptively,
simultaneously benefiting people and nature.

Preeclampsia Preeclampsia is a serious blood pressure condition that

develops during pregnancy. Women with preeclampsia
often have high blood pressure (hypertension) and high
levels of protein in their urine (proteinuria). Preeclampsia
typically develops after the twentieth week of pregnancy.

Representative concentration pathways (RCPs) These describe different levels of greenhouse gases and
other radiative forcings that might occur in the future. Four
pathways span a broad range of forcing in 2100 (2.6, 4.5, 6.0,
and 8.5 watts per meter squared) but these do not include
any socioeconomic narratives to go alongside them. The
RCPs set pathways for greenhouse gas concentrations and,
effectively, the amount of warming that could occur by the
end of the century.

Sensitivity The degree to which climate variability or change affects a

system or species adversely or beneficially. The effect may
be direct (e.g., a change in crop yield in response to a change
in the mean, range or variability of temperature) or indirect
(e.g., damages caused by an increase in the frequency of
coastal flooding due to sea-level rise).

Shared Socioeconomic Pathways (SSPs) Over the past few years, an international team of climate
scientists, economists and energy systems modellers have
built a range of new pathways that examine how global
society, demographics and economics might change over the
next century. They are collectively known as the SSPs. The
SSPs set the stage on which reductions in emissions will or
will not be achieved. They are based on five narratives
describing broad socioeconomic trends that could shape
future society. These are intended to span the range of
plausible futures. They include: a world of sustainability-
focused growth and equality (SSP1); a ‘middle of the road’
world where trends broadly follow their historical patterns
(SSP2); a fragmented world of ‘resurgent nationalism’
(SSP3); a world of ever-increasing inequality (SSP4); and a
world of rapid and unconstrained growth in economic
output and energy use (SSP5).

Soft adaptation limit Options may exist but are currently not available to avoid
intolerable risks through adaptive action. But such limits can

241
 Term Definition

be overcome by addressing a range of constraints such as

financial, governance, institutional and policy constraints.

Surface urban heat island intensity (SUHII) The difference in temperature between the urban and
surrounding rural areas is possibly the most visible effect
associated with the urbanization process and is mainly due
to increased human activities. This observed temperature
gradient is typically known as the urban heat island (UHI).
Two major types of UHIs are the atmospheric urban heat
island (AUHI), and the surface urban heat island (SUHI).

System of interest The ‘system of interest’ is the unit or space chosen to assess
concerning climate change impacts. Depending on the
objective of the analysis, the system of interest may be
determined at different levels, e.g., a single crop system, an
ecosystem or a region.

Transformation A change in the fundamental attributes of a system, often

based on altered paradigms, goals or values due to climate
change impacts. Transformations can occur in technological
or biological systems, financial structures, and regulatory,
legislative or administrative regimes.

Transformative adaptation Transformative adaptation is a strategy that aims to reduce

the root causes of vulnerability to climate change in the long-
term by shifting systems away from unsustainable or
undesirable trajectories. Systems become more adaptive to
climate change by transforming their primary
characteristics through transformative adaptation.

Transformative capacity‐building Transformative capacity is the capacity of an individual, an

organization or a system to be able to both transform
themselves and their society in a deliberate, conscious way.
This involves the ability to transform the fundamental and
core attributes of a system to tackle the adverse effects of
climate change.

UNFCCC The UNFCCC is the main global platform for climate change
negotiations. It was adopted in 1992 and entered into force
in March 1994 and now has 195 Parties that meet annually
as the COP. The UNFCCC sets out the basic legal framework
and principles for international climate change cooperation
with the aim of stabilizing atmospheric concentrations of
greenhouse gases (GHGs) to avoid dangerous anthropogenic
interference with the climate system.

242
243